MDO4000B, MDO4000, MSO4000B, DPO4000B And MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual MDO4000 B MSO Oscilloscope Rev A

MDO4000-B-MSO-DPO4000B-and-MDO3000-Oscilloscope-Programmer-Manual-Rev-A

MDO4000-B-MSO-DPO4000B-and-MDO3000-Oscilloscope-Programmer-Manual-Rev-A

User Manual: Pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 1112

DownloadMDO4000B, MDO4000, MSO4000B, DPO4000B And MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual MDO4000-B-MSO-DPO4000B-and-MDO3000-Oscilloscope-Programmer-Manual-Rev-A
Open PDF In BrowserView PDF
xx

ZZZ

MDO4000B, MDO4000, MSO4000B, DPO4000B and
MDO3000
Series Oscilloscopes
Programmer Manual

*P077051006*
077-0510-06

xx
ZZZ

MDO4000B, MDO4000, MSO4000B, DPO4000B and MDO3000
Series Oscilloscopes
Programmer Manual

Revision A
MSO4000B, DPO4000B, MDO4000 and
MDO4000B models should have firmware
version 3.10 or above to use some of the
commands listed in this document.

www.tektronix.com
077-0510-06

Copyright © Tektronix. All rights reserved. Licensed software products are owned by Tektronix or its subsidiaries
or suppliers, and are protected by national copyright laws and international treaty provisions.
Tektronix products are covered by U.S. and foreign patents, issued and pending. Information in this publication
supersedes that in all previously published material. Specifications and price change privileges reserved.
TEKTRONIX and TEK are registered trademarks of Tektronix, Inc.

Contacting Tektronix
Tektronix, Inc.
14150 SW Karl Braun Drive
P.O. Box 500
Beaverton, OR 97077
USA
For product information, sales, service, and technical support:
In North America, call 1-800-833-9200.
Worldwide, visit www.tektronix.com to find contacts in your area.

Table of Contents
Getting Started
Getting Started .................................................................................................... 1-1
New or Changed Functionality Updates that Impact the Programmatic Command Set ............. 1-2
Setting Up Remote Communications Hardware ......................................................... 1-5
Ethernet .................................................................................................. 1-5
USB....................................................................................................... 1-6
GPIB...................................................................................................... 1-8
Setting Up Remote Communications Software .......................................................... 1-9
Using VISA.............................................................................................. 1-9
Using the LXI Web Page and e*Scope ............................................................. 1-11
Using a Socket Server ................................................................................ 1-11
Documentation ........................................................................................ 1-13

Syntax and Commands
Command Syntax.................................................................................................
Command and Query Structure ............................................................................
Clearing the oscilloscope ...................................................................................
Command Entry..............................................................................................
Constructed Mnemonics ....................................................................................
Argument Types..............................................................................................
Command Groups ..............................................................................................
Acquisition Command Group ............................................................................
Act on Event Command Group ..........................................................................
AFG Command Group ....................................................................................
Alias Command Group....................................................................................
ARB Command Group ....................................................................................
Bus Command Group .....................................................................................
Calibration and Diagnostic Command Group ..........................................................
Configuration Command Group..........................................................................
Cursor Command Group ..................................................................................
Display Command Group.................................................................................
DVM Command Group ...................................................................................
Email Command Group ...................................................................................
Ethernet Command Group ................................................................................
File System Command Group ............................................................................
Hard Copy Command Group .............................................................................
Histogram Command Group .............................................................................

MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual

2-1
2-1
2-3
2-3
2-5
2-7
2-11
2-11
2-11
2-13
2-13
2-14
2-15
2-18
2-20
2-23
2-24
2-25
2-26
2-27
2-27
2-28
2-29

i

Table of Contents

Horizontal Command Group ............................................................................. 2-29
Mark Command Group.................................................................................... 2-30
Mask Command Group ................................................................................... 2-31
Math Command Group.................................................................................... 2-35
Measurement Command Group .......................................................................... 2-36
Miscellaneous Command Group ......................................................................... 2-38
PictBridge Command Group ............................................................................. 2-40
Power Command Group .................................................................................. 2-41
RF Command Group ...................................................................................... 2-47
Save and Recall Command Group ....................................................................... 2-58
Search Command Group .................................................................................. 2-61
Status and Error Command Group ....................................................................... 2-74
Trigger Command Group ................................................................................. 2-75
Vertical Command Group................................................................................. 2-90
Video Picture Command Group .......................................................................... 2-92
Waveform Transfer Command Group ................................................................... 2-93
Transferring a Waveform from an Oscilloscope to a Computer ................................. 2-94
Transferring a Waveform from a Computer to an Oscilloscope’s Internal Reference
Memory ........................................................................................... 2-97
Scaling Waveform Data .............................................................................. 2-99
Further Explanation of the Digital Collection .................................................... 2-100
Zoom Command Group .................................................................................. 2-108
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order ................................................................... 2-109

Status and Events
Status and Events .................................................................................................
Registers ......................................................................................................
Queues ........................................................................................................
Event Handling Sequence...................................................................................
Synchronization Methods ...................................................................................

3-1
3-1
3-4
3-5
3-7

Appendices
Appendix A: Character Set .....................................................................................
Appendix B: Reserved Words ..................................................................................
Appendix C: Factory Defaults .................................................................................
Default Setup ................................................................................................
Appendix D: Waveform Transfer (WFMOutpre and CURVe Query) Examples .........................
Example 1: Analog Waveform (Channels 1–4) .........................................................
Example 2: Digital Waveform (Channels DO-D15) ....................................................
Example 3: The Digital Collection with 4 Bytes Per Point and MagniVu Off.......................

ii

A-1
B-1
C-1
C-1
D-1
D-1
D-3
D-5

MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual

Table of Contents

Example 4: The Digital Collection with 8 Bytes Per Point and MagniVu Off....................... D-7
Example 5: The Digital Collection with 4 Bytes Per Point and MagniVu On ..................... D-10
Example 6: The Digital Collection with 8 Bytes Per Point and MagniVu On ..................... D-12
Example 7: RF Frequency Domain Waveform........................................................ D-14
Appendix E: Mask/Limit Command Sequence Examples .................................................. E-1
Example 1: Creating custom masks ...................................................................... E-1
Example 2: Modifying an existing mask................................................................. E-2
Example 3: Creating a limit (template) mask ........................................................... E-3
Appendix F: Search and Trigger Command Sequence Examples.......................................... F-1
Example 1: Single Threshold Edge Search .............................................................. F-1
Example 2: Single Threshold Edge Trigger ............................................................. F-2
Example 3: Dual Threshold Runt Search ................................................................ F-2
Example 4: Single Threshold Logic Search on Three Waveforms.................................... F-3
Appendix G: Application Module-enabled Commands ..................................................... G-1

MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual

iii

Table of Contents

List of Figures
Figure 3-1:
Figure 3-2:
Figure 3-3:
Figure 3-4:
Figure 3-5:
Figure 3-6:
Figure 3-7:
Figure 3-8:

iv

The Standard Event Status Register (SESR) .................................................... 3-1
The Status Byte Register (SBR) .................................................................. 3-2
The Device Event Status Enable Register (DESER) ........................................... 3-3
The Event Status Enable Register (ESER) ...................................................... 3-3
The Service Request Enable Register (SRER) .................................................. 3-4
Status and Event Handling Process............................................................... 3-6
Command Processing Without Using Synchronization ........................................ 3-9
Processing Sequence With Synchronization................................................... 3-10

MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual

Table of Contents

List of Tables
Table 1-1: Updates to the MDO4000, MSO4000B, DPO4000B, and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes
Table 1-2: USB Device Parameters ............................................................................
Table 2-1: Symbols for Backus-Naur Form ...................................................................
Table 2-2: Command Message Elements ......................................................................
Table 2-3: Comparison of Header Off and Header On Responses ..........................................
Table 2-4: End of Message Terminator ........................................................................
Table 2-5: Channel Mnemonics.................................................................................
Table 2-6: Cursor Mnemonics ..................................................................................
Table 2-7: Math Specifier Mnemonics .........................................................................
Table 2-8: Measurement Specifier Mnemonics ...............................................................
Table 2-9: Reference Waveform Mnemonics .................................................................
Table 2-10: Numeric Arguments................................................................................
Table 2-11: Quoted String Argument ..........................................................................
Table 2-12: Block Argument ....................................................................................
Table 2-13: Acquisition Commands..........................................................................
Table 2-14: Act on Event ......................................................................................
Table 2-15: AFG Commands..................................................................................
Table 2-16: Alias Commands .................................................................................
Table 2-17: ARB Commands .................................................................................
Table 2-18: Bus Commands ...................................................................................
Table 2-19: Calibration and Diagnostic Commands........................................................
Table 2-20: Configuration Commands .......................................................................
Table 2-21: Cursor Commands ...............................................................................
Table 2-22: Display Commands ..............................................................................
Table 2-23: DVM Commands.................................................................................
Table 2-24: EmailCommands .................................................................................
Table 2-25: Ethernet Commands .............................................................................
Table 2-26: File System Commands .........................................................................
Table 2-27: Hard Copy Commands ..........................................................................
Table 2-28: Histogram Commands ...........................................................................
Table 2-29: Horizontal Commands ...........................................................................
Table 2-30: Mark Commands .................................................................................
Table 2-31: Mask commands..................................................................................
Table 2-32: Math Commands .................................................................................
Table 2-33: Measurement Commands .......................................................................
Table 2-34: Miscellaneous Commands ......................................................................
Table 2-35: PictBridge Commands ...........................................................................
Table 2-36: Power Commands ................................................................................

MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual

1-3
1-7
2-1
2-2
2-3
2-5
2-6
2-6
2-6
2-6
2-6
2-7
2-7
2-8
2-11
2-12
2-13
2-14
2-14
2-15
2-19
2-20
2-23
2-25
2-25
2-26
2-27
2-28
2-29
2-29
2-30
2-30
2-32
2-35
2-36
2-38
2-40
2-41

v

Table of Contents

Table 2-37: RF Commands .................................................................................... 2-52
Table 2-38: Save and Recall Commands .................................................................... 2-59
Table 2-39: Status and Error Commands .................................................................... 2-74
Table 2-40: Trigger Commands............................................................................... 2-79
Table 2-41: Vertical Commands .............................................................................. 2-90
Table 2-42: Video Picture Commands ....................................................................... 2-93
Table 2-43: Example Command Sequence for Transferring Waveform Data from Oscilloscope to
Computer ................................................................................................... 2-95
Table 2-44: Example Command Sequence for Transferring Waveform Data from Computer to
Oscilloscope ................................................................................................ 2-98
Table 2-45: Digital Collection: 4 Byte Data................................................................ 2-101
Table 2-46: Digital Collection: 8 Byte Data................................................................ 2-102
Table 2-47: Waveform Transfer Commands................................................................ 2-103
Table 2-48: Zoom Commands ............................................................................... 2-108
Table 2-49: .................................................................................................... 2-121
Table 2-50: Supported display formats...................................................................... 2-164
Table 2-51: Channel Offset Range .......................................................................... 2-216
Table 2-52: DATa and WFMOutpre Parameter Settings .................................................. 2-267
Table 2-53: FPAnel:PRESS arguments ..................................................................... 2-319
Table 2-54: FPAnel:TURN arguments ...................................................................... 2-321
Table 2-55: Math expression elements ...................................................................... 2-399
Table 2-56: Available HDTV formats....................................................................... 2-889
Table 2-57: Waveform Suffixes .............................................................................. 2-938
Table 3-1: SESR Bit Functions ................................................................................. 3-2
Table 3-2: SBR Bit Functions................................................................................... 3-2
Table 3-3: Oscilloscope operations that can generate OPC .................................................. 3-8
Table 3-4: No Event Messages................................................................................ 3-14
Table 3-5: Command Error Messages (CME Bit 5) ........................................................ 3-14
Table 3-6: Execution Error Messages (EXE Bit 4) ......................................................... 3-15
Table 3-7: Device Error Messages (DDE Bit 3) ............................................................ 3-17
Table 3-8: System Event Messages........................................................................... 3-17
Table 3-9: Execution Warning Messages (EXE Bit 4) ..................................................... 3-18
Table 3-10: Execution Warning Messages (EXE Bit 4).................................................... 3-18
Table 3-11: Internal Warning Messages...................................................................... 3-19
Table C-1: Default Values ...................................................................................... C-1

vi

MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual

Getting Started

Getting Started
This manual explains the use of commands for remotely controlling your
oscilloscope. With this information, you can write computer programs to
perform functions, such as setting the front-panel controls, taking measurements,
performing statistical calculations, and exporting data for use in other programs.
Familiarity with the User Manual for your oscilloscope is assumed. You can
download the User Manual from the Tektronix website at www.tektronix.com.
NOTE. Most examples in this document assume that both HEADer|:HDR and
VERBose are set to ON.

New in the Programmer
Manual

The following major changes were made to this version of the programmer
manual (077-0510-06):
Added MDO3000 series models:

Model

Analog
Channels

Analog
Bandwidth

Spectrum Analyzer
Channel

Digital
Channels

AFG
Channels

Maximum
Record Length

Aux Input
connector

MDO3012

2

100 MHz

1 at 9 kHz - 100 MHz
9 kHz - 3 GHz Optional

16 Optional
8.25 GS/s max

10 M Samples
on all channels

Y

MDO3014

4

100 MHz

1 at 9 kHz - 100 MHz
9 kHz - 3 GHz Optional

1 Optional
50 MHz
max.

MDO3022

2

200 MHz

1 at 9 kHz - 200 MHz
9 kHz - 3 GHz Optional

Y

MDO3024

4

200 MHz

1 at 9 kHz - 200 MHz
9 kHz - 3 GHz Optional

N

MDO3032

2

350 MHz

1 at 9 kHz - 350 MHz
9 kHz - 3 GHz Optional

Y

MDO3034

4

350 MHz

1 at 9 kHz - 350 MHz
9 kHz - 3 GHz Optional

N

MDO3052

2

500 MHz

1 at 9 kHz - 500 MHz
9 kHz - 3 GHz Optional

Y

MDO3054

4

500 MHz

1 at 9 kHz - 500 MHz
9 kHz - 3 GHz Optional

N

MDO3102

2

1 GHz

1 at 9 kHz - 1 GHz
9 kHz - 3 GHz Optional

Y

MDO3104

4

1 GHz

1 at 9 kHz - 1 GHz
9 kHz - 3 GHz Optional

N

MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual

N

1-1

Getting Started

Each of the new MDO3000 series models have the following options available:
Option

Description

MDO3AFG

Arbitrary Function Generator

MDO3MSO

16-channel digital acquisition

MDO3SA

Spectrum analyzer input range
increased to 9 kHz - 3 GHz.

MDO3SEC

Add password protected
security to enable or disable
all communication ports and
firmware upgrades to any
MDO3000 series oscilloscope

New or Changed Functionality Updates that Impact the Programmatic Command
Set
For your convenience, the table below lists the new and changed functionality
that impacts the programmatic command set for the MDO4000B, MDO4000,
MSO4000B, DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes, along with a
hot-linked list of the applicable commands.

NOTE. The terms “waveform” and “trace” are used interchangeably.

1-2

MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual

Getting Started

Table 1-1: Updates to the MDO4000, MSO4000B, DPO4000B, and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes
Feature

Use these commands

Arbitrary Function Generator functionality (MDO3000 series
only)

AFG:AMPLitude
AFG:FREQuency
AFG:FUNCtion
AFG:HIGHLevel
AFG:LEVELPreset
AFG:LOWLevel
AFG:NOISEAdd:PERCent
AFG:NOISEAdd:STATE
AFG:OFFSet
AFG:OUTPut:LOAd:IMPEDance
AFG:OUTPut:STATE
AFG:PERIod
AFG:PHASe
AFG:PULse:WIDth
AFG:RAMP:SYMmetryAFG:SQUare:DUty

Arbitrary Waveform Generator functionality (MDO3000 series
only)
– Sine, Square Pulse, Ramp and Noise functions
available
– Ability to save and recall to or from ARB slots and .csv
files

AFG:ARBitrary:ARB:DATE?
AFG:ARBitrary:ARB:LABel
AFG:ARBitrary:ARB:TIMe?
AFG:ARBitrary:EMEM:FUNCtion?
AFG:ARBitrary:EMEM:GENerate
AFG:ARBitrary:EMEM:NUMPoints?
AFG:ARBitrary:EMEM:POINTS
AFG:ARBitrary:EMEM:POINTS:ENCdg
SAVe:WAVEform
RECAll:WAVEform

Digital Voltmeter functionality (MDO3000 series only)

DVM
DVM:AUTORange
DVM:DISPLAYSTYle
DVM:MEASUrement:FREQuency?
DVM:MEASUrement:HIStory:AVErage?
DVM:MEASUrement:HIStory:MAXimum?
DVM:MEASUrement:HIStory:MINImum?
DVM:MEASUrement:INFMAXimum?
DVM:MEASUrement:INFMINimum?
DVM:MEASUrement:VALue?
DVM:MODe
DVM:SOUrce

MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual

1-3

Getting Started

Table 1-1: Updates to the MDO4000, MSO4000B, DPO4000B, and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes (cont.)
Feature

Use these commands

Act on Event functionality
Available actions:
– Stop acquisitions
– Save waveform data to a file
– Save a screen image to a file
– Send a screen image to a printer
– Send a pulse to the Aux Out port
– Generate a service request
– Send an email
– Display a visual notification
Available events:
– Upon trigger
– When a certain number of acquisitions have completed
– None

ACTONEVent:ACTION:AUXOUT:STATE
ACTONEVent:ACTION:PRINT:STATE
ACTONEVent:ACTION:SAVEIMAGE:STATE
ACTONEVent:ACTION:SAVEWFM:STATE
ACTONEVent:ACTION:SRQ:STATE
ACTONEVent:REPEATCount
ACTONEVent:ACTION:VISUAL:STATE
ACTONEVent:EVENTTYPe
ACTONEVent:NUMACQs
ACTONEVent:REPEATCount

Email settings for both email printer support and Act on Event
“send an email” action

EMAIL:SETUp:FROMADDRess
EMAIL:SETUp:HOSTALIASNAMe
EMAIL:SETUp:SMTPLOGIn
EMAIL:SETUp:SMTPPASSWord
EMAIL:SETUp:SMTPPort
EMAIL:SETUp:SMTPServer

Video Picture functionality (Standard on MDO3000.
Requires the DPO4VID application module for use with
MSO/DPO4000B, MDO4000 and MDO4000B models)

VIDPic:AUTOContrast
VIDPic:AUTOContrast:UPDATERate
VIDPic:BRIGHTNess
VIDPic:CONTRast
VIDPic:DISplay
VIDPic:FRAMETYPe
VIDPic:LOCation:HEIght
VIDPic:LOCation:OFFSet
VIDPic:LOCation:STARt:LINE
VIDPic:LOCation:STARt:PIXel
VIDPic:LOCation:WIDth
VIDPic:LOCation:X
VIDPic:LOCation:Y
VIDPic:SOUrce
VIDPic:STANdard

Dual edge trigger/search functionality

TRIGger:A:EDGE:SLOpe
SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:EDGE:SLOpe

1-4

MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual

Getting Started

Table 1-1: Updates to the MDO4000, MSO4000B, DPO4000B, and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes (cont.)
Feature

Use these commands

FastAcq™ high-speed waveform acquisition mode
New color palettes (Temperature, Spectral, Normal, Inverted)

ACQuire:FASTAcq:STATE
ACQuire:FASTAcq:PALEtte

Digital Channel Activity Monitor

DISplay:DIGital:ACTIVity

Additional calibration status queries

CALibrate:INTERNal:STATus:RF?
CALibrate:INTERNal:STATus:SCOPE?
CALibrate:RESults:FACtory:AFG?
CALibrate:RESults:FACtory:RF?
CALibrate:RESults:FACtory:SCOPE?
CALibrate:RESults:SPC:RF?
CALibrate:RESults:SPC:SCOPE?

Additional configuration queries
(AFG, ARB, DVM, and VidPic are available for
MDO3000 series. VidPic requires the DPO4VID application
module for use with MSO/DPO4000B, MDO4000 and
MDO4000B models)

CONFIGuration:AFG?
CONFIGuration:APPLications:CUSTOMMask?
CONFIGuration:APPLications:STANDARDMask?
CONFIGuration:APPLications:VIDPIC?
CONFIGuration:ARB?
CONFIGuration:DVM?

Math vertical autoscale feature

MATH[1]:AUTOSCale

Total overshoot measurement type

MEASUrement:IMMed:TYPe
MEASUrement:MEAS:TYPe

Additional RF Spectrogram and Spectrum Trace commands

RF:SPECTRogram
RF:SPECTRogram:SLICETIMe?
RF:SPECTRogram:TIMe?
RF:SPECTRUMTrace

Ability to save RF baseband I & Q data to a Matlab level 5
file or .TIQ file

SAVe:WAVEform:FILEFormat:RF_BB_IQ

Setting Up Remote Communications Hardware
You can remotely control communications between your oscilloscope and a PC
via Ethernet, USB, or GPIB cables.

Ethernet

If you are using Ethernet, start by connecting an appropriate Ethernet cable to the
Ethernet port (RJ-45 connector) on the rear panel of your oscilloscope. This
connects the oscilloscope to a 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX/1000BASE-T local area
network.

MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual

1-5

Getting Started

To change the Ethernet settings on your oscilloscope, do the following:
1. On the front panel, push Utility.
2. Push Utility Page.
3. Select I/O with the Multipurpose knob.
4. Push Network Configuration.
5. On the side menu, if you are on a DHCP Ethernet network and using a through
cable, push Automatic (DHCP & Auto-IP).
6. If you are using a cross-over cable, push Manual, and press Set IP Addresses
Manually to set a hard coded TCP/IP address.

USB

1-6

If you are using USB, start by connecting the appropriate USB cable to the USB
2.0 high-speed (HS) device port on the rear panel of your oscilloscope. This
port requires that the cable connected from the port to the host computer meets
the USB 2.0 specification for high speed connections. Typically, such cables
should be 3 feet or shorter in length, but this is determined by the quality of the
cable and, with higher quality cables, this length can be extended. (It is also
dependent upon the drive capability of the host USB port to which the instrument
is connected.) The use of high quality short cables is recommended to avoid USB
connection problems.

MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual

Getting Started

With USB, the system automatically configures itself. To verify that the USB is
enabled:
1. On the front panel, push Utility.
2. Push Utility Page.
3. Select I/O with the Multipurpose knob.
4. Push USB, and verify that USB is enabled.
5. If USB is disabled, push Connect to Computer on the side menu.
After connection, the host, with appropriate software, can list the oscilloscope as a
USB device with the following parameters: (See Table 1-2.)
Table 1-2: USB Device Parameters
Parameter

Value

Manufacturer ID

0x0699 (decimal 1689)

Product ID
The product id varies by model number as
follows:
(You can send the
USBTMC:PRODUCTID:HEXadecimal?
query to read the value)

DPO4104B 0x0405 (decimal 1029)
DPO4054B 0x0406 (decimal 1030)
DPO4034B 0x0407 (decimal 1031)
MSO4104B 0x0409 (decimal 1033)
MSO4054B 0x040A (decimal 1034)
MSO4034B 0x040B (decimal 1035)
MDO4104-6 0x040C (decimal 1036)
MDO4104-3 0x040D (decimal 1037)
MDO4054-6 0x040E (decimal 1038)
MDO4054-3 0x040F (decimal 1039)
DPO4102B 0x0417 (decimal 1047)
DPO4102B-L 0x0418 (decimal 1048)
DPO4104B-L 0x0419 (decimal 1049)
MSO4102B 0x041A (decimal 1050)
MSO4102B-L 0x041B (decimal 1051)
MSO4104B-L 0x041C (decimal 1052)
DPO4014B 0x0426 (decimal 1062)
MSO4014B 0x0428 (decimal 1064)
MDO4014-3 0x042a (decimal 1066)
MDO4034-3 0x042e (decimal 1070)
MDO3000 (all) 0x408 (decimal 1032)

Serial number

Serial number

Manufacturer description

“Tektronix”

Interface description

“USBTMC-USB488”

MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual

1-7

Getting Started

GPIB

To use GPIB (General Purpose Interface Bus), start by connecting an appropriate
USB cable to the USB 2.0 high-speed (HS) device port on the rear panel of your
oscilloscope. Connect the other end to the TEK-USB-488 Adapter host port. Then
connect a GPIB cable from the TEK-USB-488 Adapter to your PC.
Supply power to the Adapter in either of these two ways:
1. Use the optional 5 VDC power adapter connected to the 5 VDC power input
on the Adapter.
2. Use an appropriate USB cable connected to a powered USB host port on your
PC and the Device port on the TEK-USB-488 Adapter.
The oscilloscope has a USB 2.0 high-speed (HS) device port to control the
oscilloscope through USBTMC or GPIB with a TEK-USB-488 Adapter. The
USBTMC protocol allows USB devices to communicate using IEEE488 style
messages. This lets you run your GPIB software applications on USB hardware.

Before setting up the oscilloscope for remote communication using the electronic
(physical) GPIB interface, you should familiarize yourself with the following
GPIB requirements:
A unique device address must be assigned to each device on the bus. No two
devices can share the same device address.
No more than 15 devices can be connected to any one line.
One device should be connected for every 6 feet (2 meters) of cable used.
No more than 65 feet (20 meters) of cable should be used to connect devices
to a bus.
At least two-thirds of the devices on the network should be powered on while
using the network.
Connect the devices on the network in a star or linear configuration. Do not
use loop or parallel configurations.
To function correctly, your oscilloscope must have a unique device address. The
default setting for the GPIB configuration is GPIB Address 1.

1-8

MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual

Getting Started

To change the GPIB address settings, do the following:
1. On the front panel, push Utility.
2. Push Utility Page.
3. Select I/O with the Multipurpose knob.
4. Push GPIB.
5. Enter the GPIB address on the side menu, using the multipurpose knob. This
will set the GPIB address on an attached TEK-USB-488 Adapter.
The oscilloscope is now set up for bidirectional communication with your
controller.

Setting Up Remote Communications Software
Connect your oscilloscope directly to a computer to let the PC analyze your data,
collect screen images, or to control the oscilloscope using a program of your own
creation. Three ways to connect your oscilloscope to a computer are through the
VISA drivers, the e*Scope Web-enabled tools, or via a socket server.

Using VISA

VISA lets you use your MS-Windows computer to acquire data from your
oscilloscope for use in an analysis package that runs on your PC, such as
Microsoft Excel, National Instruments LabVIEW, Tektronix OpenChoice Desktop
software, or your own custom software. You can use a common communications
connection, such as USB, Ethernet, or GPIB, to connect the computer to the
oscilloscope.
To set up VISA communications between your oscilloscope and a computer:

MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual

1-9

Getting Started

1. Load the VISA drivers on your computer. Also, load your application, such
as OpenChoice Desktop. You will find the drivers and OpenChoice Desktop
software on the appropriate CD that comes with your oscilloscope or at the
Tektronix software finder Web page (www.tektronix.com\downloads).
2. Connect the oscilloscope to your computer with the appropriate USB or
Ethernet cable. To communicate between the oscilloscope and a GPIB system,
connect the oscilloscope to the TEK-USB-488 GPIB-to-USB Adapter with
a USB cable. Then connect the adapter to your GPIB system with a GPIB
cable. Cycle the power on the oscilloscope.
3. Push Utility.
4. Push Utility Page.
5. Turn multipurpose knob a and select I/O.
6. If you are using USB, the system sets itself up automatically for you, if USB is
enabled. Check USB on the lower menu to be sure that USB is enabled. If it is
not enabled, push USB. Then push Connect to Computer on the side menu.
7. To use Ethernet, push Ethernet & LXI on the lower menu. Use the side menu
buttons to adjust your network settings, as needed. For more information, see
the e*Scope setup information below.
8. If you want to change socket server parameters, push Socket Server and enter
new values through the resulting side menu.
9. If you are using GPIB, push GPIB. Enter the GPIB address on the side menu,
using multipurpose knob a. This will set the GPIB address on an attached
TEK-USB-488 Adapter.
10. Run your application software on your computer.

Quick Tips

Your oscilloscope shipped with a CD containing a variety of Windows-based
software tools for efficient connectivity between your oscilloscope and your
computer. These include toolbars that speed connectivity with Microsoft
Excel and Word. There are also two standalone acquisition programs called
NI LabVIEW SignalExpress™, Tektronix Edition and Tektronix OpenChoice
Desktop.
The rear-panel USB 2.0 high-speed (HS) device port is the correct USB port
for computer connectivity. Use the rear- and front-panel USB 2.0 host ports
to connect your oscilloscope to USB flash drives, hard drives, printers and
keyboards. Use the USB Device port to connect your oscilloscope to a PC or
a PictBridge printer.

1-10

MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual

Getting Started

Using the LXI Web Page
and e*Scope

With e*Scope, you can access any Internet-connected MSO/DPO4000B,
MDO4000/B or MDO3000 Series oscilloscope from a web browser. To set up
e*Scope communications between your oscilloscope and a Web browser running
on a remote computer:
1. Connect the oscilloscope to your computer network with an appropriate
Ethernet cable.
2. Push Utility.
3. Push Utility Page.
4. Turn multipurpose knob a and select I/O.
5. Push Ethernet & LXI.
6. On top of the side menu, there is an indicator light which turns green for
good status and red if the device detects a fault. Look at it to determine the
condition of the LAN.
7. Push LAN Settings to display the network parameters configured on your
oscilloscope.
8. Push LAN Reset to restore the LAN defaults to your oscilloscope.
9. Push Test Connection to check if your oscilloscope can find an attached
network.
10. Push More to see another page of side-menu items.
11. Push Change Names to change the name of the oscilloscope, the network
domain, or the service name.
12. Push Change Ethernet & LXI Password to use the LXI password to also
protect your oscilloscope from changes made to LAN settings from a Web
browser.
13. Start your browser on your remote computer. In the browser address line,
enter the host name, a dot, and the domain name together. Alternatively, just
enter the IP address of the instrument. Either way, you should then see the
LXI Welcome page on your Web browser on your computer screen.
14. Click “Network Configuration” to view and edit the network configuration
settings. If you are using a password and changing your settings, you need to
know that the default user name is “lxiuser”.
15. For e*Scope, click the Instrument Control (e*Scope) link on the left side of
the LXI Welcome page. You should then see a new tab (or window) open in
your browser with e*Scope running.

Using a Socket Server

A socket server provides two-way communication over an Internet Protocol-based
computer network. You can use your oscilloscope’s socket server feature to let
your oscilloscope talk to a remote-terminal device or computer.

MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual

1-11

Getting Started

To set up and use a socket server between your oscilloscope and a remote terminal
or computer:
1. Connect the oscilloscope to your computer network with an appropriate
Ethernet cable.
2. Push Utility.
3. Push Utility Page.
4. Turn multipurpose knob a and select I/O.
5. Push Socket Server.
6. On the resulting Socket Server side menu, push the top entry to highlight
Enabled.
7. Choose whether the protocol should be None or Terminal. A communication
session run by a human at a keyboard typically uses a terminal protocol.
An automated session might handle its own communications without using
such a protocol.
8. If required, change the port number by rotating multipurpose knob a.
9. If required, press OK to set the new port number.
10. After setting up the socket server parameters, you can now have the computer
“talk” to the oscilloscope. If you are running an MS Windows PC, you could
run its default client with its command-like interface. One way to do this is
by typing “ Telnet ” in the Run window. The Telnet window will open on
the PC.
NOTE. On MS Windows 7, you must first enable Telnet in order for it to work.
11. Start a terminal session between your computer and your oscilloscope by
typing in an open command with the oscilloscope's LAN address and port #.
You can obtain the LAN address by pushing the Ethernet & LXI bottom
menu item and the resulting LAN Settings side menu item to view the
resulting Ethernet and LXI Setting screen. You can obtain the port # by
pushing the Socket Server bottom menu item and viewing the Current Port
side menu item.
For example, if the oscilloscope IP address was 123.45.67.89 and the port
# was the default of 4000, you could open a session by writing into the MS
Windows Telnet screen:
o 123.45.67.89 4000

The oscilloscope will send a help screen to the computer when it is done
connecting.

1-12

MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual

Getting Started

12. You can now type in a standard query, as found in the programmer manual,
such as *idn?
The Telnet session window will respond by displaying a character string
describing your instrument. You can type in more queries and view more
results on this Telnet session window. You can find the syntax for relevant
queries and related status codes in other sections of this manual.
NOTE. Do not use the computer’s backspace key during an MS Windows' Telnet
session with the oscilloscope.
Socket Server Terminal Protocol Mode Commands. Following are Tektronix
Instrument Control Terminal Session Control commands:
!t  : set the response timeout in milliseconds.
!d : send device clear to the instrument.
!r : read response from instrument.
!h : print this usage info.
NOTE. Commands containing a ? are treated as queries, and the responses are
read automatically.

Documentation

The following documents are available for download at www.tektronix.com:
MDO4000B Series Mixed Domain Oscilloscopes User Manual. Information
about installing and operating the oscilloscope.
MDO4000B Series Mixed Domain Oscilloscopes Specifications and
Performance Verification Technical Reference. Oscilloscope specifications and
a performance verification procedure.
MDO4000 Series Mixed Domain Oscilloscopes User Manual. Information about
installing and operating the oscilloscope.
MDO4000 Series Mixed Domain Oscilloscopes Specifications and Performance
Verification Technical Reference. Oscilloscope specifications and a performance
verification procedure.
MSO4000B and DPO4000B Series Digital Phosphor Oscilloscopes User
Manual. Information about installing and operating the oscilloscope.
MSO4000B and DPO4000B Series Digital Phosphor Oscilloscopes Technical
Reference. Oscilloscope specifications and a performance verification procedure.
MDO3000 Series Mixed Domain Oscilloscopes User Manual. Information about
installing and operating the oscilloscope.

MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual

1-13

Getting Started

MDO3000 Series Mixed Domain Oscilloscopes Specifications and Performance
Verification Technical Reference. Oscilloscope specifications and a performance
verification procedure.
Getting Started with OpenChoice ™ Solutions Manual. Options for getting data
from your oscilloscope into any one of several available analysis tools.
TekVISA Programmer Manual. Description of TekVISA, the Tektronix
implementation of the VISA Application Programming Interface (API). TekVISA
is industry-compliant software for writing interoperable oscilloscope drivers in a
variety of Application Development Environments (ADEs).

1-14

MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual

Syntax and Commands

Command Syntax
You can control the operations and functions of the oscilloscope through the
Ethernet port or the USB 2.0 high-speed (HS) device port using commands and
queries. The related topics listed below describe the syntax of these commands
and queries. The topics also describe the conventions that the oscilloscope uses
to process them. See the Command Groups topic in the table of contents for a
listing of the commands by command group, or use the index to locate a specific
command.

Backus-Naur Form
Notation

This documentation describes the commands and queries using Backus-Naur
Form (BNF) notation. Refer to the following table for the symbols that are used.
Table 2-1: Symbols for Backus-Naur Form
Symbol
<>

Meaning

=

Is defined as

|

Exclusive OR

{}

Group; one element is required

[]
.. .

Optional; can be omitted

Defined element

Previous element(s) may be repeated

Command and Query Structure
Commands consist of set commands and query commands (usually called
commands and queries). Commands modify oscilloscope settings or tell the
oscilloscope to perform a specific action. Queries cause the oscilloscope to return
data and status information.
Most commands have both a set form and a query form. The query form of the
command differs from the set form by its question mark at the end. For example,
the set command ACQuire:MODe has a query form ACQuire:MODe?. Not all
commands have both a set and a query form. Some commands have set only and
some have query only.

Messages

A command message is a command or query name followed by any information
the oscilloscope needs to execute the command or query. Command messages
may contain five element types, defined in the following table.

MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual

2-1

Command Syntax

Table 2-2: Command Message Elements

Commands

Symbol

Meaning

This is the basic command name. If the header ends with a question mark, the command is a query. The header may begin with a colon (:) character. If the command is concatenated with other commands, the beginning colon is required. Never use the beginning colon with command headers beginning with a star (*). This is a header subfunction. Some command headers have only one mnemonic. If a command header has multiple mnemonics, a colon (:) character always separates them from each other. This is a quantity, quality, restriction, or limit associated with the header. Some commands have no arguments while others have multiple arguments. A separates arguments from the header. A separates arguments from each other. A single comma is used between arguments of multiple-argument commands. Optionally, there may be white space characters before and after the comma. A white space character is used between a command header and the related argument. Optionally, a white space may consist of multiple white space characters. Commands cause the oscilloscope to perform a specific function or change one of the settings. Commands have the structure: [:]
[[ ]...] A command header consists of one or more mnemonics arranged in a hierarchical or tree structure. The first mnemonic is the base or root of the tree and each subsequent mnemonic is a level or branch off the previous one. Commands at a higher level in the tree may affect those at a lower level. The leading colon (:) always returns you to the base of the command tree. 2-2 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Syntax Queries Queries cause the oscilloscope to return status or setting information. Queries have the structure: [:]
[:]
[ []...] You can specify a query command at any level within the command tree unless otherwise noted. These branch queries return information about all the mnemonics below the specified branch or level. Headers Use the HEADer command to control whether the oscilloscope returns headers as part of the query response. If header is on, the query response returns command headers, then formats itself as a valid set command. When header is off, the response includes only the values. This may make it easier to parse and extract the information from the response. The table below shows the difference in responses. Table 2-3: Comparison of Header Off and Header On Responses Query Header Off Header On TIME? 14:30:00 :TIME “14:30:00” ACQuire:NUMAVg? 100 :ACQUIRE:NUMAVG 100 Clearing the oscilloscope You can clear the Output Queue and reset the oscilloscope to accept a new command or query by using the selected Device Clear (DCL) function. Command Entry The following rules apply when entering commands: You can enter commands in upper or lower case. You can precede any command with white space characters. White space characters include any combination of the ASCII control characters 00 through 09 and 0B through 20 hexadecimal (0 through 9 and 11 through 32 decimal). The oscilloscope ignores commands consisting of any combination of white space characters and line feeds. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-3 Command Syntax Abbreviating You can abbreviate many oscilloscope commands. Each command in this documentation shows the minimum acceptable abbreviations in capitals. For example, you can enter the command ACQuire:NUMAvg simply as ACQ:NUMA or acq:numa. Abbreviation rules may change over time as new oscilloscope models are introduced. Thus, for the most robust code, use the full spelling. If you use the HEADer command to have command headers included as part of query responses, you can further control whether the returned headers are abbreviated or are full-length with the VERBose command. Concatenating You can concatenate any combination of set commands and queries using a semicolon (;). The oscilloscope executes concatenated commands in the order received. When concatenating commands and queries, you must follow these rules: 1. Separate completely different headers by a semicolon and by the beginning colon on all commands except the first one. For example, the commands TRIGger:MODe NORMal and ACQuire:NUMAVg 8, can be concatenated into the following single command: TRIGger:MODe NORMal;:ACQuire:NUMAVg 8 2. If concatenated commands have headers that differ by only the last mnemonic, you can abbreviate the second command and eliminate the beginning colon. For example, you can concatenate the commands ACQuire:MODe ENVelope and ACQuire:NUMAVg 8 into a single command: ACQuire:MODe ENVelope; NUMAVg 8 The longer version works equally well: ACQuire:MODe ENVelope;:ACQuire:NUMAVg 8 3. Never precede a star (*) command with a colon: ACQuire:STATE 1;*OPC Any commands that follow will be processed as if the star command was not there so the commands, ACQuire:MODe ENVelope;*OPC;NUMAVg 8 will set the acquisition mode to envelope and set the number of acquisitions for averaging to 8. 4. When you concatenate queries, the responses to all the queries are concatenated into a single response message. For example, if the display graticule is set to Full and the display style is set to dotsonly, the concatenated query DISplay:GRAticule?;STYle:DOTsonly? will return the following. If the header is on: DISPLAY:GRATICULE FULL;:DISPLAY:STYLE:DOTSONLY 1 2-4 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Syntax If the header is off: FULL;1 1. Set commands and queries may be concatenated in the same message. For example, ACQuire:MODe SAMple;NUMAVg?;STATE? is a valid message that sets the acquisition mode to sample. The message then queries the number of acquisitions for averaging and the acquisition state. Concatenated commands and queries are executed in the order received. Here are some invalid concatenations: DISPlay:STYle:DOTsonly OFF;ACQuire:NUMAVg 8 (no colon before ACQuire) DISPlay:GRAticule FULL;:STYle:DOTSONLY OFF (extra colon before STYle. DISPlay:GRAticule FULL;:*TRG (colon before a star (*) command) MATH:HORizontal:SCAle 1.0e-1;HORizontal:POSition 5.0el (levels of the mnemonics are different; either remove the second use of HORizontal: or place :MATH in front of HORizontal:POSition) Terminating This documentation uses (End of Message) to represent a message terminator. Table 2-4: End of Message Terminator Symbol Meaning Message terminator The end-of-message terminator must be the END message (EOI asserted concurrently with the last data byte). The last data byte may be an ASCII line feed (LF) character. This oscilloscope does not support ASCII LF only message termination. The oscilloscope always terminates outgoing messages with LF and EOI. Constructed Mnemonics Some header mnemonics specify one of a range of mnemonics. For example, a channel mnemonic can be CH1, CH2, CH3, or CH4. You use these mnemonics in the command just as you do any other mnemonic. For example, there is a CH1:POSition command, and there is also a CH2:POSition command. In the command descriptions, this list of choices is abbreviated as CH. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-5 Command Syntax Cursor Position Mnemonics When cursors are displayed, commands may specify which cursor of the pair to use. Table 2-5: Channel Mnemonics Symbol Meaning CH A channel specifier; is 1 through 4. Table 2-6: Cursor Mnemonics Math Specifier Mnemonics Symbol Meaning CURSOR A cursor selector; is either 1 or 2. POSITION A cursor selector; is either 1 or 2. HPOS A cursor selector; is either 1 or 2. Commands can specify the mathematical waveform to use as a mnemonic in the header. Table 2-7: Math Specifier Mnemonics Measurement Specifier Mnemonics Symbol Meaning Math A math waveform specifier; is 1. Commands can specify which measurement to set or query as a mnemonic in the header. Up to eight automated measurements may be displayed. Table 2-8: Measurement Specifier Mnemonics Symbol Meaning MEAS A measurement specifier; is 1 through 8. Channel Mnemonics Commands specify the channel to use as a mnemonic in the header. Reference Waveform Mnemonics Commands can specify the reference waveform to use as a mnemonic in the header. Table 2-9: Reference Waveform Mnemonics 2-6 Symbol Meaning REF A reference waveform specifier; is 1, 2, 3, or 4 for 4-channel oscilloscopes and 1 or 2 for 2-channel oscilloscopes. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Syntax Argument Types Commands use arguments such as enumeration, numeric, quoted string and block. Each of these arguments are listed in detail below. Enumeration Enter these arguments as unquoted text words. Like key words, enumeration arguments follow the same convention where the portion indicated in uppercase is required and that in lowercase is optional. For example: SAVe:WAVEform:FILEFormat INTERNal Numeric Many oscilloscope commands require numeric arguments. The syntax shows the format that the oscilloscope returns in response to a query. This is also the preferred format when sending the command to the oscilloscope, though any of the formats will be accepted. This documentation represents these arguments as described below. Table 2-10: Numeric Arguments Symbol Meaning Signed integer value Floating point value without an exponent Floating point value with an exponent Signed or unsigned integer in binary format Most numeric arguments will be automatically forced to a valid setting, by either rounding or truncating, when an invalid number is input, unless otherwise noted in the command description. Quoted String Some commands accept or return data in the form of a quoted string, which is simply a group of ASCII characters enclosed by a single quote (') or double quote ("). The following is an example of a quoted string: "This is a quoted string". This documentation represents these arguments as follows: Table 2-11: Quoted String Argument Symbol Meaning Quoted string of ASCII text MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-7 Command Syntax A quoted string can include any character defined in the 7-bit ASCII character set. Follow these rules when you use quoted strings: 1. Use the same type of quote character to open and close the string. For example: "this is a valid string". 2. You can mix quotation marks within a string as long as you follow the previous rule. For example: "this is an 'acceptable' string". 3. You can include a quote character within a string by repeating the quote. For example: "here is a "" mark". 4. Strings can have upper or lower case characters. 5. If you use a GPIB network, you cannot terminate a quoted string with the END message before the closing delimiter. 6. A carriage return or line feed embedded in a quoted string does not terminate the string. The return is treated as another character in the string. 7. The maximum length of a quoted string returned from a query is 1000 characters. Here are some invalid strings: "Invalid string argument' (quotes are not of the same type) "test" (termination character is embedded in the string) Block Several oscilloscope commands use a block argument form, as defined in the table below. Table 2-12: Block Argument Symbol Meaning A nonzero digit character in the range of 1–9 A digit character, in the range of 0–9 A character with the hexadecimal equivalent of 00 through FF (0 through 255 decimal) A block of data bytes defined as: ::= {#[...][...] |#0[...]} specifies the number of elements that follow. Taken together, the and elements form a decimal integer that specifies how many elements follow. 2-8 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Syntax MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-9 Command Syntax 2-10 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Groups This manual lists the MDO4000B, MDO4000, MSO4000B, DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series IEEE488.2 commands in two ways. First, it presents them by functional groups. Then, it lists them alphabetically. The functional group list starts below. The alphabetical list provides detail on each command. Acquisition Command Group Use the commands in the Acquisition Command Group to set up the modes and functions that control how the oscilloscope acquires signals input to the channels, and processes them into waveforms. Using the commands in this group, you can do the following: Start and stop acquisitions. Control whether each waveform is simply acquired, averaged, or enveloped over successive acquisitions of that waveform. Set the controls or conditions that start and stop acquisitions. Control acquisition of channel waveforms. Set acquisition parameters. Table 2-13: Acquisition Commands Command Description ACQuire? Returns acquisition parameters ACQuire:FASTAcq Sets or queries the fast acquisition feature. ACQuire:FASTAcq:PALEtte Sets (or queries) which palette to use for fast acquisition mode. ACQuire:FASTAcq:STATE Turns fast acquisition mode on or off, or queries the state of the mode. ACQuire:MAGnivu This command specifies the MagniVu feature ACQuire:MAXSamplerate? Returns the maximum real-time sample rate ACQuire:MODe Specifies the acquisition mode of the oscilloscope for all analog channel waveforms. ACQuire:NUMACq? Returns number of acquisitions that have occurred ACQuire:NUMAVg This command specifies the number of acquisitions for an averaged waveform ACQuire:NUMEnv This command controls the number of envelopes (when acquisition mode is set to ENVelope using ACQuire:MODe). ACQuire:STATE Starts or stops the acquisition system ACQuire:STOPAfter This command specifies whether the acquisition is continuous or single sequence Act on Event Command Group Use the Act on Event commands to Act once a certain type of Event has happened. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-11 Command Groups Available actions: - Stop acquisitions - Save waveform data to a file - Save a screen image to a file - Send a screen image to a printer - Send a pulse to the Aux Out port - Generate a service request - Send an email - Display a visual notification Available events: - Upon trigger -When a certain number of acquisitions have completed - None Table 2-14: Act on Event Command Description ACTONEVent:ACTION:AUXOUT: STATE Sends a pulse to the AUX OUT port when a specified event occurs, or queries the state of the “pulse to aux out” action. ACTONEVent:ACTION:EMAIL: STATE Sends an email when a specified event occurs, or queries the state of the “send email” action. ACTONEVent:ACTION:PRINT: STATE Sends a screen image to a printer when a specified event occurs, or queries the state of the “send screen image” action. ACTONEVent:ACTION: SAVEIMAGE:STATE Saves a screen image to file when a specified event occurs, or queries the state of the “save screen image to a file” action. ACTONEVent:ACTION:SAVEWFM: STATE Saves the currently selected waveform data to a file when a specified event occurs, or queries the state of the “save waveform to file” action. ACTONEVent:ACTION:SRQ:STATE Sets or returns the enabled state of the generate service request (SRQ) action when a specified event occurs. The default state is 0. ACTONEVent:ACTION:STOPACQ: STATE Stops acquisitions when a specified event occurs, or queries the state of the “stop acquisition” action. ACTONEVent:ACTION:VISUAL: STATE Sends a visual notification when a specified event occurs, or queries the state of the “send a visual notification” action. ACTONEVent:EVENTTYPe Specifies (or queries) which event to act on (TRIGger, ACQCOMPLete, or NONe) when using an Act on Event command. ACTONEVent:NUMACQs Sets (or queries) the number of acquisitions to complete for the event type ACQCOMPLete. ACTONEVent:REPEATCount Sets or returns the number of events to run. 2-12 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Groups AFG Command Group Use the AFG commands for Arbitrary Function Generator functionality. Available for the MDO3000 series only. Requires the MDO3AFG option to be installed. The AFG functionality is available when either the time domain acquisition or RF acquisition is active. Table 2-15: AFG Commands Command Description AFG:AMPLitude Sets (or queries) the AFG amplitude in volts, peak to peak. AFG:FREQuency Sets (or queries) the AFG frequency. AFG:FUNCtion Sets (or queries) which AFG function to execute. AFG:HIGHLevel Sets (or queries) the AFG high level, in volts. AFG:LEVELPreset Sets (or queries) the AFG preset levels to values that correspond to the logic standard specified by the argument The presets set the vertical controls for AMPLitude, OFFSet , HIGHLevel, and LOWLevel. AFG:LOWLevel Sets (or queries) the AFG low level, in volts. AFG:NOISEAdd:PERCent Sets (or queries) the AFG additive noise level as a percentage. AFG:NOISEAdd:STATE Sets (or queries) the AFG additive noise state. AFG:OFFSet Sets (or queries) the AFG offset, in volts. AFG:OUTPut:LOAd:IMPEDance Sets (or queries) the AFG output load impedance. AFG:OUTPut:STATE Sets (or queries) the AFG output state. AFG:PERIod Sets (or queries) the period of the AFG waveform, in seconds. AFG:PHASe Sets (or queries) the AFG phase. AFG:PULse:WIDth Sets (or queries) the AFG pulse width, in seconds. AFG:RAMP:SYMmetry Sets (or queries) the AFG ramp symmetry as a percentage. AFG:SQUare:DUty Sets (or queries) the AFG duty cycle, as a percentage. Alias Command Group Use the Alias commands to define new commands as a sequence of standard commands. You may find this useful when repeatedly using the same commands to perform certain tasks like setting up measurements. Aliases are similar to macros but do not include the capability to substitute parameters into alias bodies. To use Alias commands, first define the alias, then turn on the alias state. The alias mechanism obeys the following rules: MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-13 Command Groups the alias name must consist of a valid IEEE488.2 message unit, which may not appear in a message preceded by a colon, comma, or a command or query program header. the alias name may not appear in a message followed by a colon, comma, or question mark. an alias name must be distinct from any keyword or keyword short form. an alias name cannot be redefined without first being deleted using one of the alias deletion functions. alias names do not appear in response messages. Table 2-16: Alias Commands Command Description ALIas:CATalog? Returns a list of the currently defined alias labels ALIas:DEFine Assigns a sequence of program messages to an alias label ALIas:DELEte:ALL Deletes all existing aliases ALIas:DELEte[:NAMe] Removes a specified alias ALIas[:STATE] This command specifies the alias state ARB Command Group Use the ARB commands for Arbitrary Waveform Generator functionality. Available for the MDO3000 series only. Requires the MDO3AFG option to be installed. Table 2-17: ARB Commands Command Description AFG:ARBitrary:ARB:DATE? Returns the date that the data in the specified arbitrary waveform slot 1-4 was saved. AFG:ARBitrary:ARB:LABel Sets (or queries) the waveform label for arbitrary waveform slots 1- 4. AFG:ARBitrary:ARB:TIMe? Returns the time that the data in the specified arbitrary waveform slot was saved. AFG:ARBitrary:EMEM:FUNCtion? Returns the currently selected arbitrary waveform pre-defined function. AFG:ARBitrary:EMEM:GENerate This command generates the arbitrary waveform function specified by the enumeration argument, with the number of points optionally specified by the NR1 argument. To query the arbitrary waveform function set by this command, use AFG:ARBitrary:EMEM:FUNCtion? AFG:ARBitrary:EMEM:NUMPoints? Returns the number of points in the AFB arbitrary waveform edit memory. AFG:ARBitrary:EMEM:POINTS Specifies which points to load into the AFG arbitrary waveform edit memory. AFG:ARBitrary:EMEM:POINTS: ENCdg This command specifies the data encoding format for the AFG:ARBitrary:EMEM:POINTS query (either ASCII or binary). 2-14 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Groups Bus Command Group Use the Bus commands when working with serial or parallel bus measurements. Bus commands let you specify the bus number (B1-B4), except for MDO3000, which has only two buses (B1-B2). Parallel bus trigger and analysis functionality is included standard with the MSO and MDO Series. All other bus triggers require installation of an application module. A table is available that lists all commands enabled by each application module (See page G-1, Application Module-enabled Commands.) For I2C or SPI bus signals, install the DPO4EMBD application module, except for MDO3000 models, which require MDO3EMBD. For RS-232, RS-422, RS-485, or UART bus signals, install the DPO4COMP module, except for MDO3000 models, which require MDO3COMP. For I2S, Left Justified (LJ), Right Justified (RJ), or TDM bus signals, install the DPO4AUDIO module, except for MDO3000 models, which require MDO3AUDIO. For CAN or LIN bus signals, install the DPO4AUTO or DPO4AUTOMAX module, except for MDO3000 models, which require MDO3AUTO. For FlexRay bus signals, install the DPO4AUTOMAX module, except for MDO3000 models, which require MDO3FLEX. For Ethernet signals, when tested with the MDO4000/B and MSO/DPO4000B, install the DPO4ENET module. Note that ≥350 MHz bandwidth models are recommended for 100BASE-TX. For MIL-STD-1553 bus signals, install the DPO4AERO module, except for MDO3000 models, which require MDO3AERO. For USB bus signals, install the DPO4USB module, except for MDO3000 models, which require MDO3USB. Note that 1 GHz bandwidth models are recommended for high-speed (HS) USB. NOTE. The Search Command Group and the Trigger Command Group also contain bus-related commands. Table 2-18: Bus Commands Commands Description BUS? Returns the parameters for each serial (if installed) and parallel bus. BUS:B:AUDio:BITDelay This command specifies the number of delay bits for the AUDIO bus BUS:B:AUDio:BITOrder This command specifies the bit order for the AUDIO bus BUS:B:AUDio:CHANnel:SIZe This command specifies the number of bits per channel for the AUDIO bus MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-15 Command Groups Table 2-18: Bus Commands (cont.) Commands Description BUS:B:AUDio:CLOCk:POLarity This command specifies the clock polarity for the AUDIO bus BUS:B:AUDio:CLOCk:SOUrce This command specifies the clock source waveform for the AUDIO bus BUS:B:AUDio:DATa:POLarity This command specifies the data polarity for the AUDIO bus BUS:B:AUDio:DATa:SIZe This command specifies the number of bits per word for the AUDIO bus BUS:B:AUDio:DATa:SOUrce This command specifies the data source waveform for the AUDIO bus BUS:B:AUDio:DISplay:FORMat This command specifies the display format for the AUDIO bus BUS:B:AUDio:FRAME:SIZe This command specifies the number of channels in each frame for the AUDIO bus BUS:B:AUDio:FRAMESync: POLarity This command specifies the frame sync polarity for the AUDIO bus BUS:B:AUDio:FRAMESync: SOUrce This command specifies the frame sync source waveform for the AUDIO bus BUS:B:AUDio:TYPe This command specifies the audio format (type) for the AUDIO bus BUS:B:AUDio:WORDSel: POLarity This command specifies the word select polarity for the AUDIO bus BUS:B:AUDio:WORDSel:SOUrce This command specifies the word select source waveform for the AUDIO bus BUS:B:CAN:BITRate This command specifies the bit rate for the CAN bus BUS:B:CAN:PRObe This command specifies the probing method for the CAN bus BUS:B:CAN:SAMPLEpoint This command specifies the sample point (in %) to sample during each bit period BUS:B:CAN:SOUrce This command specifies the CAN bus data source BUS:B:DISplay:FORMat Sets the display format for the numerical information in the specified bus waveform BUS:B:DISplay:TYPe Sets the display type for the specified bus BUS:B:ETHERnet:PRObe This command specifies the Ethernet probe type: differential or single-ended. BUS:B:ETHERnet:PROTOcol Use this command to set the Ethernet protocol type to TCP/IPv4, or to OTHER. BUS:B:ETHERnet:SOUrce: DIFFerential This command specifies the Ethernet data source for differential input. BUS:B:ETHERnet:SOUrce: DMINus This command specifies the Ethernet data source for D- input for single-ended probing. BUS:B:ETHERnet:SOUrce: DPLUs This command specifies the Ethernet data source for the D+ input for single-ended probing. BUS:B:ETHERnet:TYPe This command specifies the Ethernet standard type: 10Base-T or 100Base-T. BUS:B:FLEXray:BITRate This command specifies the bit rate for the FlexRay bus signal BUS:B:FLEXray:CHannel This command specifies the FlexRay bus ID format BUS:B:FLEXray:SIGnal This command specifies the FlexRay bus standard BUS:B:FLEXray:SOUrce This command specifies the FlexRay bus data source BUS:B:I2C:ADDRess:RWINClude Sets and returns whether the read/write bit is included in the address BUS:B:I2C{:CLOCk|:SCLk}: SOUrce This command specifies the I2C bus SCLK source BUS:B:I2C{:DATa|:SDAta}: SOUrce This command specifies the I2C bus SDATA source 2-16 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Groups Table 2-18: Bus Commands (cont.) Commands Description BUS:B:LABel This command specifies the waveform label for the specified bus BUS:B:LIN:BITRate This command specifies the bit rate for the LIN bus. BUS:B:LIN:IDFORmat This command specifies the LIN bus ID format BUS:B:LIN:POLarity This command specifies the LIN bus polarity BUS:B:LIN:SAMPLEpoint This command specifies the point to sample during each bit period, as a percent, for the LIN bus. BUS:B:LIN:SOUrce This command specifies the LIN bus data source BUS:B:LIN:STANDard This command specifies the LIN bus standard BUS:B:MIL1553B:POLarity This command sets the MIL-STD-1553 bus polarity to normal or inverted. BUS:B:MIL1553B: RESPonsetime:MAXimum This command specifies the maximum response time to a valid command issued for the MIL-STD-1553 bus. BUS:B:MIL1553B: RESPonsetime:MINimum This command specifies the minimum response time to a valid command issued for the MIL-STD-1553 bus. BUS:B:MIL1553B:SOUrce This command specifies the source for differential input for the MIL-STD-1553 bus. BUS:B:PARallel:BIT:SOUrce This command specifies the bit source for the parallel bus. BUS:B:PARallel:CLOCk:EDGE This command specifies the clock edge for the parallel bus BUS:B:PARallel:CLOCk: ISCLOCKed This command specifies the state of the clock function for the parallel bus. BUS:B:PARallel:CLOCk:SOUrce This command specifies the clock source waveform for the parallel bus. BUS:B:PARallel:WIDth This command specifies the number of bits to use for the width of the parallel bus. BUS:B:POSition This command specifies the position of the bus waveform on the display. BUS:B:RS232C:BITRate This command specifies the bit rate for the RS-232 bus. BUS:B:RS232C:DATABits This command specifies the number of bits in the data frame for the RS-232 bus. BUS:B:RS232C:DELIMiter This command specifies the delimiting value for a packet on the RS-232 bus. BUS:B:RS232C:DISplaymode This command specifies the display mode for the RS-232 bus (frame or packet). BUS:B:RS232C:PARity This command specifies parity for the RS-232 bus BUS:B:RS232C:POLarity This command specifies the polarity for the RS-232C bus BUS:B:RS232C:RX:SOUrce This command specifies the RX source waveform for the RS-232 bus. BUS:B:RS232C:TX:SOUrce This command specifies the TX source waveform for the RS-232 bus. BUS:B:SPI:BITOrder This command specifies the bit order for the SPI bus BUS:B:SPI{:CLOCk|:SCLk}: POLarity This command specifies the SCLK polarity for the SPI bus. BUS:B:SPI{:CLOCk|:SCLk}: SOUrce This command specifies the SCLK source for the SPI bus. BUS:B:SPI:DATa{:IN|:MISO}: POLarity This command specifies the MISO polarity for the SPI bus. BUS:B:SPI:DATa{:IN|:MISO}: SOUrce This command specifies the MISO source for the SPI bus. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-17 Command Groups Table 2-18: Bus Commands (cont.) Commands Description BUS:B:SPI:DATa{:OUT|:MOSI}: POLarity This command specifies the MOSI polarity for the SPI bus. BUS:B:SPI:DATa{:OUT|:MOSI}: SOUrce This command specifies the MOSI source for the SPI bus. BUS:B:SPI:DATa:SIZe This command specifies the number of bits per word (data size) for the specified SPI bus. BUS:B:SPI:FRAMING This command specifies the type of framing to use for the SPI bus. BUS:B:SPI:IDLETime This command specifies the idle time, in seconds, for the SPI bus. BUS:B:SPI{:SELect|:SS}: POLarity This command specifies the polarity for the SPI bus. BUS:B:SPI{:SELect|:SS}:SOUrce This command specifies the source waveform for the SPI bus. BUS:B:STATE This command specifies the on/off state of the bus. BUS:B:TYPe This command specifies the bus type BUS:B:USB:BITRate This command specifies the bit rate for the USB bus. BUS:B:USB:PRObe This command specifies the type of probe connected to the USB bus. BUS:B:USB:SOUrce:DIFFerential This command specifies the source waveform for the eUSB bus when using a differential probe. BUS:B:USB:SOUrce:DMINus This command specifies the source waveform for the USB bus D- input. BUS:B:USB:SOUrce:DPLUs This command specifies the source for the USB D+ input. BUS:LOWerthreshold:CH This command specifies the lower threshold for each channel. BUS:LOWerthreshold{:MATH|: MATH1} This command specifies the lower threshold for the math waveform. BUS:LOWerthreshold:REF This command sets the lower threshold for each reference waveform. BUS:THReshold:CH This command specifies the threshold for a channel. BUS:THReshold:D This command specifies the threshold for a digital channel. BUS:UPPerthreshold:CH This command specifies the upper threshold for each channel. BUS:UPPerthreshold{:MATH|: MATH1} This command specifies the upper threshold for the math waveform. BUS:UPPerthreshold:REF This command sets the upper threshold for each reference waveform. Calibration and Diagnostic Command Group The Calibration and Diagnostic commands provide information about the current state of oscilloscope calibration. They also initiate internal signal path calibration (SPC) or execute diagnostic tests. Commands that are specific to factory calibration are not described in this manual. Instead, they are described in the Service Manual Documentation CD-ROM in PDF format. You can also order a printed copy. 2-18 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Groups Table 2-19: Calibration and Diagnostic Commands Command Description *CAL? Instructs the oscilloscope to perform self-calibration and returns the oscilloscope self calibration status. CALibrate:FACtory:STATus? Returns the factory calibration status value saved in nonvolatile memory. CALibrate:FACtory:STATus:AFG? Returns the factory calibration status for the Arbitrary Function Generator portion of the instrument, if present. CALibrate:FACtory:STATus:RF? Returns the factory calibration status value saved in nonvolatile memory for the RF portion of the oscilloscope. CALibrate:FACtory:STATus:SCOPE? Returns the factory calibration status value saved in nonvolatile memory for the non-RF portion of the oscilloscope. CALibrate:INTERNal Starts a signal path compensation CALibrate:INTERNal:STARt Starts the internal signal path calibration. CALibrate:INTERNal:STATus? Returns the current status of the internal signal path calibration. CALibrate:INTERNal:STATus:RF? This query returns the status of the last SPC run for the RF portion of the instrument: (doesn't include the analog channels). CALibrate:INTERNal:STATus: SCOPE? This query returns the status of the last SPC run for the oscilloscope portion of the instrument (doesn't include the RF portion). CALibrate:RESults? Returns the status of all calibration subsystems without performing an SPC operation. CALibrate:RESults:FACtory? Returns the status of internal and factory calibration. CALibrate:RESults:FACtory:AFG? This query returns the factory calibration status for the Arbitrary Function Generator portion of the instrument, if present. CALibrate:RESults:FACtory:RF? This query returns the factory calibration status for the RF portion of the instrument, if present. CALibrate:RESults:FACtory:SCOPE? This query returns the factory calibration status for the oscilloscope (doesn't include RF or AFG) of the instrument. CALibrate:RESults:SPC? Returns the results of the last SPC operation. CALibrate:RESults:SPC:RF? This query returns the status of the last SPC run for the RF portion of the instrument (doesn't include analog channels) . This query is synonymous with CALibrate:INTERNal:STATus:RF? CALibrate:RESults:SPC:SCOPE? This query returns the status of the last SPC run for the oscilloscope portion of the instrument (doesn't include the RF portion). This query is synonymous to CALibrate:INTERNal:STATus:SCOPE? CALibrate:RF This command begins the RF calibration process. CALibrate:RF:STARt This command is identical to CALIBRATE:RF. CALibrate:RF:STATus? This query returns the status of the last RF calibration. DIAg:LOOP:OPTion Sets the self-test loop option. DIAg:LOOP:OPTion:NTIMes Sets the self-test loop option to run N times. DIAg:LOOP:STOP Stops the self-test at the end of the current loop. DIAg:RESUlt:FLAg? Returns the pass/fail status from the last self-test sequence execution. DIAg:RESUlt:LOG? Returns the internal results log from the last self-test sequence execution. DIAg:SELect Runs self tests on the specified system subsystem. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-19 Command Groups Table 2-19: Calibration and Diagnostic Commands (cont.) Command Description DIAg:SELect: Specifies which of the subsystems will be tested when the DIAg:STATE EXECute command is run. DIAg:STATE Sets the oscilloscope operating state. Configuration Command Group Use the queries in the Configuration Command Group to determine whether a particular feature is present. “RF” commands work on MDO models only Table 2-20: Configuration Commands 2-20 Command Description CONFIGuration:ADVMATH? This query returns a boolean value to indicate whether the instrument supports the advanced math feature. CONFIGuration:AFG? Indicates whether or not the arbitrary function generator hardware is present, and the arbitrary function generation feature is enabled. CONFIGuration:ANALOg:BANDWidth? This query returns the maximum bandwidth for analog channels. CONFIGuration:ANALOg:GNDCPLG? This query returns a boolean value to indicate whether the instrument supports the ground coupling feature for analog channels. As this feature is not supported on MSO/DPO4000B or MDO4000/B models, this query always returns 0. CONFIGuration:ANALOg:MAXBANDWidth? Returns the maximum bandwidth for analog channels. CONFIGuration:ANALOg: MAXSAMPLERate? This query returns the maximum sample rate for analog channels. CONFIGuration:ANALOg:NUMCHANnels? This query returns the number of analog channels. CONFIGuration:ANALOg:RECLENS? This query returns a list of supported record lengths for analog channels. CONFIGuration:ANALOg:VERTINVert? This query returns a boolean value to indicate whether the instrument supports the vertical invert feature for analog channels. CONFIGuration:APPLications: CUSTOMMask? Indicates whether the Custom Mask test feature is present and enabled. CONFIGuration:APPLications:LIMITMask? This query returns a boolean value to indicate whether the instrument supports the mask/limit test application feature. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Groups Table 2-20: Configuration Commands (cont.) Command Description CONFIGuration:APPLications:POWer? This query returns a boolean value to indicate whether the optional power application feature is present. CONFIGuration:APPLications: STANDARDMask? Indicates whether the Standard Mask test feature is present and enabled. CONFIGuration:APPLications:VIDPIC? Indicates whether the Video Picture feature is present and enabled. CONFIGuration:ARB? Indicates whether or not the arbitrary function generator hardware is present, and the user-defined arbitrary waveform generation feature is enabled. Note that this is different than the CONFIGuration:AFG? query. CONFIGuration:AUXIN? This query returns a boolean value to indicate whether the instrument has an Aux Input connector. CONFIGuration:BUSWAVEFORMS:AUDIO? This query returns a boolean value to indicate whether the optional audio bus triggering and analysis feature is present. CONFIGuration:BUSWAVEFORMS:CAN? This query returns a boolean value to indicate whether the optional CAN bus triggering and analysis feature is present. CONFIGuration:BUSWAVEFORMS: ETHERNET? This query returns a boolean value to indicate whether the optional Ethernet triggering and analysis feature is present. CONFIGuration:BUSWAVEFORMS: FLEXRAY? This query returns a boolean value to indicate whether the optional FlexRay bus triggering and analysis feature is present. CONFIGuration:BUSWAVEFORMS:I2C? This query returns a boolean value to indicate whether the optional I2C bus triggering and analysis feature is present. CONFIGuration:BUSWAVEFORMS:LIN? This query returns a boolean value to indicate whether the optional LIN bus triggering and analysis feature is present. CONFIGuration:BUSWAVEFORMS: MIL1553B? This query returns a boolean value to indicate whether the optional MIL-STD-1553 bus triggering and analysis feature is present. CONFIGuration:BUSWAVEFORMS: NUMBUS? This query returns the number of bus waveforms. CONFIGuration:BUSWAVEFORMS: PARallel? This query returns a boolean value to indicate whether the parallel bus triggering and analysis feature is present. CONFIGuration:BUSWAVEFORMS: RS232C? This query returns a boolean value to indicate whether the optional RS232 bus triggering and analysis feature is present. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-21 Command Groups Table 2-20: Configuration Commands (cont.) 2-22 Command Description CONFIGuration:BUSWAVEFORMS:SPI? This query returns a boolean value to indicate whether the optional SPI bus triggering and analysis feature is present. CONFIGuration:BUSWAVEFORMS:USB? This query returns a boolean value to indicate whether the USB bus triggering and analysis feature is present. CONFIGuration:BUSWAVEFORMS:USB: HS? This query returns a boolean value to indicate whether the high-speed USB bus triggering and analysis feature is present. CONFIGuration:DIGITAl:MAGnivu? This query returns a boolean value to indicate whether the instrument supports the MagniVu feature for digital channels. If there are no digital channels, the value returned is 0. CONFIGuration:DIGITAl: MAXSAMPLERate? This query returns the maximum sample rate for digital channels, in samples per second. CONFIGuration:DIGITAl:NUMCHANnels? This query returns the number of digital channels. CONFIGuration:DVM? Indicates whether the Digital Voltmeter hardware is present. and the DVM feature is enabled. CONFIGuration:EXTVIDEO? This query returns a boolean value to indicate whether the optional extended video trigger features are present. CONFIGuration:HISTOGRAM? This query returns a boolean value to indicate whether the waveform histogram feature is present. CONFIGuration:NETWORKDRIVES? This query returns a boolean value to indicate whether network drives are present. CONFIGuration:NUMMEAS? This query returns the number of periodic measurements. CONFIGuration:REFS:NUMREFS? This query returns the number of reference waveforms. CONFIGuration:RF:ADVTRIG? This query returns a boolean value to indicate whether the advanced RF trigger and analysis feature is present. CONFIGuration:RF:BANDWidth? This query returns the maximum bandwidth, in hertz, for RF channels. If there are no RF channels, the value returned is 0. CONFIGuration:RF:MAXBANDWidth? Returns the maximum bandwidth, in hertz, for RF channels. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Groups Table 2-20: Configuration Commands (cont.) Command Description CONFIGuration:RF:NUMCHANnels? This query returns the number of RF channels present. CONFIGuration:ROSC? This query returns a boolean value to indicate whether the instrument has an external reference oscillator (ROSC) input. Cursor Command Group Use the commands in the Cursor Command Group to control the cursor display and readout. You can use these commands to control the setups for cursor 1 and cursor 2, such as cursor position. You can also use the commands to select one of the following cursor functions: Off. Turns off the display of all cursors. Waveform Cursors. Consists of two cursors. Waveform cursors enable you to conveniently measure waveform amplitude and time. Screen Cursors. Consists of two pairs of independent horizontal and vertical cursors. You can use these cursors to indicate an arbitrary position within the waveform display area. Table 2-21: Cursor Commands Command Description CURSor? Returns cursor settings CURSor:DDT? Returns the cursor deltaY/deltaT (dY/dT) readout CURSor:FUNCtion This command specifies the cursor type CURSor:HBArs? Returns hbar cursor settings CURSor:HBArs:DELTa? Returns hbars cursors vertical difference CURSor:HBArs:POSITION This command specifies the hbar cursor vertical position CURSor:HBArs:UNIts Returns hbar cursor units CURSor:HBArs:USE Sets the horizontal bar cursor measurement scale, for use with ratio cursors CURSor:MODe This command specifies whether cursors move in unison or separately CURSor:SOUrce This command specifies the cursor source, which can be one of channels 1–4, reference waveforms 1–4, math waveform, bus 1–4, digital channels 0– 15 (MSO/MDO4000 models and MDO3000 models with option MDO3MSO installed), the RF time domain traces, (MDO4000/B models) or AUTO. CURSor:VBArs? This command specifies the position of vertical bar cursors CURSor:VBArs:ALTERNATE? Returns the alternate readout for the waveform (Vbar) cursors CURSor:VBArs:DELTa? Returns the horizontal difference between vbar cursors CURSor:VBArs:HPOS? Returns the vertical value of the specified vertical bar tick MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-23 Command Groups Table 2-21: Cursor Commands (cont.) Command Description CURSor:VBArs:POSITION This command specifies the vbar cursor horizontal position CURSor:VBArs:UNIts This command specifies the horizontal units for vbar cursors CURSor:VBArs:USE Sets the vertical bar cursor measurement scale CURSor:VBArs:VDELTa? Returns the vertical difference between the two vertical bar cursor ticks CURSor:XY:POLar:RADIUS:DELta? Returns the difference between the cursors X radius and the cursor Y radius CURSor:XY:POLar:RADIUS: POSITION? Returns the polar radius of the specified cursor CURSor:XY:POLar:RADIUS:UNIts? Returns the polar radius units CURSor:XY:POLar:THETA:DELta? Returns the XY cursor polar coordinate delta CURSor:XY:POLar:THETA: POSITION? Returns the cursor X or cursor Y polar coordinate CURSor:XY:POLar:THETA:UNIts? Returns the cursor polar coordinate units CURSor:XY:PRODUCT:DELta? Returns the difference between the cursors X position and cursor Y position CURSor:XY:PRODUCT: POSITION? Returns the position of the X or Y cursor used to calculate the X × Y cursor measurement CURSor:XY:PRODUCT:UNIts? Returns the XY cursor product units CURSor:XY:RATIO:DELta? Returns the ratio of the difference between the cursor X position and cursor Y position CURSor:XY:RATIO:POSITION? Returns the X or Y position for the specified cursor CURSor:XY:RATIO:UNIts? Returns the X and Y cursor units for the ratio measurement CURSor:XY:READOUT This command specifies the XY cursor readout selection. CURSor:XY:RECTangular:X:DELta? Returns the cursor X delta value in rectangular coordinates CURSor:XY:RECTangular:X: POSITION This command specifies the cursor X rectangular coordinates CURSor:XY:RECTangular:X:UNIts? Returns the Cursor X rectangular units CURSor:XY:RECTangular:Y:DELta? Returns The cursor Y delta value in rectangular coordinates CURSor:XY:RECTangular:Y: POSITION > This command specifies the cursor Y rectangular coordinate CURSor:XY:RECTangular:Y:UNIts? Returns the cursor Y rectangular units Display Command Group Use the commands in the Display Command Group to change the graticule style, the display intensities, and to set the characteristics of the waveform display. NOTE. Your settings globally affect all displayed waveforms. 2-24 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Groups Table 2-22: Display Commands Command Description DISplay? Returns current display settings DISplay:CLOCk This command specifies the display of the date/time stamp DISplay:DIGital:ACTIVity Sets or returns the state of the digital channel monitor display. DISplay:DIGital:HEIght This command specifies the number of available digital waveform position slots. DISplay:GRAticule This command specifies the type of graticule that is displayed DISplay:INTENSITy? Returns all display intensity settings DISplay:INTENSITy:BACKLight This command specifies the backlight intensity for the display DISplay:INTENSITy:BACKLight: AUTODim:ENAble Sets or returns the state of the display auto-dim feature. The default is enabled. DISplay:INTENSITy:BACKLight: AUTODim:TIMe Sets or returns the amount of time, in minutes, to wait for no UI activity before automatically dimming the display. DISplay:INTENSITy:GRAticule This command specifies the graticule intensity for the display DISplay:INTENSITy:WAVEform This command specifies the intensity of the waveforms DISplay:PERSistence This command specifies the display persistence for analog waveforms. This affects the display only. DISplay:STYle:DOTsonly This command turns on or off the dots-only mode for the waveforms displayed in the time domain. DISplay:TRIGFrequency This command switches the trigger frequency readout on or off. DISplay:XY This command turns on or off the XY display mode. DISplay:XY:WITHYT Sets or returns the state of simultaneous display of the XY and YT waveforms when in TRIGgered XY display mode. When both are displayed, the YT waveform is displayed in the upper graticule, and the XY waveform is displayed in the lower graticule. MESSage Sets or queries message box (screen annotation) parameters MESSage:BOX This command specifies the coordinates of the message box MESSage:CLEAR Clears the contents of the message box. MESSage:SHOW This command specifies the contents of the message box MESSage:STATE Controls the display of the message box DVM Command Group Use the commands in the DVM command group for Digital Voltmeter functionality. Available for the MDO3000 series only. Table 2-23: DVM Commands Command Description DVM Resets the Digital Voltmeter measurements and history DVM:AUTORange Sets (or queries) the auto range state for the Digital Voltmeter. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-25 Command Groups Table 2-23: DVM Commands (cont.) Command Description DVM:DISPLAYSTYle Sets (or queries) the display style for the Digital Voltmeter. DVM:MEASUrement:FREQuency? Returns the current frequency value for the Digital Voltmeter. DVM:MEASUrement:HIStory: AVErage? Returns the average readout value for the Digital Voltmeter function over the history period. DVM:MEASUrement:HIStory: MAXimum? Returns the maximum readout value for the DVM function over the history period. DVM:MEASUrement:HIStory: MINImum? Returns the minimum readout value for the DVM function over the history period. DVM:MEASUrement:INFMAXimum? Returns the maximum DVM readout value over the entire time that the DVM has been on since the last change using the DVM:MODe or DVM:SOUrce commands or DVM RESET. DVM:MEASUrement:INFMINimum? Returns the minimum readout value of the DVM function over the entire time that the DVM has been on since the last change using the DVM:MODe or DVM:SOUrce commands or DVM RESET. DVM:MEASUrement:VALue? Returns the DVM readout value (the large displayed value at the top of the DVM screen). DVM:MODe Specifies (or queries) the mode to use for the Digital Voltmeter (ACRMS, ACDCRMS, DC, Frequency, or OFF). DVM:SOUrce Sets (or queries) the source for the Digital Voltmeter: Channel 1 - 4. Email Command Group Use the email commands for both email printer support and Act on Event “send an email” actions. Different email systems require different information. See your system administrator to determine which commands are necessary for your email system. Table 2-24: EmailCommands Command Description EMAIL:SETUp:FROMADDRess Sets (or queries) the sender’s email address for the common server setup information that is shared between the Act on Event commands and the Hardcopy Email commands. EMAIL:SETUp:HOSTALIASNAMe Sets (or queries) the email host alias name for the common server setup information that is shared between the Act on Event commands and the Hardcopy Email commands. EMAIL:SETUp:SMTPLOGIn Sets or returns the email SMTP server login ID for the common server setup information that is shared between the Act on Event commands and the Hardcopy Email commands. EMAIL:SETUp:SMTPPASSWord Sets the email SMTP server login password for the common server setup information that is shared between the Act on Event commands and the Hardcopy Email commands. EMAIL:SETUp:SMTPPort Sets or returns the email SMTP server port number for the common server setup information that is shared between the Act on Event commands and the Hardcopy Email commands EMAIL:SETUp:SMTPServer Sets or returns the email SMTP server DNS name for the common server setup information that is shared between the Act on Event commands and the Hardcopy Email commands. 2-26 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Groups Ethernet Command Group Use the commands in the Ethernet Command Group to set up the 10BASE-T or 100BASE-TX Ethernet remote interface. Table 2-25: Ethernet Commands Command Description ETHERnet:DHCPbootp This command specifies the network initialization search for a DHCP/BOOTP server ETHERnet:DNS:IPADDress This command specifies the network Domain Name Server (Dns) IP address ETHERnet:DOMAINname This command specifies the network domain name ETHERnet:ENET:ADDress? Returns the Ethernet address value assigned to the oscilloscope ETHERnet:GATEWay:IPADDress This command specifies the remote interface gateway IP address ETHERnet:HTTPPort This command specifies the remote interface HTTP port value ETHERnet:IPADDress This command specifies the IP address assigned to the oscilloscope ETHERnet:NAME This command specifies the network name assigned to the oscilloscope ETHERnet:PASSWord This command specifies the Ethernet access password ETHERnet:PING Causes the oscilloscope to ping the gateway IP address ETHERnet:PING:STATus? Returns the results from pinging the gateway IP address ETHERnet:SUBNETMask This command specifies the remote interface subnet mask value File System Command Group Use the commands in the File System Command Group to help you use USB media. You can use the commands to do the following: List the contents of a directory Create and delete directories Create, read, rename, or delete a file Format media When using these commands, keep the following points in mind: File arguments are always enclosed within double quotes: "E:/MYDIR/TEK00001.SET" File names follow the non-case sensitive, MSDOS format: [DRIVE:][\PATH\]filename Path separators may be either forward slashes (/) or back slashes (\) MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-27 Command Groups NOTE. Using back slash as a path separator may produce some unexpected results, depending on how your application treats escaped characters. Many applications recognize the sequence of back slash followed by an alphabetic character as an escaped character, and, as such, interpret that alphabetic character as a control character. For example, the sequence "\n" may be interpreted as a newline character; "\t" may be interpreted as a tab character. To ensure that this interpretation does not occur, you can use double back slashes. For example, "E:\\testfile.txt". Table 2-26: File System Commands Command Description FILESystem? Returns the file system state FILESystem:COPy This command copies a named file to a new file. FILESystem:CWD This command specifies the current working directory for FILESystem commands FILESystem:DELEte Deletes a named file or directory FILESystem:DIR? Returns a list of directory contents FILESystem:FORMat Formats a named drive FILESystem:FREESpace? Returns the number of bytes of free space on the current drive FILESystem:LDIR? Returns a semicolon separated list of every file and directory in a folder. FILESystem:MKDir Creates a new directory FILESystem:MOUNT:AVAILable? This query returns a comma-separated list of available drive letters that can be used for mounting network drives. FILESystem:MOUNT:DRIve This command attempts to mount the network drive specified by the quoted string argument. FILESystem:MOUNT:LIST? This query returns a comma-separated list of the mounted network drives, including the drive letter, server identity (DNS name or IP address), mount path and type. If no network drives are mounted, an empty string is returned. FILESystem:READFile Writes the contents of the specified file to the specified interface FILESystem:REName Assigns a new name to an existing file FILESystem:RMDir Deletes a named directory FILESystem:UNMOUNT:DRIve This command attempts to un-mount the network drive specified by the quoted string argument. FILESystem:WRITEFile Writes the specified block data to the oscilloscope current working directory Hard Copy Command Group Use the commands in the Hard Copy Command Group to make hard copies. PictBridge commands belong to a separate group. (See page 2-40, PictBridge Command Group.) 2-28 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Groups Table 2-27: Hard Copy Commands Command Description HARDCopy Sends a copy of the screen display to the selected printer HARDCopy:ACTIVeprinter This command specifies the currently active printer HARDCopy:INKSaver Changes hard copy output to print color traces and graticule on a white background HARDCopy:LAYout This command specifies the page orientation for hard copy HARDCopy:PREVIEW Previews the current screen contents with the InkSaver palette applied HARDCopy:PRINTer:ADD This command is used to add a network or email printer to the list of available printers. HARDCopy:PRINTer:DELete Removes a network printer from the list of available printers HARDCopy:PRINTer:LIST? Displays the list of currently defined printers. HARDCopy:PRINTer:REName Renames a network or email printer on the list of available printers, replacing the currently stored settings with the settings specified in the command. Histogram Command Group Use the commands in the Histogram Command Group to set up a histogram for measurements. Table 2-28: Histogram Commands Command Description HIStogram? Returns all histogram parameters HIStogram:BOX This command specifies the histogram box coordinates HIStogram:BOXPcnt Specifies the histogram box coordinates in terms of percentages of the full screen extents of the source waveform. HIStogram:COUNt Clears the histogram count and statistics HIStogram:DATa? Returns the histogram data HIStogram:DISplay This command specifies the scaling of the histogram display HIStogram:END? Returns the time of the last bin of the histogram HIStogram:MODe This command specifies the type of the histogram, vertical or horizontal HIStogram:SOUrce Sets or queries the source used to create the histogram HIStogram:STARt? Returns the time of the first bin of the histogram Horizontal Command Group Use the commands in the Horizontal Command Group to control the oscilloscope horizontal parameters. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-29 Command Groups Table 2-29: Horizontal Commands Command Description HORizontal? Returns settings for the horizontal commands HORizontal:DELay:MODe This command specifies the horizontal delay mode HORizontal:DELay:TIMe This command specifies the horizontal delay time HORizontal:DIGital:RECOrdlength: MAGnivu? Returns the record length of the MagniVu digital acquisition HORizontal:DIGital:RECOrdlength: MAIn? Returns the record length of the main digital acquisition. HORizontal:DIGital:SAMPLERate: MAGnivu? Returns the sample rate of the Magnivu digital acquisition HORizontal:DIGital:SAMPLERate: MAIn? Returns the sample rate of the main digital acquisition HORizontal:POSition This command specifies the horizontal position, in percent, that is used when delay is off HORizontal:PREViewstate? Returns the display system preview state HORizontal:RECOrdlength This command specifies the record length. HORizontal:SCAle This command specifies the horizontal scale Mark Command Group Use the commands in the Mark Command Group to identify areas of the acquired waveform that warrant further investigation. Table 2-30: Mark Commands Command Description MARK Move to the next or previous mark on the waveform or returns all learnable settings from the mark commands MARK:CREATE Creates a mark on a particular waveform or all waveforms in a column MARK:DELEte Deletes a mark on a particular waveform, all waveforms in a column, or all marks MARK:FREE? Returns how many marks are free to be used MARK:SAVEALL This command saves all current marks on waveforms in the time domain to an internal memory location. (This is equivalent to pressing the “Save All Marks" button in the Search button menu on the front panel.) In order to retrieve the information, use the query form of MARK:USERLIST. MARK:SELected:END? Returns the end of the selected mark, in terms of 0 to 100% of the waveform MARK:SELected:FOCUS? Returns the focus of the selected mark, in terms of 0 to 100% of the waveform MARK:SELected: MARKSINCOLumn? Returns how many marks are in the current zoom pixel column MARK:SELected:OWNer? Returns the owner of the selected mark MARK:SELected:SOURCe? Returns the source waveform of the selected mark MARK:SELected:STARt? Returns the start of the selected mark, in terms of 0 to 100% of the waveform 2-30 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Groups Table 2-30: Mark Commands (cont.) Command Description MARK:SELected:STATE? Returns the on or off state of the selected mark MARK:SELected:ZOOm:POSition? Returns the position of the selected mark, in terms of 0 to 100% of the upper window MARK:TOTal? Returns how many marks are used MARK:USERLIST The command creates a single user mark on a waveform in the time domain. The arguments consist of an enumeration specifying the source waveform, followed by 7 time mark parameters. You can create up to 1,024 marks. To save all the marks to memory, use the command MARK:SAVEALL TOUSER. Mask Command Group Use the commands in the Mask Command Group to perform mask and limit testing, useful for long-term signal monitoring, characterizing signals during design, or testing on a production line. The commands simplify many tasks, such as conducting pass/fail tests in search of glitches or other waveform anomalies, comparing a signal against a known good signal, or against a standard or custom mask, counting hits against specific mask segments, and much more. NOTE. In order to use Mask commands, you need to install an optional Limit and mask test application module, Tektronix part number DPO4LMT. Also, ≥350 MHz bandwidth models are recommended for telecommunication standards >55 Mb/s. NOTE. To ensure that Mask commands are enabled, use the command APPLication:TYPe LIMITMask. There are three categories of masks available: Standard The instrument has a built-in set of pre-defined standard telecommunications masks (see the MASK:STANdard command for a complete list). Although these masks are non-editable, they can be copied and used to initialize user-defined custom masks. Limit Test: Limit testing is used to compare a tested signal against a known good or "golden" version of the same signal with user-defined vertical and horizontal tolerances. These non-editable masks are created using a Reference waveform or template. Use the MASK:TEMPLate commands for limit testing. Custom: (also referred to in this document as “user mask”). You can create custom masks and tailor them to your own specific testing requirements. These commands provide granular control over the points of the mask and offer a variety of testing options. For instance, you can specify test duration either by number of waveforms or by time, or specify a violation threshold that must be met before considering a test a failure, or specify an action (such as writing to a MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-31 Command Groups file or sending an SRQ) that is to be performed upon a violation, a test failure, or test completion. Use MASK:CUSTom and then the :MASK:USER commands to create user-defined custom masks. A series of examples showing how to use mask commands for typical tasks is included as an appendix. (See page E-1, Mask/Limit Command Sequence Examples.) Table 2-31: Mask commands Command Description APPLication:TYPe When a mask/limit or power test application module is installed, one of the associated test types is always selected by default. This command allows the test type to be changed from the default. MASK:COPy:SOUrce Specifies the standard mask that is to be copied to a user created custom mask. MASK:COPy:USER Copies the specified standard mask to a user created custom mask. MASK:COUNt Resets to zero the number of hits and failures for all mask segments. MASK:COUNt:FAILURES? Returns the number of pass/fail mask tests that have failed MASK:COUNt:HITS? This query returns the sum of all hits in all mask segments. MASK:COUNt:SEG:HITS? This query returns the number of hits for the specified mask segment. MASK:COUNt:TESTS? Returns the number of pass/fail tests that have occurred MASK:COUNt:VIOLATIONS? Returns the number of test violations that have occurred in the current pass/fail test. MASK:COUNt:WAVEFORMS? Returns the number of waveforms that have been acquired and processed during pass/fail mask testing. MASK:CUSTom Sets the user-defined custom mask to its initialized state, or copies the currently active mask to the user-defined custom mask. MASK:DISplay Controls whether a user-defined custom mask is displayed on the screen. MASK:LOCk Locks the mask to the waveform so that any changes made to the horizontal and/or vertical scale settings of the waveform will redraw the mask segments in proportion. MASK:MARgin:PERCent Sets or returns the tolerance for the mask test. A positive value expands the mask and a negative margin shrinks the mask by the specified percentage. MASK:SOUrce Specifies the mask source waveform to be used during pass/fail mask testing MASK:STANdard Replaces the existing mask, if any, with a specified standard mask. MASK:STOPOnviolation Stops the waveform acquisitions upon the first occurrence of a waveform violation. MASK:TEMPLate:CREATEmask Causes a template mask to be created for limit testing, based on the settings of the MASK:TEMPLate:SOUrce, MASK:TEMPLate:TOLerance:HORizontal, and MASK:TEMPLate:VERTical commands. MASK:TEMPLate:SOUrce Specifies the source waveform to be used to create a mask template for limit testing. MASK:TEMPLate:TOLerance: HORizontal Specifies the +/- horizontal limit (tolerance) for a mask template to be used for limit testing. MASK:TEMPLate:TOLerance: VERTical Specifies the +/- vertical limit (tolerance) for a mask template to be used for limit testing. MASK:TESt:AUXout:COMPLetion Causes the instrument to send a TTL signal to the AUX:out port whenever a pass/fail mask test completes. 2-32 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Groups Table 2-31: Mask commands (cont.) Command Description MASK:TESt:AUXout:FAILure Causes the instrument to send a TTL signal to the AUX:out port whenever a pass/fail mask test fails. MASK:TESt:COMPLetion:CRITerion Specifies the criterion to be used for test completion (either by waveform or time) during pass/fail mask testing. MASK:TESt:DELay Specifies the amount of time, in seconds, the instrument should wait after the start of pass/fail mask testing before it evaluates the waveforms. MASK:TESt:HARDCopy Causes the instrument to generate a screen hard copy to the default printer as soon as a pass/fail mask test fails, using the current instrument hard copy settings MASK:TESt:REPeat Causes the mask test cycle to continuously repeat upon the completion of the previous test cycle. MASK:TESt:SAVEIMAGE Causes the instrument to copy the screen image to a USB media file or a mounted network drive if a pass/fail mask test fails. MASK:TESt:SAVEWFM Copies the waveform data from all active channels to a file if a pass/fail mask test fails. MASK:TESt:SRQ:COMPLetion Causes the instrument to send an SRQ command when a pass/fail mask test completes MASK:TESt:SRQ:FAILure Causes the instrument to send an SRQ command when a pass/fail mask test fails. MASK:TESt:STATE Turns the pass/fail mask test on or off. MASK:TESt:STATus? Indicates the result of a pass/fail mask test. MASK:TESt:STOP:FAILure Causes the instrument to stop acquiring data when a pass/fail mask test fails. MASK:TESt:THReshold Specifies the number of failed tested waveforms needed in a pass/fail mask test to cause the test status to change to ‘Failing’. MASK:TESt:TIME Specifies the duration, in seconds, the instrument should run a pass/fail mask test. MASK:TESt:WAVEform Specifies the number of waveforms the instrument should test during a pass/fail mask test. MASK:USER:AMPLitude Specifies the nominal pulse amplitude, in volts, to be used for a user-defined custom mask. MASK:USER:HSCAle Specifies the nominal timing resolution, in time/division, to be used to draw a user-defined custom mask pulse shape. MASK:USER:HTRIGPOS Specifies the nominal trigger position (pulse leading edge) to be used to draw a user-defined custom mask, as a fraction of the display width. MASK:USER:LABel This command specifies a user-defined label for a custom mask. MASK:USER:RECOrdlength Specifies the nominal record length to be used for pulse mask testing with a user-defined custom mask. MASK:USER{:SEG|:MASK} This command deletes the specified mask segment from the current mask segment. There can be up to 8 segments. MASK:USER{:SEG|:MASK}: NR_Pt? This query returns the number of points that make up the specified mask segment of a user-defined custom mask. There can be up to 8 segments. MASK:USER{:SEG|:MASK}: POINTS This command specifies the x and y coordinates of the points that make up the segment 1–8. The units are normal waveform units. The x-coordinate is specified relative to the trigger. The points are specified as a sequence of (x,y) points which traverse the boundary of the segment in a counter-clockwise direction. MASK:USER:TRIGTOSAMP Specifies the nominal time, in seconds, from the (leading edge) trigger position to the pulse bit sampling position, to be used for testing with a user-defined custom mask. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-33 Command Groups Table 2-31: Mask commands (cont.) Command Description MASK:USER:VOFFSet Specifies the nominal value, in volts, to be used to vertically offset the input channels for a user-defined custom mask. MASK:USER:VPOS Specifies the nominal value, in divisions, to be used to vertically position the input channels for a user-defined custom mask. MASK:USER:VSCAle Specifies the nominal value, in volts per division, to be used to vertically scale the input channels for a user-defined custom mask. MASK:USER:WIDth Specifies the nominal bit width value, in seconds, to be used for a user-defined custom mask. RECAll:MASK This command recalls the mask from a specified file that was saved to the current working directory using the SAVe:MASK command. SAVe:MASK This command saves the current mask definition to the file specified with a quoted string, into the current working directory. You can recall the mask from the file by using the command RECAll:MASK. 2-34 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Groups Math Command Group Use the commands in the Math Command Group to create and define a math waveform. First, specify the math type using MATH[1]:TYPe – either dual waveform, FFT, advanced math, or spectrum math. Then, using the MATH[1]:DEFine command, you can build simple math expressions that contain no computation, such as :MATH:DEFine CH1. You can also build complex expressions that consist of up to 128 characters in a quoted string, and comprise many sources, functions, and operands, such as :MATH:DEFINE "SINE(CH1)*(VAR1+CH2)*CH3 - CAREA(CH4)". Note that when your program updates a live waveform or alters a reference waveform, the math waveforms containing those waveforms as sources are also updated to reflect the changes. NOTE. If you set the math type to FFT, your math expression can only be the FFT of a live analog or reference waveform. However, if the math type is set to ADVanced, then you can include FFT as part of a math expression. See the examples of advanced math in MATH[1]:DEFine for more information. Table 2-32: Math Commands Command Description MATH[1]? Returns the definition of the math waveform MATH[1]:AUTOSCale Sets (or queries) the state of automatic vertical scaling of the math waveform. MATH[1]:DEFine This command specifies the current math function as a text string. MATH[1]:HORizontal:POSition This command specifies the math horizontal display position for FFT or (non-live) math reference waveforms MATH[1]:HORizontal:SCAle This command specifies the math horizontal display scale for FFT or for Dual Math waveforms MATH[1]:HORizontal:UNIts Returns the math waveform horizontal unit value MATH[1]:LABel Sets or queries the waveform label for the math waveform MATH[1]:SPECTral:MAG This command specifies the units of spectral magnification in the math string MATH[1]:SPECTral:WINdow This command specifies the window function for math waveform spectral input data MATH[1]:TYPe This command specifies the math waveform type (DUAL, FFT, ADVanced or SPECTRUM). This command is used along with MATH:DEFine. MATH[1]:VERTical:POSition This command specifies the vertical position of the currently selected math type MATH[1]:VERTical:SCAle This command specifies the vertical scale of the currently selected math type MATH[1]:VERTical:UNIts Returns the math waveform vertical units MATHVAR? Returns all numerical values used within math expressions MATHVAR:VAR This command specifies numerical values you can use within math expressions MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-35 Command Groups Measurement Command Group Use the commands in the Measurement Command Group to control the automated measurement system. Up to eight automated measurements can be displayed on the screen. In the commands, these measurement readouts are named MEAS, where is the measurement number. In addition to the eight displayed measurements, the measurement commands let you specify an additional measurement, IMMed. The immediate measurement has no front-panel equivalent. Immediate measurements are never displayed. Because they are computed only when needed, immediate measurements slow the waveform update rate less than displayed measurements. To obtain measurement results, use the MEASUrement:MEAS:VALue? query for displayed results or the MEASUrement:IMMed:VALue? query for immediate measurements. Measurement commands can set and query measurement parameters. You can assign some parameters, such as waveform sources, differently for each measurement. Other parameters, such as reference levels, have only one value, which applies to all measurements. Readout values for the 8 displayed measurements are updated periodically. As such, queries of these measurement values may return 9.91E+37, which represents NaN (not a number) and a measurement warning event (e.g. 2225. “Measurement error. No waveform to measure”) when the measurement is not yet computed. Immediate measurement queries will return values once the measurement has been computed. Example of Immediate Measurements An example command sequence follows that illustrates immediate measurements of Cycle Mean on channel 1: :MEASUrement:IMMed:SOUrce1 CH1 :MEASUrement:IMMed:TYPe CMEan :MEASUrement:IMMed:VALue? -18.5568E-3 :MEASUrement:IMMed:VALue?;VALue?;VALue? -21.6400E-3;-23.8023E-3;-21.0064E-3 Table 2-33: Measurement Commands Command Description MEASUrement? Returns all measurement parameters MEASUrement:CLEARSNapshot Removes the measurement snapshot display MEASUrement:GATing This command specifies the measurement gating MEASUrement:IMMed? Returns all immediate measurement setup parameters 2-36 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Groups Table 2-33: Measurement Commands (cont.) Command Description MEASUrement:IMMed:DELay? Returns information about the immediate delay measurement MEASUrement:IMMed:DELay: DIRection This command specifies the search direction to use for immediate delay measurements MEASUrement:IMMed:DELay: EDGE This command specifies the slope of the edge used for immediate delay “from” and “to” waveform measurements MEASUrement:IMMed:SOUrce This command specifies the “from” source for all single channel immediate measurements This command specifies the source to measure “to” for two-channel measurements MEASUrement:IMMed:TYPe This command specifies the type of the immediate measurement MEASUrement:IMMed:UNIts? Returns the units of the immediate measurement MEASUrement:IMMed:VALue? Returns the value of the immediate measurement MEASUrement:INDICators? Returns all measurement indicator parameters MEASUrement:INDICators: HORZ? Returns the position of the specified horizontal measurement indicator MEASUrement:INDICators: NUMHORZ? Returns the number of horizontal measurement indicators currently being displayed MEASUrement:INDICators: NUMVERT? Returns the number of vertical measurement indicators currently being displayed MEASUrement:INDICators:STATE This command specifies the state of visible measurement indicators MEASUrement:INDICators: VERT? Returns the value of the specified vertical measurement indicator MEASUrement:MEAS? Returns all measurement parameters MEASUrement:MEAS:COUNt? Returns the number of values accumulated since the last statistical reset MEASUrement:MEAS:DELay? Returns the delay measurement parameters for the specified measurement MEASUrement:MEAS:DELay: DIRection This command specifies the search direction to use for delay measurements MEASUrement:MEAS:DELay: EDGE This command specifies the slope of the edge to use for delay “from” and “to” waveform measurements MEASUrement:MEAS: MAXimum? Returns the maximum value found since the last statistical reset MEASUrement:MEAS:MEAN? Returns the mean value accumulated since the last statistical reset MEASUrement:MEAS: MINImum? Returns the minimum value found since the last statistical reset MEASUrement:MEAS: SOUrce This command specifies the “from” source for all single channel immediate measurements This command specifies the source to measure “to” for two-channel measurements MEASUrement:MEAS:STATE This command specifies whether the specified measurement slot is computed and displayed MEASUrement:MEAS:STDdev? Returns the standard deviation of values accumulated since the last statistical reset MEASUrement:MEAS:TYPe This command specifies the measurement type MEASUrement:MEAS:UNIts? Returns measurement units MEASUrement:MEAS:VALue? Returns the value of measurement MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-37 Command Groups Table 2-33: Measurement Commands (cont.) Command Description MEASUrement:METHod This command specifies the method used for calculating reference levels MEASUrement:REFLevel? Returns the current reference level parameters MEASUrement:REFLevel:ABSolute: HIGH This command specifies the top reference level for rise time MEASUrement:REFLevel:ABSolute: LOW This command specifies the low reference level for rise time MEASUrement:REFLevel:ABSolute: MID This command specifies the mid reference level for the specified channel in absolute volts MEASUrement:REFLevel:METHod This command specifies the method for assigning high and low reference levels MEASUrement:REFLevel:PERCent: HIGH This command specifies the top reference percent level for rise time MEASUrement:REFLevel:PERCent: LOW This command specifies the low reference percent level for rise time MEASUrement:REFLevel:PERCent: MID This command specifies the mid reference level for the specified channel in percent MEASUrement:STATIstics Clears or returns all of the statistics accumulated for all period measurements (MEAS1 through MEAS4) MEASUrement:STATIstics:MODe Turns measurement statistics on or off MEASUrement:STATIstics: WEIghting Controls the responsiveness of the mean and standard deviation to waveform changes Miscellaneous Command Group Use the commands in the Miscellaneous Command Group to perform actions that do not fit into other categories. Table 2-34: Miscellaneous Commands Command Description APPLication:LICENSE:SLOT: LOCation? This query returns the application license location. < x> can be slot number 1–4. APPLication:LICENSE:SLOT: TRANSFER You can use this command to transfer an application license from the module to internal memory in the oscilloscope, and transfer it back. APPLication:LICENSE:SLOT: TYPe? This query returns the application license type of the module that is currently inserted in the specified application module slot. APPLication:TYPe When a mask/limit or power test application module is installed, one of the associated test types is always selected by default. This command allows the test type to be changed from the default. AUTOSet Sets the vertical, horizontal and trigger controls to provide a stable display of the appropriate waveform. This is equivalent to pressing the front panel Autoset button AUTOSet:ENAble Enables or disables the autoset feature 2-38 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Groups Table 2-34: Miscellaneous Commands (cont.) Command Description AUXOut:SOUrce This command specifies the source for the auxiliary-out port. CLEARMenu Clears the current menu from the display DATE This command specifies the date displayed by the oscilloscope *DDT This command specifies the commands that will be executed by the group execute trigger DESkew Causes the deskew values for all channels to be set to the recommended values DISplay:INTENSITy:BACKLight: AUTODim:TIMe This command specifies the state of the deskew table display ETHERnet:LXI:LAN:PASSWord: ENABle This command controls whether LXI (LAN eXtensions for Instrumentation) is password protected. ETHERnet:LXI:LAN:PASSWord: ESCOPEENABle This command controls whether to use the LXI password for e*Scope (effectively equal to enabling password protection for e*Scope). With e*Scope, you can access any Internet-connected MSO/DPO4000B or MDO4000/B Series Oscilloscope from a web browser. ETHERnet:LXI:LAN:RESET This command resets the LXI local area network. The items which this command reset include: DHCP/BOOTP, mDNS and DNS-SD, e*Scope password protection, LXI password protection, and e*Scope and LXI password. ETHERnet:LXI:LAN:SERVICENAMe This command specifies the mDNS service name used for the LXI interface. ETHERnet:LXI:LAN:STATus? This query returns the LXI network status. ETHERnet:NETWORKCONFig This command specifies the Ethernet network configuration setting. FPAnel:HOLD This command is used to emulate the push-and-hold feature of the Cursor button. FPAnel:PRESS Simulates the action of pressing a specified front-panel button FPAnel:TURN Simulates the action of turning a specified front-panel control knob GPIBUsb:ADDress? Returns the current GPIB address GPIBUsb:ID? Returns the identification string of the connected adaptor module and firmware version HEADer|:HDR This command specifies the Response Header Enable State ID? Returns the instrument identification data similar to that returned by the *IDN? IEEE488.2 common query, including the addition of any enabled application modules. However, it does not include the instrument serial number. *IDN? Returns the same information as the ID? command except the data is formatted according to Tektronix Codes & Formats LANGuage This command specifies the user interface display language LOCk This command specifies the front panel lock state *LRN? Returns a listing of oscilloscope settings NEWpass Changes the password for user protected data PASSWord Enables the *PUD and NEWpass set commands PAUSe This command causes the interface to pause the specified number of seconds before processing any other commands. REM Specifies a comment, which is ignored by the oscilloscope MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-39 Command Groups Table 2-34: Miscellaneous Commands (cont.) Command Description ROSc:SOUrce This command specifies the source for the time base reference oscillator. The reference oscillator locks to this source. Depending on the command argument that you specify, you can use an external reference or use the internal crystal oscillator as the time base reference. ROSc:STATE? This query returns an enumeration value that indicates the lock state of the reference oscillator specified by the ROSc:SOUrce command. SET? Returns a listing of oscilloscope settings SOCKETServer:ENAble This command enables or disables the socket server which supports a Telnet or other TCPIP socket connection to send commands and queries to the instrument. SOCKETServer:PORT This command sets the TCPIP port for the socket server connection. SOCKETServer:PROTOCol This command sets the protocol for the socket server. TEKSecure Initializes both waveform and setup memories TIMe This command specifies the time displayed by the oscilloscope TOTaluptime? Returns the total number of hours that the oscilloscope has been turned on since the nonvolatile memory was last programmed *TRG Performs the group execute trigger (GET) *TST? Tests the interface and returns the status UNLock Unlocks front panel USBTMC? Returns the USBTMC information used by the USB hosts to determine the instrument interfaces. USBTMC:PRODUCTID:DECimal? This query returns the product ID number as a decimal. USBTMC:PRODUCTID: HEXadecimal? This query returns the product ID number as a decimal. USBTMC:SERIALnumber? This query returns the serial number of the oscilloscope. USBTMC:VENDORID:DECimal? This query returns the vendor ID number as a decimal. USBTMC:VENDORID:HEXadecimal? This query returns the vendor ID number as a hexadecimal value. The hexadecimal vendor ID for Tektronix instruments is 0x699. VERBose This command specifies the verbose state PictBridge Command Group Use the commands in the PictBridge Command Group to store printer settings. Table 2-35: PictBridge Commands Command Description PICTBridge:DATEPrint Enables or disables printing the date on the print output PICTBridge:DEFault Sets the arguments for all PICTBridge commands to their default values PICTBridge:IDPrint Enables or disables printing the oscilloscope model and serial number on the print output PICTBridge:IMAGESize This command specifies the image print size 2-40 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Groups Table 2-35: PictBridge Commands (cont.) Command Description PICTBridge:PAPERSize Sets the output print paper size PICTBridge:PAPERType This command specifies the paper type PICTBridge:PRINTQual This command specifies the output print quality USBDevice:CONFigure Enables or disables the rear USB port for use with Pictbridge printers Power Command Group Use the commands in the Power Command Group for power analysis. The power measurements include: Power quality Switching loss Safe operating area Harmonics Ripple Modulation analysis This command group is available when the DPO4PWR application module is installed, except for the MDO3000 series, which requires the MDO3PWR application module.. NOTE. To ensure that the power commands are enabled, use the command APPLication:TYPe LIMITMask. Table 2-36: Power Commands Command Description APPLication:TYPe When a mask/limit or power test application module is installed, one of the associated test types is always selected by default. This command allows the test type to be changed from the default. POWer:CURRENTSOurce This command specifies the current source for the power application POWer:DISplay This command controls whether or not to display the power test results. POWer:QUALity:VCRESTfactor? This query returns the measurement for the voltage crest factor. POWer:GATESOurce This command specifies the gate source for the power application POWer:GATing This command specifies the power application gating POWer:HARMonics:DISplay:SELect This command specifies the harmonics to be displayed when the harmonics standard is None POWer:HARMonics:DISplay:TYPe This command specifies the display type for harmonics tests POWer:HARMonics:FREQRef This command specifies the frequency reference waveform for harmonics tests MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-41 Command Groups Table 2-36: Power Commands (cont.) Command Description POWer:HARMonics:FREQRef: FIXEDFREQValue This command specifies the fixed reference frequency value for harmonics measurements POWer:HARMonics:IEC:CLAss This command specifies the filtering class for IEC harmonics POWer:HARMonics:IEC:FILter This command specifies the enabled state for filtering of IEC harmonics POWer:HARMonics:IEC: FUNDamental This command specifies the fundamental current for IEC harmonics POWer:HARMonics:IEC:GROUPing This command specifies the enabled state for grouping of IEC harmonics POWer:HARMonics:IEC: INPUTPOWer Sets of returns the class D input power for IEC harmonics POWer:HARMonics:IEC: LINEFREQuency This command specifies the line frequency for the IEC standard POWer:HARMonics:IEC: OBSPERiod This command specifies the IEC observation period POWer:HARMonics:IEC: POWERFACtor This command specifies the power factor for IEC harmonics POWer:HARMonics:MIL: FUNDamental:CALCmethod This command specifies the measurement method for the MIL harmonics fundamental frequency POWer:HARMonics:MIL: FUNDamental:USER:CURrent This command specifies RMS amperes for User calculation method POWer:HARMonics:MIL: LINEFREQuency This command specifies the line frequency for MIL-STD-1399 Section 300A harmonics tests POWer:HARMonics:MIL: POWERLEVel This command specifies the power level for MIL-STD-1399 Section 300A harmonics tests POWer:HARMonics:NR_HARMonics Sets of returns the number of harmonics (a value in the range of 20 to 400) when the harmonics standard is NONe POWer:HARMonics:RESults: HAR<1-400>:FREQuency? Returns the frequency of the harmonic POWer:HARMonics:RESults: HAR<1-400>:IECMAX? The IEC standard specifies harmonics measurements to be computed in windows of time, with each time window being nominally 200 ms. This returns the maximum of the RMS magnitude of the harmonic, computed across successive 200 ms time windows within an observation period entered by the user POWer:HARMonics:RESults: HAR<1-400>:LIMit? The IEC and MIL standards specify a limit for each harmonic magnitude. Returns the limit in absolute units, or as a percentage of the fundamental as specified by the standard. IEC Class C (Table 2) and MIL standards specify the limit as a percentage of the fundamental POWer:HARMonics:RESults: HAR<1-400>:PHASe? Returns the phase of the harmonic in degrees. The phase is measured relative to the zero-crossing of the reference waveform. When there is no reference waveform, the phase is relative to the fundamental component POWer:HARMonics:RESults: HAR<1-400>:RMS:ABSolute? Returns the RMS magnitude of the harmonic expressed in absolute units POWer:HARMonics:RESults: HAR<1-400>:RMS:PERCent? Returns the RMS magnitude of the harmonic expressed as a percentage of the fundamental 2-42 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Groups Table 2-36: Power Commands (cont.) Command Description POWer:HARMonics:RESults: HAR<1-400>:TEST:IEC: CLASSALIMit? Returns PASS, FAIL or NA. Specifies if the IEC Class A higher harmonic limit (and conditions) are met POWer:HARMonics:RESults: HAR<1-400>:TEST:IEC:NORMAL? Returns PASS, FAIL or NA. Specifies if the Normal IEC harmonic limits are met POWer:HARMonics:RESults: HAR<1-400>:TEST:IEC:POHCLIMit? Returns PASS, FAIL or NA. Specifies if the higher harmonic limit (and conditions) for the 21st and higher order odd harmonics are met POWer:HARMonics:RESults: HAR<1-400>:TEST:MIL:NORMAL? Returns the test result for the specified harmonic for the MIL-STD-1399 Section 300A testing standard POWer:HARMonics:RESults:IEC: FUNDamental? Returns the IEC fundamental frequency POWer:HARMonics:RESults:IEC: HARM3ALTernate? Returns the IEC harmonics test result for the 3rd harmonic: PASS, FAIL or NA POWer:HARMonics:RESults:IEC: HARM5ALTernate? Returns the IEC harmonics test result for the 5th harmonic: PASS, FAIL or NA POWer:HARMonics:RESults:IEC: POHC? Returns the IEC POHC measurement POWer:HARMonics:RESults:IEC: POHL? Returns the IEC POHL measurement POWer:HARMonics:RESults:IEC: POWer? Returns the IEC input power measurement POWer:HARMonics:RESults:IEC: POWERFactor? Returns the IEC power factor measurement POWer:HARMonics:RESults: PASSFail? Returns the overall harmonics test result: PASS, FAIL or NA POWer:HARMonics:RESults:RMS? Returns the root mean square value of the source waveform POWer:HARMonics:RESults:SAVe Saves the harmonic results to the specified file in CSV format POWer:HARMonics:RESults:THDF? Returns the Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) in percentage, measured as a ratio to the RMS value of the fundamental component of the source waveform POWer:HARMonics:RESults:THDR? Returns the Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) in percentage, measured as a ratio to the RMS value of the source waveform POWer:HARMonics:SOURce This command specifies the source waveform for harmonics tests POWer:HARMonics:STANDard This command specifies the standard for harmonics tests POWer:INDICators This command specifies the state of the measurement indicators for the power application POWer:MODulation:SOUrce This command specifies the source waveform for modulation tests POWer:MODulation:TYPe This command specifies the modulation type POWer:QUALity:APPpwr? Returns the apparent power measurement POWer:QUALity:DISplay:APPpwr This command specifies the display state for the apparent power readout POWer:QUALity:DISplay: FREQuency This command specifies the display state for the frequency readout MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-43 Command Groups Table 2-36: Power Commands (cont.) Command Description POWer:QUALity:DISplay: ICRESTfactor This command specifies the display state for the current crest factor readout POWer:QUALity:DISplay:IRMS This command specifies the display state for the rms current (IRMS) readout POWer:QUALity:DISplay: PHASEangle This command specifies the display state for the phase angle readout POWer:QUALity:DISplay: POWERFACtor This command specifies the display state for the power factor readout POWer:QUALity:DISplay:REACTpwr This command specifies the display state for the reactive power readout POWer:QUALity:DISplay:TRUEpwr This command specifies the display state for the true power readout POWer:QUALity:DISplay: VCRESTfactor This command specifies the display state for the voltage crest factor readout POWer:QUALity:DISplay:VRMS This command specifies the display state for the rms voltage (VRMS) readout POWer:QUALity:FREQREFerence This command specifies the power quality frequency reference POWer:QUALity:FREQuency? Returns the frequency measurement POWer:QUALity:ICRESTfactor? Returns the current crest factor measurement POWer:QUALity:IRMS? Returns the rms current measurement POWer:QUALity:PHASEangle? Returns the phase angle measurement POWer:QUALity:POWERFACtor? Returns the power factor measurement POWer:QUALity:REACTpwr? Returns the reactive power measurement POWer:QUALity:TRUEpwr? Returns the true power measurement POWer:QUALity:VRMS? Returns the rms voltage measurement POWer:REFLevel:ABSolute Sets the reference levels to their default unit values POWer:REFLevel:ABSolute:HIGH This command specifies the top reference level for rise time POWer:REFLevel:ABSolute:LOW This command specifies the low reference level for rise time POWer:REFLevel:ABSolute:MID This command specifies the mid reference level for measurements POWer:REFLevel:HYSTeresis This command specifies the measurement reference level hysteresis value POWer:REFLevel:METHod This command specifies the method used to calculate the 0% and 100% reference level POWer:REFLevel:PERCent Sets the reference levels to the default percentage values POWer:REFLevel:PERCent:HIGH This command specifies the top reference percent level for rise time POWer:REFLevel:PERCent:LOW This command specifies the low reference percent level for rise time POWer:REFLevel:PERCent:MID This command specifies the mid reference percent level for waveform measurements POWer:RIPPle Sets the vertical offset of the source waveform POWer:RIPPle:RESults:AMPLitude? Returns the peak-to-peak ripple measurement POWer:RIPPle:RESults:MAX? Returns the maximum of the peak-to-peak ripple measurements POWer:RIPPle:RESults:MEAN? Returns the mean of the peak-to-peak ripple measurements POWer:RIPPle:RESults:MIN? Returns the minimum of the peak-to-peak ripple measurement POWer:RIPPle:RESults:STDdev? Returns the standard deviation of the peak-to-peak ripple measurements POWer:RIPPle:SOUrce This command specifies the source waveform for ripple tests 2-44 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Groups Table 2-36: Power Commands (cont.) Command Description POWer:SOA:LINear:XMAX This command specifies the user XMAX value for use in linear SOA calculations POWer:SOA:LINear:XMIN This command specifies the user XMIN value for use in linear SOA calculations POWer:SOA:LINear:YMAX This command specifies the user YMAX value for use in linear SOA calculations POWer:SOA:LINear:YMIN This command specifies the user YMIN value for use in linear SOA calculations POWer:SOA:LOG:XMAX This command specifies the user XMAX value for use in log SOA calculations POWer:SOA:LOG:XMIN This command specifies the user XMIN value for use in log SOA calculations POWer:SOA:LOG:YMAX This command specifies the user YMAX value for use in log SOA calculations POWer:SOA:LOG:YMIN This command specifies the user YMIN value for use in log SOA calculations POWer:SOA:MASK:DEFine This command specifies the X (volts) and Y (Amps) coordinates of the current SOA mask POWer:SOA:MASK:MAXAmps This command specifies the maximum current applied to SOA mask testing POWer:SOA:MASK:MAXVolts This command specifies the maximum voltage applied to SOA mask testing POWer:SOA:MASK:MAXWatts This command specifies the maximum power applied to SOA mask testing POWer:SOA:MASK:NR_Pt? Returns the number of mask points defined POWer:SOA:MASK:STATE This command specifies the state of the mask for SOA calculations POWer:SOA:MASK:STOPOnviol This command specifies the enabled state of the mask stop on violation condition POWer:SOA:PLOTTYPe This command specifies the SOA plot type POWer:SOA:RESult:FAILures:QTY? Returns the number of failures in the test POWer:SOA:RESult:NUMACq? Returns the number of acquisitions in the test POWer:SOA:RESult:STATE? Returns the pass/fail state of the SOA test POWer:STATIstics Clears all the accumulated statistics of all measurements POWer:STATIstics:MODe Enables or disables the display of the measurement statistics POWer:STATIstics:WEIghting Sets the number of samples which are included for the statistics computations for mean and the standard deviation POWer:SWLoss: CONDCALCmethod This command specifies the power application switching loss conduction calculation method POWer:SWLoss:CONDuction: ENERGY:MAX? Returns the maximum conduction energy for the switching loss calculation POWer:SWLoss:CONDuction: ENERGY:MEAN? Returns the mean conduction energy for the switching loss calculation POWer:SWLoss:CONDuction: ENERGY:MIN? Returns the minimum conduction energy for the switching loss calculation POWer:SWLoss:CONDuction: POWer:MAX? Returns the maximum conduction power for the switching loss calculation POWer:SWLoss:CONDuction: POWer:MEAN? Returns the mean conduction power for the switching loss calculation POWer:SWLoss:CONDuction: POWer:MIN? Returns the minimum conduction power for the switching loss calculation POWer:SWLoss:DISplay This command specifies the display selection for switching loss results POWer:SWLoss:GATe:POLarity This command specifies the switching loss gate polarity MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-45 Command Groups Table 2-36: Power Commands (cont.) Command Description POWer:SWLoss:GATe:TURNON This command specifies the gate turn on level for switching loss power measurements POWer:SWLoss:NUMCYCles? Returns the number of cycles counted for the switching loss calculation POWer:SWLoss:RDSon This command specifies RDSON value for use in switching loss calculations when the conduction calculation method is RDSON POWer:SWLoss:REFLevel: ABSolute:GATEMid This command specifies the mid voltage reference level used in switching loss power measurements in volts POWer:SWLoss:REFLevel: ABSolute:LOWCurrent This command specifies the low current reference level used in switching loss power measurements in amperes POWer:SWLoss:REFLevel: ABSolute:LOWVoltage This command specifies the low voltage reference level used in switching loss power measurements in volts POWer:SWLoss:REFLevel: PERCent:GATEMid This command specifies the mid voltage reference level used in switching loss power measurements in percentage POWer:SWLoss:REFLevel: PERCent:LOWCurrent This command specifies the low current reference level used in switching loss power measurements in percentage POWer:SWLoss:REFLevel: PERCent:LOWVoltage This command specifies the low voltage reference level used in switching loss power measurements in percentage POWer:SWLoss:TOFF:ENERGY: MAX? Returns the maximum Toff energy switching loss calculation POWer:SWLoss:TOFF:ENERGY: MEAN? Returns the mean Toff energy switching loss calculation POWer:SWLoss:TOFF:ENERGY: MIN? Returns the minimum Toff energy switching loss calculation POWer:SWLoss:TOFF:POWer: MAX? Returns the maximum Toff power switching loss calculation POWer:SWLoss:TOFF:POWer: MEAN? Returns the mean Toff power switching loss calculation POWer:SWLoss:TOFF:POWer:MIN? Returns the minimum Toff power switching loss calculation POWer:SWLoss:TON:ENERGY: MAX? Returns the maximum Ton energy switching loss calculation POWer:SWLoss:TON:ENERGY: MEAN? Returns the mean Ton energy switching loss calculation POWer:SWLoss:TON:ENERGY: MIN? Returns the minimum Ton energy switching loss calculation POWer:SWLoss:TON:POWer:MAX? Returns the maximum Ton power switching loss calculation POWer:SWLoss:TON:POWer: MEAN? Returns the mean Ton power switching loss calculation POWer:SWLoss:TON:POWer:MIN? Returns the minimum Ton power switching loss calculation POWer:SWLoss:TOTal:ENERGY: MAX? Returns the maximum total energy switching loss calculation POWer:SWLoss:TOTal:ENERGY: MEAN? Returns the mean total energy switching loss calculation 2-46 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Groups Table 2-36: Power Commands (cont.) Command Description POWer:SWLoss:TOTal:ENERGY: MIN? Returns the minimum total energy switching loss calculation POWer:SWLoss:TOTal:POWer: MAX? Returns the maximum total power switching loss calculation POWer:SWLoss:TOTal:POWer: MEAN? Returns the mean total power switching loss calculation POWer:SWLoss:TOTal:POWer:MIN? Returns the minimum total power switching loss calculation POWer:SWLoss:VCEsat This command specifies VCESAT value for use in switching loss calculations when the conduction calculation method is VCESAT POWer:TYPe This command specifies the power application measurement type POWer:VOLTAGESOurce This command specifies the voltage source for the power application RF Command Group The Tektronix MDO4000/B and MDO3000 Series Mixed Domain Oscilloscopes have a built-in RF input, in addition to analog and digital channels, which allows you to display, measure, perform math on and analyze both time and frequency domain signals with one instrument. The MDO4000/B combines the functionality of a mid-range oscilloscope and a standard spectrum analyzer, which makes it able to provide several time-correlated display and measurement options for RF traces. The MDO3000 allows frequency domain measurements but does not offer time-correlated display and measurement options for RF traces. The RF commands are concentrated in the RF Command Group, but also appear in other command groups, including Save and Recall, Waveform Transfer, Trigger and Search. A table is available that links the RF features to their corresponding commands, regardless of command group. (See page 1-2, New or Changed Functionality Updates that Impact the Programmatic Command Set.) Frequency Domain Trace Types The MDO4000/B and MDO3000 support four frequency waveform types: The frequency domain window provides support for four spectrum traces, which may be turned on and off independently. 1. RF Normal trace: Each acquisition is discarded as new data is acquired. 2. RF Max Hold trace: The maximum data values are accumulated over multiple acquisitions of the RF Normal trace. 3. RF Min Hold trace: The minimum data values are accumulated over multiple acquisitions of the RF Normal trace. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-47 Command Groups 4. RF Average trace: Data from the RF Normal trace is averaged over multiple acquisitions. This is true power averaging, which occurs before the log conversion. Each power of 2 average reduces the displayed noise by 3 dB. Time Domain Trace Types The MDO4000/B offers three additional time domain trace types in addition to the usual analog and digital waveforms one expects on an oscilloscope. On these instruments, the time domain window can also display three RF time domain traces derived from the time-domain I&Q data acquired for the RF input. They are time-correlated with the analog and digital channels, and represent a continuous time domain data stream. The time domain trace options are: 1. The RF Amplitude vs. Time trace: The instantaneous amplitude of the input, after band-pass filtering, relative to the current frequency range (as defined by the center frequency and span settings.) 2. The RF Frequency vs. Time trace: The instantaneous frequency of the input, relative to the center frequency. The vertical axis displays frequency. The frequency versus time waveform handle (baseline indicator) indicates the center frequency. When the trace is above the waveform handle, it is above the center frequency. When the trace is below the waveform handle, it is below the center frequency. 3. The RF Phase vs. Time trace: The instantaneous phase of the input, relative to the center frequency. The vertical axis displays phase, with wrapping at roughly +/- 180°. The squelch function is used to suppress the phase and frequency information when the amplitude of the RF input is below a user-specified value. This keeps both the RF Frequency vs. Time and the RF Phase vs. Time traces from displaying broad bands of noise when there is no signal present on the RF input. Time-Correlated Multi-Domain Display (MDO4000/B only.) A single trigger event coordinates acquisition across all analog, digital, and RF inputs. This enables a time-correlated view of both the time and frequency domain signals in a single instrument. Spectrum Time: This is the period of time used to calculate the spectrum shown in the frequency domain graticule. Analog Time: This is the amount of time acquired in the time domain graticule. RF Acquisition Time: This is the amount of time acquired by the RF system. At mid-to-fast time base settings, it equals analog time. At slower time base settings, it can be less than analog time. Acquisition Stages 2-48 RF acquisitions travel through their own signal path before being digitized by the oscilloscope. This signal path includes a combination of analog amplification, MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Groups attenuation, filtering and down-conversion, depending on the parameters set by the user (frequency, span, reference level, and so forth.) For the MDO4000/B series models, the acquisition system uses one of three frequency bands to acquire RF data depending on where the center frequency and span are set. The bands are: 50 kHz to 3.75 GHz, 2.75 GHz to 4.5 GHz, and 3.5 GHz to 6.0 GHz. For the MDO3000 series models, there is one frequency band (up to 3 GHz depending on the model and installed options). Specifying the Reference Level and Resolution Bandwidth (RBW) Settings Detection Types For the MDO4000/B series models, the reference level is adjustable from –140 dBm to +30 dBm. For the MDO3000 series models, the reference level is adjustable from –140 dBm to +20 dBm. For all series, attenuation is set automatically with the reference level. The RBW setting is adjustable down to 20 Hz. By default, the RBW tracks span in automatic mode in a 1000:1 ratio; this ratio is adjustable. All MDO instruments calculate Fast Fourier Transform calculations (FFTs) with a 1,000 to ~2,000,000 point output, depending on the acquisition settings. It then reduces that FFT output into a 1,000 pixel-wide display (for the MDO4000/B) or 750 pixel-wide display (for the MDO3000). This means that approximately 1 to 2,000 FFT points get compressed into each pixel column. There are four choices as to how this compression is done: +peak, sample, average, and -peak. Triggering Using RF Power Level as a Source You can use the RF power level as a source for triggering with the MDO4000/B series models (but not the MDO3000 models). The MDO4000/B triggered acquisition system is fully integrated with both the frequency and time domains. This means that a single event can trigger all of the analog, digital and RF acquisitions, regardless of whether that event came from an analog, digital or RF input. The RF power level has been distilled through special processing and may be used as a trigger. RF Power may be used as a source for Edge triggering. With an MDO4TRIG application module installed, the RF Power level can also be used as a source for pulse width, timeout, runt, logic and sequence triggering. (For more information, see Triggering on the RF input. (See page 2-75, Trigger Command Group.) Spectrogram Display (MDO4000/B and MDO3000). The spectrogram is a graph of frequency domain traces over time. It provides an intuitive display that is useful for monitoring slowly changing RF events, and for identifying low amplitude signals too subtle for the eye to catch in a regular spectrum display. The x-axis shows frequency, and the y-axis shows time. Amplitude is represented by the color of the trace. Cold colors (blue, green) indicate low amplitude, and hot colors (red, yellow) indicate high amplitude. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-49 Command Groups Spectrogram slices are generated by taking each spectrum and flipping it on its edge, so that it is one pixel row tall. Each new acquisition adds another slice at the bottom of the spectrogram, and the previous acquisitions (slices) move up one row; you can then navigate backwards through the history of the spectrogram by selecting slice numbers to view. (The spectrogram slice trace is displayed as the RF Normal trace.) Spectrum Mode: Triggered and Free Run When only the frequency domain waveforms are displayed (no time domain waveforms), you can choose whether the MDO4000/B should use Triggered mode or Free Run mode. (MDO3000 only uses Free Run mode.) When Triggered mode is selected, you can control all trigger settings, including Normal and Auto triggering. When Free Run mode is selected, the oscilloscope generates RF acquisitions as fast as possible. (To display only the frequency domain waveforms, turn off all time domain waveforms, including channels 1- 4, digital channels 0 - 15, buses, time domain math waveforms, time domain reference waveforms, and any RF vs. Time traces.) When the oscilloscope displays both time and frequency domain waveforms, then the instrument’s trigger system is in control of the Triggered mode and the RF acquisitions. Using Markers in the Frequency Domain for Measurement and Analysis For frequency domain measurements, up to 11 automatic markers are available to assist with quickly identifying the frequency and amplitude of peaks in the spectrum based upon user threshold and excursion settings. If more peaks meet the criteria than the desired number of markers, then the highest amplitude peaks are shown. Two manual markers are also available for measuring non-peak areas of interest, and to measure Noise Density and Phase Noise. If manual markers are off, the reference marker is automatically placed on the highest amplitude peak. With manual markers on, the reference marker becomes the “A” manual marker. Automatic peak markers are on by default. Each automatic marker has a readout associated with it. These can be absolute or delta readouts. An absolute marker readout shows the actual frequency and amplitude of the associated marker. A delta marker readout shows the frequency and amplitude of the automatic markers relative to the Reference Marker. The Reference Marker’s readout indicates absolute frequency and amplitude, regardless of the readout type. (It is marked on the display with a red R in a triangle.) The marker measurement readouts are absolute in dBm or relative to the reference marker in dBc (dB below carrier amplitude). The threshold and excursion settings define which peaks are marked automatically. The threshold is a minimum amplitude that a signal must cross to be a valid peak. If the threshold is lower, more peaks will tend to qualify for markers. If the threshold is higher, fewer peaks tend to qualify for markers. The excursion is how far a signal needs to fall in amplitude between marked peaks to be another valid peak. If the excursion is low, more peaks will tend to qualify for markers. If the excursion is high, fewer peaks will tend to qualify for markers. 2-50 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Groups When the two manual markers are turned on, the Reference Marker is no longer automatically attached to the highest amplitude peak. It can now be moved to any desired location. This enables easy measurement of any part of the spectrum, as well as delta measurements to any part of the spectrum. This also lets you measure non-peak spectral content of interest. The readouts for manual markers indicate frequency, amplitude and noise (just like automatic marker readouts). Taking Automatic Measurements in the Frequency Domain You can take three automatic measurements in the frequency domain: 1. Channel Power (CP) — The total power within the bandwidth, defined by the Channel Width. 2. Adjacent Channel Power Ratio (ACPR) — The power in the main channel and the ratio of channel power to main power, for the upper and lower halves of each adjacent channel. 3. Occupied Bandwidth (OBW) — The bandwidth that contains the specified percentage of power within the analysis bandwidth. Triggering using RF Power Level as a Source; Searching The ability to use the RF power level as the source for edge triggering and searching is provided standard with the MDO4000/B series. With the MDO4TRIG (Advanced Trigger) application module installed, the RF power level can also be used as the source for pulse width, time-out, runt, logic, and sequence triggering. (See page 2-75, Trigger Command Group.) A number of search commands are also available. (See page 2-61, Search Command Group.) Transferring and Saving RF Trace Information You can perform waveform transfer commands and queries using RF traces. (See page 2-93, Waveform Transfer Command Group.) RF traces can be saved to an .ISF or .CSV file for subsequent recall to any of the 4 internal reference memory locations. The oscilloscope can also save, but not recall, RF acquisitions as .TIQ files. You can import .TIQ files into Tektronix SignalVu-PC software (PC based), SignalVu software (oscilloscope based), RSAVu software (PC based) or into a Tektronix real-time spectrum analyzer for pulse analysis and demodulation analysis. (See page 2-58, Save and Recall Command Group.) NOTE. The RF input replaces the Aux Input connector on the front panel, therefore aux-in commands and arguments are not supported on the MDO4000/B and MDO3000 models with 4-channels. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-51 Command Groups Table 2-37: RF Commands Item Description MARKER:M:AMPLitude: ABSolute? This query returns the actual amplitude (vertical) value of the either of the two manual markers that are available for frequency domain traces, in dBm. MARKER:M:AMPLitude: DELTa? This query returns the delta amplitude (vertical) value of either of the two manual markers that are available for frequency domain traces, in relation to the Reference Marker. MARKER:M:FREQuency: ABSolute This command specifies the actual frequency (horizontal) value of either of the two manual markers that are available for frequency domain traces. MARKER:M:FREQuency: DELTa? This query returns the delta frequency (horizontal) value of either of the two manual markers that are available for frequency domain traces, in relation to the Reference Marker. MARKER:M:NOISEDensity?, This command returns the noise density of the RF_NORMal trace at the specified marker position in /Hz units, where are the units specified by the command RF:UNIts. MARKER:M:PHASENoise? This command returns the phase noise of the RF_NORMal trace at the specified marker position in dBc/Hz units. MARKER:MANual This command switches on or off the manual markers a and b that are available for frequency domain traces. MARKER:PEAK:EXCURsion This command specifies the excursion value, in user-selected units, for the frequency domain trace automatic peak markers. You can select the units with the command RF:UNIts. MARKER:PEAK:MAXimum This command specifies the maximum number of frequency domain trace peaks that should have automatic markers associated with them. This can be a number between 1 and 11. MARKER:PEAK:STATE This command switches on or off the automatic peak markers that are available for frequency domain traces. The default is 1 (on). There are up to 11 automatic markers. MARKER:PEAK:THReshold This command specifies the threshold value, in the same vertical units as the source waveform, of the automatic peak markers available for frequency domain traces. (Use the RF:UNIts to specify the units.) MARKER:REFERence This command changes the Center Frequency to the frequency indicated by the Reference Marker, in effect moving the Reference Marker to the center of the screen. MARKER:REFERence: AMPlitude? This query returns the amplitude (vertical) value of the Reference Marker in dBm when markers are turned on (using the command MARKER:PEAK:STATE or MARKER:MANual). MARKER:REFERence: FREQuency? This query returns the frequency of the Reference Marker when the frequency domain trace markers have been turned on (using either the command MARKER:PEAK:STATE or MARKER:MANual). MARKER:TYPe This command specifies the marker type (either DELTa or ABSolute) to use when the automatic markers for the frequency domain traces are turned on. To turn on the automatic markers, use the command MARKER:PEAK:STATE. RF:CLIPPing? Returns a boolean indicating whether the RF input is “clipping” due to input over/under-range detection. RF:DETECTionmethod:MODe This command specifies whether the RF detection within the oscilloscope occurs automatically or manually. The default is AUTO. If you set the detection method mode to MANual, you are then able to use the related RF:DETECTionmethod commands to specify detection method options for the frequency domain traces (the options are MINUSpeak, SAMple, PLUSpeak and AVErage). 2-52 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Groups Table 2-37: RF Commands (cont.) Item Description RF:DETECTionmethod: RF_AVErage This command specifies the detection method the oscilloscope should use when creating an RF Average trace in the frequency domain. The Average trace displays the average of values from multiple acquisitions at each trace point. RF:DETECTionmethod: RF_MAXHold This command specifies the detection method the oscilloscope should use when creating an RF Max Hold trace in the frequency domain. The Max Hold trace displays the largest value in all acquisition history at each trace point. RF:DETECTionmethod: RF_MINHold This command specifies the detection method the oscilloscope should use when creating an RF Min Hold trace in the frequency domain. The Min Hold trace displays the smallest value throughout the acquisition history at each trace point. RF:DETECTionmethod: RF_NORMal This command specifies the detection method the oscilloscope should use when creating an RF Normal trace in the frequency domain. The Normal trace displays the most recently acquired sample at each trace point. RF:FREQuency This command specifies the center frequency of the RF acquisition system. The center frequency range varies with the model: RF:LABel This command specifies a general label for the RF frequency domain traces. RF:MEASUre:ACPR: ADJACENTPAIRs When the RF measurement type has been set to ACPR, the frequency domain displays a Main channel in the center (Ch:Main), and a side channel group on either side of the Main Channel. There can be either 1, 2 or 3 channels within each side group; this command specifies that number. (Lower Area 1, 2 and 3 would be on the left side of the Main channel; Upper Area 1, 2 and 3 would be on the right side). To set the measurement type to ACPR, use the command RFMEASUre:TYPe ACPR. RF:MEASUre:ACPR:CHANBW This command configures the measurement bandwidth to use for the Main channel, as well as the adjacent side channels, when performing ACPR measurements using a frequency domain trace. The RF measurement type must first be set to ACPR using the command RFMEASUre:TYPe ACPR. RF:MEASUre:ACPR: CHANSPACing This command specifies the center-to-center spacing between the Main channel and adjacent channels when performing ACPR measurements using a frequency domain trace. (The RF measurement type must be set to ACPR using the command RF:MEASUre:TYPe.) Note that if the channel spacing is adjusted to be more narrow than the channel bandwidth, then the oscilloscope will automatically decrease the channel bandwidth. NOTE. The oscilloscope will maintain the span to fit all the channels on-screen, plus a margin of 10% (5% on either side.) RF:MEASUre:ACPR:LA1DB? This query measures a ratio between the first lower adjacent side channel and the Main channel when performing ACPR measurements. The power in the adjacent channel is equivalent to the power in the main channel (dBm) added to the power ratio (dB) of the adjacent channel. (The RF measurement type must be set to ACPR using the command RF:MEASUre:TYPe) RF:MEASUre:ACPR:LA2DB? This query measures a ratio between the second lower side channel and the Main channel when performing ACPR measurements using a frequency domain trace. The power in the adjacent channel is equivalent to the power in the main channel (dBm) added to the power ratio (dB) of the adjacent channel. (The RF measurement type must be set to ACPR using the command RF:MEASUre:TYPe) MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-53 Command Groups Table 2-37: RF Commands (cont.) Item Description RF:MEASUre:ACPR:LA3DB? This query measures a ratio between the third lower side channel and the Main channel when performing ACPR measurements using a frequency domain trace. The power in the adjacent channel is equivalent to the power in the main channel (dBm) added to the power ratio (dB) of the adjacent channel. (The RF measurement type must be set to ACPR using the command RF:MEASUre:TYPe.) RF:MEASUre:ACPR:POWer? This query returns the measure of the total RF power in the Main channel when performing ACPR measurements using a frequency domain trace. It uses the units that have been selected with the command RF:UNIts. RF:MEASUre:ACPR:UA1DB? This query measures a ratio between the first upper side channel and the Main channel when performing ACPR measurements using a frequency domain trace. The power in the adjacent channel is equivalent to the power in the main channel (dBm) added to the power ratio (dB) of the adjacent channel. (The RF measurement type must be set to ACPR using the command RF:MEASUre:TYPe.) RF:MEASUre:ACPR:UA2DB? This query measures a ratio between the second upper side channel and the Main channel when performing ACPR measurements using a frequency domain trace. The power in the adjacent channel is equivalent to the power in the main channel (dBm) added to the power ratio (dB) of the adjacent channel. (The RF measurement type must be set to ACPR using the command RF:MEASUre:TYPe.) RF:MEASUre:ACPR:UA3DB? This query measures a ratio between the third upper side channel and the Main channel when performing ACPR measurements using a frequency domain trace. The power in the adjacent channel is equivalent to the power in the main channel (dBm) added to the power ratio (dB) of the adjacent channel. (The RF measurement type must be set to ACPR using the command RF:MEASUre:TYPe.) RF:MEASUre:CP:CHANBW This command specifies the channel bandwidth to use when the RF measurement type has been set to Channel Power (CP) using the command RF:MEASUre:TYPe. RF:MEASUre:CP:POWer? This query returns the total channel power within the displayed channel bandwidth, when the RF measurement type has been set to CP (using the command RF:MEASUre:TYPe). RF:MEASUre:OBW:CHANBW This command specifies the Analysis Bandwidth to use, when the measurement type has been set to OBW (using the command RF:MEASUre:TYPe). Note that the span automatically increases or decreases to be 10% more than the Analysis Bandwidth (providing some room around the signal of interest). RF:MEASUre:OBW:LOWERFreq? This query returns the lower frequency threshold (on the display, the white line to the left bracketing OBW power). The RF measurement type must be set to OBW using the command RF:MEASUre:TYPe. RF:MEASUre:OBW: PERCENTdown This command specifies the percentage of total power within the Analysis Bandwidth (the OBW power) such that half of the remaining power will be below the OBW:LOWERFreq level and the other half of the remaining power will be above the OBW:UPPERFreq level. RF:MEASUre:OBW:POWer? This query returns the total channel power within the occupied bandwidth, when the RF measurement type has been set to OBW (using the command RF:MEASUre:TYPe). RF:MEASUre:OBW:UPPERFreq? This query returns the upper frequency threshhold (on the display, the white line to the right bracketing OBW power). The RF measurement type must be set to OBW using the command RF:MEASUre:TYPe. RF:MEASUre:TYPe This command specifies the RF measurement type: Channel Power, Adjacent Channel Power Ratio, Occupied Bandwidth, or none. 2-54 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Groups Table 2-37: RF Commands (cont.) Item Description RF:POSition This command specifies the vertical position for the frequency domain traces. The vertical position is the location of the Reference Level with respect to the top of the graticule, in divisions. The lower limit is –10 divisions. The upper limit is +10 divisions. RF:PRObe:AUTOZero This command executes the attached probe’s AutoZero function, for probes that support this feature. RF:PRObe:CALibrate This command executes a calibration or initialization for a probe attached to the RF input, if the probe is calibratable. RF:PRObe:CALibrate: CALIBRATABLe? This query returns a boolean value that indicates whether the attached probe is calibratable. RF:PRObe:CALibrate:STATE? This command returns the calibration state of the probe connected to the RF input. RF:PRObe:COMMAND This command sets the state of the probe control specified with the first argument to the state specified with the second argument. RF:PRObe:DEGAUss This command starts a degauss/AutoZero cycle on a TekVPI current probe attached to the RF input. RF:PRObe:DEGAUss:STATE? This command returns the state of the probe degauss for the RF input. RF:PRObe:FORCEDRange This command specifies the range of a TekVPI probe attached to the RF input. RF:PRObe:GAIN This command specifies the scale factor for the probe attached to the RF input. RF:PRObe:ID:SERnumber? This query returns the serial number of the probe attached to the RF input. RF:PRObe:ID:TYPe? This query returns the type of probe attached to the RF input. RF:PRObe:PREAmp:MODe Sets or returns the user selected mode for an RF pre-amp connected to the RF input. BYPass or AUTO RF:PRObe:PREAmp:STATus? Returns the actual state of the RF pre-amp connected to the RF input. NONe, ON, or BYPass RF:PRObe:RESistance? This query returns the input resistance of the probe attached to the RF input, if the probe supports it (otherwise, it returns 0.0). The RF input is 50 Ω impedance. RF:PRObe:SIGnal This command specifies the input bypass setting of a TekVPI probe attached to the RF input. The probe must support input bypass. RF:PRObe:UNIts? This query returns a quoted string that describes the units of measure for the probe attached to the RF input. RF:RBW This command specifies the resolution bandwidth (RBW) setting when the RBW mode has been set to MANUAL (using the command RF:RBW:MODe). The resolution bandwidth is the width of the narrowest measurable band of frequencies in a frequency domain trace. The RBW is adjustable down to 20Hz. By default, the RBW tracks the span value in a 1000:1 ratio. RF:RBW:MODe This command specifies the resolution bandwidth (RBW) mode, either automatic or manual. RF:REFLevel This command sets the Reference Level of the RF input. The Reference Level can either be specified as a numeric floating point value, or set automatically. RF:RF_AMPlitude:LABel This command specifies the label for the RF Amplitude vs. Time trace. RF:RF_AMPlitude:VERTical: POSition This command specifies the vertical position of the RF Amplitude vs. Time trace. The position value determines the vertical graticule location at which the trace is displayed. Increasing the position value of a waveform causes the waveform to move up. Decreasing the position value causes the waveform to move down. The minimum is -50 divisions and the maximum is 50 divisions with a resolution of 0.02 divisions. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-55 Command Groups Table 2-37: RF Commands (cont.) Item Description RF:RF_AMPlitude:VERTical: SCAle This command specifies the vertical scale for the RF Amplitude vs. Time trace. For a signal with constant amplitude, increasing the scale causes the waveform to be displayed smaller. Decreasing the scale causes the waveform to be displayed larger. RF:RF_AVErage:COUNt? This query returns the number of RF traces that have been accumulated to create an RF Average frequency domain trace. RF:RF_AVErage:NUMAVg This command specifies the number of acquisitions to be used when creating an RF Average frequency domain trace, which displays the average of values from multiple acquisitions at each trace point. The default is 16. The range is 2 – 512, in exponential increments. RF:RF_FREQuency:LABel This command specifies the label for the RF Frequency vs. Time trace. RF:RF_FREQuency:VERTical: POSition This command specifies the vertical position for the RF Frequency vs. Time trace. The position value determines the vertical graticule location at which the trace is displayed. Increasing the position value of a waveform causes the waveform to move up. Decreasing the position value causes the waveform to move down. The minimum is -50 divisions and the maximum is 50 divisions with a resolution of 0.02 divisions. RF:RF_FREQuency:VERTical: SCAle This command specifies the vertical scale for the RF Frequency vs. Time trace. For a signal with constant amplitude, increasing the scale causes the waveform to be displayed smaller. Decreasing the scale causes the waveform to be displayed larger. RF:RF_PHASe:LABel This command specifies the label for the RF Phase vs. Time trace. RF:RF_PHASe:REFERence: DEGrees Sets or returns the phase, in degrees, at the trigger point for the RF_PHASe time domain trace. RF:RF_PHASe:VERTical:POSition This command specifies the vertical position for RF Phase vs. Time trace. The position value determines the vertical graticule location at which the trace is displayed. Increasing the position value of a waveform causes the waveform to move up. Decreasing the position value causes the waveform to move down. The minimum is -50 divisions and the maximum is 50 divisions with a resolution of 0.02 divisions. RF:RF_PHASe:VERTical:SCAle This command specifies the vertical scale for RF Phase vs. Time trace. For a signal with constant amplitude, increasing the scale causes the waveform to be displayed smaller. Decreasing the scale causes the waveform to be displayed larger. RF:RF_PHASe:WRAP:DEGrees Sets or returns the number of degrees to wrap the RF_PHASe time domain trace. RF:RF_PHASe:WRAP:STATE Sets or returns the state of the phase wrap control for the RF_PHASE time domain trace. RF:RF_V_TIMe:BANDWidth Sets or returns the RF versus time bandwidth as an NR3 value in Hz. RF:SCAle This command specifies the overall vertical scale setting of the frequency domain window. The lower limit is 0.1 dB/division. The upper limit is 100dB/division. The vertical scale is adjustable in a 1–2–5 sequence. RF:SPAN This command specifies the span setting. The span is the range of frequencies that can be observed around the center frequency. This is the width of the frequency domain trace, which is equal to the stop frequency minus the start frequency. The span maximum varies according to the oscilloscope model; either 3GHz or 6GHz. RF:SPANRbwratio This command specifies the ratio of the span to the resolution bandwidth (RBW) that will be used when the RBW Mode is set to AUTO. (In order to set the RBW Mode to AUTO, use the command RF:RBW:MODe.) RF:SPECTRogram Clears the spectrogram. 2-56 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Groups Table 2-37: RF Commands (cont.) Item Description RF:SPECTRogram:NUMSLICEs? This query returns the number of spectrogram slices that are currently being rendered. A spectrogram slice is a section of the spectrogram representing one interval, or slice, of time in the spectrogram record. RF:SPECTRogram:SLICESELect This command specifies the spectrogram slice number that is to be displayed. Allowable slice numbers range from 0 to –327 in full-screen mode, and 0 to –147 in split-screen mode. (The range is negative because the numbering starts with the latest slice (0) and proceeds backwards in time.) The slice can only be selected or changed when acquisitions have been stopped. As soon as acquisitions start again, the slice number is reset to 0 (the latest slice). Attempts to select a slice number outside of range, or when acquisitions are running, are ignored. The query form returns the currently selected spectrogram slice. To use this command, first turn on the spectrogram (RF:SPECTRogram:STATE). Then query the number of slices (RF:SPECTRogram:NUMSLICEs?). Stop the acquisition when you’ve reached the number of desired slices. Then select the slice to display (RF:SPECTRogram:SLICESELect). Each slice of the spectrogram corresponds to a single RF acquisition. The FFT samples the entire spectrum for the incoming signal (at the rate with which new spectrums are acquired). The newest spectrum is on the bottom edge of the spectrogram, and the oldest is on the top edge. When the oscilloscope is stopped, you can scroll “back in time” through the spectrogram using the spectrum slice control. When you select a spectrogram slice, it is displayed in the bottom window as the RF Normal trace. RF:SPECTRogram:SLICETIMe? Returns the time stamp of the selected spectrogram slice, as specified by the command :RF:SPECTRogram:SLICESELect. RF:SPECTRogram:STATE This command switches the frequency domain spectrogram display on or off. RF:SPECTRogram:TIMe? Queries the number of seconds in the spectrogram since continuous acquisition started. The value returned is always <= 0. RF:SPECTRUMMode When only the frequency domain waveforms are displayed, this command specifies the RF spectrum mode: either TRIGgered or FREErun. The default is FREErun. RF:SPECTRUMTrace Resets the spectrum traces, RF_MINHold, RF_MAXHold and RF_AVErage. RF:SQUELCH:STATE This command turns the squelch control on or off for the RF Frequency vs. Time and RF Phase vs. Time traces. When squelch is on, only the portions of these traces where the amplitude exceeds the squelch threshold are displayed. This prevents the display of Phase and/or Frequency for signals that are at or near noise levels. The RF amplitude can be observed in the RF Amplitude vs. Time trace. RF:SQUELCH:THReshold This command specifies the squelch threshold level, in volts, for the RF Frequency vs. Time and RF Phase vs. Time traces. RF:STARt This command specifies to exclude frequencies below a certain level from use. RF:STOP This command specifies to exclude frequencies above a certain level from use. RF:UNIts This command specifies the vertical units to be used in all RF-related absolute logarithmic amplitudes. RF:WINdow This command specifies which window will be used for the windowing function, which is only used for the three time domain RF traces (Amplitude vs. Time, Frequency vs. Time and Phase vs. Time). The default window is Kaiser. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-57 Command Groups Table 2-37: RF Commands (cont.) Item Description SEARCH:SPECTral:LIST? This query will return a list of all automatically placed peak markers displayed in the frequency domain graticule. (To return information about manual markers, use the MARKER:M commands.) SELect:RF_AMPlitude This command switches the RF Amplitude vs. Time trace display on or off in the time domain graticule. SELect:RF_AVErage This command switches the RF Average trace display on or off in the frequency domain graticule. SELect:RF_FREQuency This command switches the RF Frequency vs. Time trace display on or off in the time domain graticule. SELect:RF_MAXHold This command switches the frequency domain Max Hold trace display on or off in the frequency domain graticule. SELect:RF_MINHold This command switches the frequency domain Min Hold trace display on or off in the frequency domain graticule. SELect:RF_NORMal This command switches the frequency domain Normal trace display on or off in the frequency domain graticule. SELect:RF_PHASe This command switches the RF Phase vs. Time trace display on or off in the time domain graticule. Save and Recall Command Group Use the commands in the Save and Recall Command Group to store and retrieve waveforms and settings. When you save a setup, you save all the settings of the oscilloscope. When you recall a setup, the oscilloscope restores itself to the state it was in when you originally saved the setting. NOTE. External file structure is as follows: E: is the USB memory device plugged into the first USB port on the front of the oscilloscope. F: is the USB memory device plugged into the second USB port on the front of the oscilloscope. (Not available for MDO3000 models). G: and H: are the USB memory device plugged into the USB ports on the rear of the oscilloscope. (Not available for MDO3000 models.) I: — Z are for network storage. 2-58 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Groups NOTE. Analog, digital, and RF waveforms and traces and those waveforms and traces derived from them (such as math and reference) can be saved to an ISF file. When saving all channels in ISF format, a group of files will be saved. Each will have the same value for XXXX, but the YYY values will be set to the different channels that were turned on when the Save All Waveforms operation was performed. The oscilloscope can save, but not recall, RF acquisitions as .TIQ files. You can import .TIQ files into Tektronix SignalVu-PC software (PC based), SignalVu software (oscilloscope based), RSAVu software (PC based) or into a Tektronix real-time spectrum analyzer for pulse analysis and demodulation analysis. Table 2-38: Save and Recall Commands Command Description FACtory Resets the oscilloscope to factory default settings *RCL Recalls saved oscilloscope settings RECAll:SETUp Recalls saved oscilloscope settings RECAll:SETUp:DEMO This command recalls one of the 6 specified built-in demonstration setups of RF functionality. can be 1 through 6. The demonstrations include 1. Multiple Peaks, 2. spectrogram, 3. VCO/PLL Turn On, 4. ASK Modulation, 5. Frequency Hop and 6. Capture BW. RECAll:WAVEform This command (no query form) recalls a stored waveform to a reference memory location, and, for instruments with the arbitrary waveform feature, to arbitrary waveform edit memory (EMEM). Only the first waveform in the .CSV file is recalled for multiple waveform .CSV files. Recall of digital waveforms (D0 through D15) is not supported. *SAV Stores the state of the oscilloscope to a specified memory location SAVe:ASSIgn:TYPe This command specifies the assignment of the save button SAVe:EVENTtable:{BUS|B} Saves event table data from bus to a specified file SAVe:IMAGe Saves a capture of the screen image to the specified file SAVe:IMAGe:FILEFormat This command specifies the file format to use for saving screen images. The file format is not automatically determined by the file name extension. You need to choose a file name with an extension which is consistent with the selected file format SAVe:IMAGe:INKSaver This command specifies the current inksaver setting for the SAVe:IMAGe command SAVe:IMAGe:LAYout This command specifies the layout to use for saved screen images SAVe:SETUp Saves the state of the oscilloscope to a specified memory location or file SAVe:WAVEform This command saves the specified waveform to the specified destination reference memory slot, or saves the specified waveform(s) to the specified destination file. The same function can be accomplished from the front panel Menu->save waveform menu. The type of file saved is dependent upon the SAVe:WAVEform:FILEFormat command. SAVe:WAVEform:FILEFormat This command specifies the format for saving waveforms. This command specifies the file format to be used when saving waveforms — either an internal format, .ISF, or an external comma-delimited spreadsheet format, .CSV, that includes waveform header and timing information. SAVe:WAVEform:FILEFormat: RF_BB_IQ This command specifies the file format for saving the RF baseband I & Q data. The default format is TIQ. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-59 Command Groups Table 2-38: Save and Recall Commands (cont.) Command Description SAVe:WAVEform:GATIng Specifies whether save waveform operations should save the entire waveform or a specified portion of the waveform SETUP:DATE? Returns the date when the specified oscilloscope setup was saved SETUP:LABEL This command specifies the specified oscilloscope setup label SETUP:TIME? Returns the time when the specified oscilloscope setup was saved 2-60 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Groups Search Command Group The search commands let you analyze your source waveform record for conditions specified by a search’s criteria. Once these criteria are matched, the oscilloscope places a search mark at that location in the waveform record. You can then navigate or save the marks. (See page 2-30, Mark Command Group.) When performing an edge, pulse width, runt, transition (rise/fall time), time-out, or bus search, you can use only one waveform at a time. When performing a logic or a setup/hold search, you can use any or all of the displayed waveforms at the same time. For example, with a logic search, you can search for instances when CH1 is high and CH2 is low. Likewise, with a setup and hold search, you can search for instances when the clock source is CH1 and the data sources are CH2 and CH3. With pulse width searching, the oscilloscope can search for pulses with widths less than, greater than, equal to, or not equal to a specified time. Additionally, it can search for pulses with widths within, or outside of a range of two different specified times. Searching can take place on either positive or negative pulses. Searches on RF waveforms can only use time domain traces (RF Amplitude vs. Time, RF Frequency vs. Time and RF Phase vs. Time). (MDO4000/B only.) A series of example command sequences showing different searches and triggers is included as an appendix. (See page F-1, Search and Trigger Command Sequence Examples.) Searching using Thresholds All search types except bus searches use thresholds, which are vertical values that the source waveform must cross in order for a mark to be placed. For example, if you set the search type to EDGE, and the search source to CH1, the search’s slope to RISE, and the search’s threshold value to 1.5V, then that search will find all places where CH1 transitions from below 1.5 volts to above 1.5 volts. Each individual search source waveform has two threshold values: a low threshold and a high threshold. Note that if you change the search source waveform, you must explicitly set the thresholds. For example, if you set the search’s CH1 lower threshold to 1.5 volts, and then decide to change the search’s source waveform to CH2, you must then explicitly set CH2’s lower threshold value to the value you would like (it will not automatically be 1.5 volts). If you have an edge search set up on CH1 with the threshold you’d like, then decide to change to a logic search and change the threshold on CH1 to fit your logic search, and then change back to an edge search, your initial threshold setting on the edge search will be lost. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-61 Command Groups Bus, Video, and RF application modules A table is available that lists all commands enabled by each application module (See page G-1, Application Module-enabled Commands.) For I2C or SPI bus signals, install the DPO4EMBD application module, except for MDO3000 models, which require MDO3EMBD. For RS-232, RS-422, RS-485, or UART bus signals, install the DPO4COMP module, except for MDO3000 models, which require MDO3AUDIO. For I2S, Left Justified (LJ), Right Justified (RJ), or TDM bus signals, install the DPO4AUDIO module, except for MDO3000 models, which require MDO3AUDIO. For CAN or LIN bus signals, install the DPO4AUTO or DPO4AUTOMAX module, except for MDO3000 models, which require MDO3AUTO. For FlexRay bus signals, install the DPO4AUTOMAX module, except for MDO3000 models, which require MDO3FLEX. For Ethernet signals, when tested with the MDO4000/B and MSO/DPO4000B, install the DPO4ENET module. Note that ≥350 MHz bandwidth models are recommended for 100BASE-TX. For MIL-STD-1553 bus signals, install the DPO4AERO module, except for MDO3000 models, which require MDO3AERO. For USB bus signals, install the DPO4USB module, except for MDO3000 models, which require MDO3USB. Note that 1 GHz bandwidth models are recommended for high-speed (HS) USB. For video signals, install the DPO4VID module, except for the MDO3000 models, which do not require a module. For RF signals (MDO4000/B Series only), install the MDO4TRIG module. Search Commands Command Description SEARCH? Returns all search-related settings SEARCH:SEARCH:COPy Copies the search criteria to the trigger, or the trigger criteria to the search SEARCH:SEARCH:LIST? This query returns a list of all automatically created search marks on waveforms in the time domain (leaving out any manually created marks). These automatic marks are created using a search command. The entries returned are in the form of an enumeration representing the source waveform, followed by 7 time mark parameters. SEARCH:SEARCH:STATE Sets the search state to on or off SEARCH:SEARCH:TOTal? Returns the total number of matches for search SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS? Queries the SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS settings. 2-62 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Groups Search Commands (cont.) Command Description SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:AUDio: CONDition This command sets the condition (start of frame or matching data) to be used to search on audio bus data. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:AUDio:DATa: HIVALue This command sets the upper word value to be used to search on audio bus data. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:AUDio:DATa: OFFSet This commands sets the data offset value to be used to search on audio bus data. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:AUDio:DATa: QUALifier This command sets the qualifier (<, >, =, <=, >=, not =, in range, out of range) to be used to search on audio bus data. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:AUDio:DATa: VALue This command sets the lower word value to be used to search on audio bus data. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:AUDio:DATa: WORD This command sets the alignment of the data (left, right or either) to be used to search on audio bus data. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN: CONDition This command sets the condition (start of frame, frame type, identifier, matching data, EOF, missing ACK field, bit-stuffing error) to be used to search on CAN bus data. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa: DIRection This command sets the data direction (read, write or either) to be used to search on CAN bus data. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa: QUALifier This command sets the qualifier (<, >, =, not =, <=) to be used to search on CAN bus data. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa: SIZe This command sets the length of the data string, in bytes, to be used to search on CAN bus data. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa: VALue This command sets the binary data value to be used to search on CAN bus data. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN: FRAMEtype This command sets the frame type (data, remote, error or overload) to be used to search on CAN bus data. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN{: IDentifier|:ADDRess}:MODe This command sets the addressing mode (standard or extended format) to be used to search on CAN bus data. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN{: IDentifier|:ADDRess}:VALue This command sets the binary address value to be used to search on CAN bus data. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:ETHERnet: CONDition When searching through Ethernet data, this command specifies the field or condition to search on. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:ETHERnet: DATa:HIVALue When the search condition is set to DATa, and the qualifier is set to either INrange or OUTrange, this command specifies the upper data value of the range. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:ETHERnet: DATa:OFFSet When the search condition is set to DATa, this command specifies where in the data field to look for the data search value. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:ETHERnet: DATa:SIZe When the search condition is set to DATa, this command specifies the number of contiguous TCP/IPv4/MAC client data bytes to search for. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:ETHERnet: DATa:VALue When the search condition is set to DATa, and the qualifier is set to LESSthan, MOREthan, EQual, UNEQual, LESSEQual or MOREEQual, this command specifies the value to search on. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-63 Command Groups Search Commands (cont.) Command Description SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:ETHERnet: FRAMETYPe This command specifies which Ethernet frame type to search on: either Basic or QTAG (IEEE 802.1Q, or VLAN tagging). SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:ETHERnet: IPHeader:DESTinationaddr:VALue When the Ethernet search condition is set to IPHeader, this command specifies the value of the 32–bit destination address that is to be used in the search (along with the protocol and source address). SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:ETHERnet: IPHeader:PROTOcol:VALue When the Ethernet search condition is set to IPHeader, this command specifies the value of the 8–bit protocol field that is to be used in the search (along with the source and destination addresses). SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:ETHERnet: IPHeader:SOUrceaddr:VALue When the Ethernet search condition is set to IPHeader, this command specifies the value of the 32–bit source address that will be used in the search (along with the protocol and destination address). SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:ETHERnet: MAC:ADDRess:DESTination:VALue When the Ethernet search condition is set to MACADDress, this command specifies the 48–bit MAC destination address value that is to be used in the search (along with the source address value). SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:ETHERnet: MAC:ADDRess:SOUrce:VALue When the Ethernet search condition is set to MACADDress, this command specifies the 48–bit MAC source address value that is to be used in the search (along with the destination address value). SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:ETHERnet: MAC{:LENgth|:TYPe}:HIVALue When the Ethernet search condition is set to MACLENgth, and the qualifier is set to either INrange or OUTrange, this command specifies the upper data value of this range. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:ETHERnet: MAC{:LENgth|:TYPe}:VALue When the Ethernet search condition is set to MACLENgth, and the qualifier is set to LESSthan, MOREthan, EQual, UNEQual, LESSEQual or MOREEQual, this command specifies the 16–bit value to search for. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:ETHERnet: QTAG:VALue When the Ethernet search condition is set to QTAG, this command specifies the 32–bit QTAG value to search for. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:ETHERnet: QUALifier This command specifies the qualifier to be used when the Ethernet search condition is set to MACLENgth or DATa. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:ETHERnet: TCPHeader:ACKnum:VALue When the Ethernet search condition is set to TCPHeader, this command specifies the 32–bit acknowledgement value that is to be used in the search (along with the destination and source port addresses and the sequence number). The default is all X’s (don’t care). SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:ETHERnet: TCPHeader:DESTinationport:VALue When the Ethernet search condition is set to TCPHeader, this command specifies the 16–bit destination port address that is to be used in the search (along with the acknowledgement value, source port address and the sequence number). SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:ETHERnet: TCPHeader:SEQnum:VALue When the Ethernet search condition is set to TCPHEADER, this command specifies the 32–bit sequence number that is to be used in the search (along with the destination and source port addresses and the acknowledgement value). 2-64 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Groups Search Commands (cont.) Command Description SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:ETHERnet: TCPHeader:SOUrceport:VALue When the Ethernet search condition is set to TCPHEADER, this command specifies the 16–bit source port address that is to be used in the search (along with the destination port address, the sequence number and the acknowledgement number). SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:FLEXray: CONDition This command specifies the condition to use when searching on FlexRay bus data (start of frame, frame type, ID, cycle count, header, data, ID and data, EOF, error). SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:FLEXray: CYCLEcount:HIVALue This command specifies the upper data value of the range to be used when searching on the FlexRay bus cycle count field. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:FLEXray: CYCLEcount:QUALifier This command specifies the qualifier (<, >, =, <=, >=, not =, in range, out of range) to use when searching on the FlexRay bus cycle count field. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:FLEXray: CYCLEcount:VALue This command specifies the low data value to be used when searching on the FlexRay bus cycle count field. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:FLEXray: DATa:HIVALue This command specifies the high value to use when searching on the FlexRay bus data field. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:FLEXray: DATa:OFFSet This command specifies the offset of the data string in bytes to be used when searching on the FlexRay bus data field. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:FLEXray: DATa:QUALifier This command specifies the qualifier (<, >, =, <=, >=, not =, in range, out of range) to use when searching on the FlexRay bus data field. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:FLEXray: DATa:SIZe This command specifies the length of the data string, in bytes, to use when searching on the FlexRay bus data field. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:FLEXray: DATa:VALue This command specifies the low value to use when searching on the FlexRay bus data field. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:FLEXray: EOFTYPE This command specifies which end of file type to use (static, dynamic or any) when searching on the FlexRay bus EOF field. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:FLEXray: ERRTYPE This command specifies the error type to use when searching on the FlexRay bus signal. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:FLEXray: FRAMEID:HIVALue This command specifies the high value to use when searching on the FlexRay bus frame ID field. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:FLEXray: FRAMEID:QUALifier This command specifies the qualifier to use when searching on the FlexRay bus frame ID field. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:FLEXray: FRAMEID:VALue This command specifies the low value to use when searching on the FlexRay bus frame ID field. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:FLEXray: FRAMEType This command specifies the frame type (normal, payload, null, sync or startup) to use when searching on FlexRay bus data. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:FLEXray: HEADER:CRC This command specifies the CRC portion of the binary header string to be used when searching on FlexRay bus data. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:FLEXray: HEADER:CYCLEcount This command specifies to use the cycle count portion of the binary header string when searching on the FlexRay bus header. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:FLEXray: HEADER:FRAMEID This command specifies to use the frame ID portion of the binary header string when searching on the FlexRay bus header. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-65 Command Groups Search Commands (cont.) Command Description SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:FLEXray: HEADER:INDBits This command specifies to use the indicator bits portion of the binary header string when searching on the FlexRay bus header. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:FLEXray: HEADER:PAYLength This command specifies to use the payload length portion of the binary header string when searching on the FlexRay bus header. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:ADDRess: MODe This command specifies the I2C address mode to 7 or 10-Bit SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:ADDRess: TYPe This command specifies the I2C address type to I2C special addresses SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:ADDRess: VALue This command specifies the binary address string to be used for I2C search SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:CONDition This command specifies the search condition for I2C search SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:DATa: DIRection This command specifies the I2C search condition to be valid on a READ, WRITE or either SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:DATa:SIZe This command specifies the length of the data string in bytes to be used for I2C search SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:DATa: VALue This command specifies the binary data string to be used for I2C search SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:CONDition This command specifies the search condition for a LIN search SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:DATa: HIVALue This command specifies the binary data string SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:DATa: QUALifier This command specifies the LIN data qualifier SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:DATa:SIZe This command specifies the length of the data string in bytes SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:DATa: VALue This command specifies the binary data string used for a LIN search SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:ERRTYPE This command specifies the error type used for a LIN search SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:IDentifier: VALue This command specifies the binary address string used for LIN search SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B: COMMAND:ADDRess:HIVALue When the MIL-STD-1553 bus search condition is set to COMMAND, and the qualifier is set to INrange or OUTrange, this command specifies the upper limit of the range for the remote terminal address field. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B: COMMAND:ADDRess:QUALifier When the MIL-STD-1553 bus search condition is set to COMMAND, this command specifies the qualifier to be used with the remote terminal address field. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B: COMMAND:ADDRess:VALue When the MIL-STD-1553 bus search condition is set to COMMAND, and the qualifier is set to LESSthan, MOREthan, EQual, UNEQual, LESSEQual or MOREEQual, this command specifies the value of the 5–bit remote terminal address to be used in the search. 2-66 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Groups Search Commands (cont.) Command Description SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B: COMMAND:COUNt When the MIL-STD-1553 bus search condition is set to COMMAND, this command specifies the bit pattern for the 5–bit Word Count/Mode Code sub-address field that is to be used in the search. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B: COMMAND:PARity When the MIL-STD-1553 bus search condition is set to COMMAND, this command specifies the Command word parity that is to be used in the search. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B: COMMAND:SUBADdress When the MIL-STD-1553 bus search condition is set to COMMAND, this command specifies the 5 bit sub-address that is to be used in the search. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B: COMMAND:TRBit When the MIL-STD-1553 bus search condition is set to COMMAND, this command specifies that the transmit/receive bit (bit 9) is to be used in the search. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B: CONDition This command specifies a word type or condition within a MIL-STD-1553 bus word to search for. SEARCH is the search number, which is always 1, and B is the bus number (1-4), except for MDO3000, which has only two buses. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B: DATa:PARity When the MIL-STD-1553 bus search condition is set to DATa, this command specifies the data parity bit to be used in the search. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B: DATa:VALue When the MIL-STD-1553 bus search condition is set to DATa, this command specifies the data binary pattern to be used in the search. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B: ERRTYPE When the MIL-STD-1553 bus search condition is set to ERRor, this command specifies the signaling error type to be used in the search: Parity, Sync, Manchester or Data. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B: STATus:ADDRess:HIVALue When the MIL-STD-1553 bus search condition is set to STATus, and the qualifier is set to INrange or OUTrange, this command specifies the upper limit for the 5 bit remote terminal address field of the Status word. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B: STATus:ADDRess:VALue When the MIL-STD-1553 bus search condition is set to STATus, and the qualifier is set to LESSthan, MOREthan, EQual, UNEQual, LESSEQual or MOREEQual, this command specifies the value of the 5–bit remote terminal address to be used in the search. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B: STATus:ADDRess:QUALifier When the MIL-STD-1553 bus search condition is set to STATus, this command specifies the qualifier to be used with the address field. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B: STATus:BIT:BCR When the MIL-STD-1553 bus search condition is set to STATus, this command specifies the status word broadcast command received (BCR) bit value (bit 15) to be used in the search. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B: STATus:BIT:BUSY When the MIL-STD-1553 bus search condition is set to STATus, this command specifies the status word busy bit value (bit 16) to be used in the search. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B: STATus:BIT:DBCA When the MIL-STD-1553 bus search condition is set to STATus, this command specifies the status word dynamic bus control acceptance (DBCA) bit value (bit 18) to be used in the search. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-67 Command Groups Search Commands (cont.) Command Description SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B: STATus:BIT:INSTR When the MIL-STD-1553 bus search condition is set to STATus, this command specifies the status word instrumentation bit value (bit 10) to be used in the search. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B: STATus:BIT:ME When the MIL-STD-1553 bus search condition is set to STATus, this command specifies the status word message error bit value (bit 9) to be used in the search. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B: STATus:BIT:SRQ When the MIL-STD-1553 bus search condition is set to STATus, this command specifies the status word service request (SRQ) bit value (bit 11) to be used in the search. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B: STATus:BIT:SUBSF When the MIL-STD-1553 bus search condition is set to STATus, this command specifies the status word subsystem flag bit value (bit 17) to be used in the search. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B: STATus:BIT:TF When theMIL-STD-1553 bus search condition is set to STATus, this command specifies the status word terminal flag bit value (bit 19) to be used in the search. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B: STATus:PARity When the MIL-STD-1553 bus search condition is set to STATus, this command specifies the status parity bit value to be used in the search. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B: TIMe:LESSLimit When the MIL-STD-1553 bus search condition is set to TIMe, this command specifies either the minimum remote terminal response time (RT) limit for the amount of time the terminal has to transmit, or it specifies the minimum inter-message gap (IMG). SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B: TIMe:MORELimit When the MIL-STD-1553 bus search condition is set to TIMe, this command specifies either the maximum remote terminal response time (RT) limit for the amount of time the terminal has to transmit, or it specifies the maximum inter-message gap (IMG). SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B: TIMe:QUALifier When the MIL-STD-1553 bus search condition is set to TIMe, this command specifies the trigger data time qualifier. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:PARallel: VALue This command specifies the binary data string to be used for a Parallel search SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C: CONDition This command specifies the search condition for an RS-232 trigger SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:RX: DATa:SIZe This command specifies the length of the data string for an RS-232search, if the search condition is RX SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:RX: DATa:VALue This command specifies the binary data string for an RS-232 search, if the condition involves RX SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:TX: DATa:SIZe This command specifies the length of the data string to be used for an RS-232 search, if the search condition is TX SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:TX: DATa:VALue This command specifies the binary data string to be used for an RS-232 search, if the condition involves RX SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI:CONDition This command specifies the search condition for SPI search SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI:DATa{: MISO|:IN}:VALue This command specifies the binary data string to be used for SPI search if the search condition is MISO or MISOMOSI 2-68 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Groups Search Commands (cont.) Command Description SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI:DATa{: MOSI|:OUT}:VALue This command specifies the binary data string for an SPI search if the search condition is MISO or MISOMOSI SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI:DATa:SIZe This command specifies the length of the data string in bytes to be used for SPI search SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:USB: ADDRess:HIVALue This command specifies the high limit for USB address searches SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:USB: ADDRess:VALue This command specifies the value for USB address searches SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:USB: CONDition This command specifies the USB search condition. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:USB:DATa: HIVALue This command specifies the high limit for USB data searches SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:USB:DATa: OFFSet This command specifies the data offset for USB data searches SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:USB:DATa: SIZe This command specifies the number of data bytes for USB searches SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:USB:DATa: TYPe This command specifies the data type for USB searches SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:USB:DATa: VALue This command specifies the data value for USB data searches SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:USB: ENDPoint:VALue This command specifies the endpoint value for USB searches SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:USB: ERRTYPE This command specifies the error type for USB searches SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:USB: HANDSHAKEType This command specifies the handshake type for USB searches SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:USB:QUALifier This command specifies the qualifier for USB searches SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:USB: SOFFRAMENUMber This command specifies the SOF number for USB searches SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:USB: SPECIALType This command specifies the special packet type for USB searches SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:USB:SPLit:ET: VALue When searching on a high-speed USB split transaction, this command specifies the split transaction endpoint type value to search for. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:USB:SPLit: HUB:VALue When searching on a high-speed USB split transaction, this command specifies the split transaction hub address value to search for. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:USB:SPLit: PORT:VALue When searching on a high-speed USB split transaction, this command specifies the split transaction port address value to search for. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-69 Command Groups Search Commands (cont.) Command Description SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:USB:SPLit:SC: VALue When searching on a high-speed USB split transaction, this command specifies whether to search for the start or complete phase of the split transaction, based on the Start/Complete bit field value. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:USB:SPLit:SE: VALue When searching for a high-speed USB split transaction, this command specifies the split transaction start/end bit value to search for. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:USB: TOKENType This command specifies the token type for USB searches SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:SOUrce This command specifies the bus for a serial search SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:EDGE:SLOpe This command specifies the slope to be used in an edge search: rising, falling or either SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:EDGE:SOUrce This command specifies the source waveform for an edge search SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LEVel:CH Sets the threshold level to use when searching on an analog waveform. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LEVel:MATH Sets the threshold level to use when searching on the math waveform. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LEVel:REF Sets the threshold level to use when searching on a reference waveform. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LEVel:RF_AMPlitude Sets the threshold level to use when searching on the RF Amplitude vs. Time trace. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LEVel:RF_FREQuency Sets the threshold level to use when searching on the RF Frequency vs. Time trace. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LEVel:RF_PHASe Sets the threshold level to use when searching on the RF Phase vs. Time trace. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:FUNCtion Specifies the logic operator to be used in a logic search. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:INPut: CH This command specifies the logic operator for the logic search SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CH Specifies the logic condition to be used in a logic search when the input is an analog channel. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CLOCk: EDGE This command specifies whether the clock edge is rise or fall for a logic search SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CLOCk: SOUrce This command specifies the clock source definition for logic search SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:D This command specifies the criteria for a logic search to determine where to place a mark for digital channel SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:MATH This command specifies the Boolean logic criteria for the logic search SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:REF This command specifies the Boolean logic criteria for the logic search 2-70 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Groups Search Commands (cont.) Command Description SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut: RF_AMPlitude This command specifies the logic criteria to search for when searching using the RF Amplitude vs. Time trace. This command is used together with SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc: THReshold:RF_AMPlitude to search for an instance when the waveform goes higher or lower than the specified threshold. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut: RF_FREQuency This command specifies the logic criteria to search for when searching using the RF Frequency vs. Time trace. This command is used together with SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc: THReshold:RF_FREQuency to search for an instance when the waveform goes higher or lower than the specified threshold. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:RF_PHASe This command specifies the logic criteria to search for when searching using the RF Phase vs. Time trace. This command is used together with SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc: THReshold:RF_PHASe to search for an instance when the waveform goes higher or lower than the specified threshold. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn This command specifies the condition for generating a logic pattern search. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn: LESSLimit This command specifies the maximum time that the selected pattern may be true. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn: MORELimit This command specifies the minimum time that the selected pattern may be true. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:THReshold:CH This command specifies the channel threshold level for a logic search. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:THReshold:MATH This command specifies the math waveform threshold level for a logic search. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:THReshold: REF This command specifies the reference waveform threshold level for a logic search SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:THReshold: RF_AMPlitude This command specifies the threshold to use when searching the RF Amplitude vs. Time waveform. (Same as the command SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold:RF_AMPlitude.) This command is used together with SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:RF_AMPlitude to search for an instance when the RF Amplitude vs. Time waveform goes higher or lower than the specified threshold. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:THReshold: RF_FREQuency This command specifies the threshold to use when searching the RF Frequency vs. Time waveform. (It does the same thing as the command SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold:RF_FREQuency.) This command is used together with SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:RF_FREQuency to search for an instance when the RF Frequency vs. Time waveform goes higher or lower than the specified threshold. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-71 Command Groups Search Commands (cont.) Command Description SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:THReshold: RF_PHASe This command specifies the threshold, in degrees, to use when searching the RF Phase vs. Time waveform. (It does the same thing asSEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold:RF_PHASe.) This command is used together with SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:RF_PHASe to search for an instance when the RF Phase vs. Time waveform goes higher or lower than the specified threshold. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold:CH This command specifies the lower waveform threshold level for all channel waveform searches SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold:MATH This command specifies the lower waveform threshold level for all math waveform searches SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold:REF This command specifies the lower waveform threshold level for all reference waveform searches SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold: RF_AMPlitude This command specifies the threshold for RF Amplitude vs. Time trace searches. For runt and transition searches, this level is the lower threshold. For other search types, this is the single threshold. This command is used together with SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:RF_AMPlitude to search for an instance when the waveform goes higher or lower than the specified threshold. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold: RF_FREQuency This command specifies the threshold for RF Frequency vs. Time trace searches. For runt and transition searches, this level is the lower threshold. For other search types, this is the single threshold. This command is used together with SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:RF_FREQuency to search for an instance when the waveform goes higher or lower than the specified threshold. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold: RF_PHASe This command specifies the lower threshold, in degrees, for searching the RF Phase vs. Time waveform. For runt and transition searches, this level is the lower threshold. For other search types, this is the single threshold. This command is used together with SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:RF_PHASe to search for an instance when the waveform goes higher or lower than the specified threshold. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:HIGHLimit This command specifies the upper limit, in seconds, when searching the record for pulses whose widths are within or outside of a specified range of two values. (Use SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:LOWLimit to specify the lower limit of the range.) SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:LOWLimit This command specifies the lower limit, in seconds, when searching the record for pulses whose widths are within or outside of a specified range of two values. (Use SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:HIGHLimit to specify the upper limit of the range.) SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:POLarity This command specifies the polarity for a pulse search 2-72 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Groups Search Commands (cont.) Command Description SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:SOUrce This command specifies the source waveform for a pulse search SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WHEn This command specifies to search the waveform record for pulses with a width (duration) that is less than, greater than, equal to, or unequal to a specified value (set using SEARCH: SEARCH:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WIDth), OR whose widths fall outside of or within a specified range of two values (set using SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:LOWLimit and SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:HIGHLimit). SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WIDth This command specifies the width setting to use, in seconds, when searching the waveform record for pulses of a certain width (duration). SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:RUNT:POLarity This command specifies the polarity setting for a runt search SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:RUNT:SOUrce This command specifies the source setting for a runt search SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:RUNT:WHEn This command specifies the condition setting for a runt search SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:RUNT:WIDth This command specifies the width setting for a runt search SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:EDGE This command specifies the clock slope setting for a setup/hold search SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:SOUrce This command specifies the clock source setting for an setup/hold search SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk: THReshold This command specifies the clock threshold setting for an setup/hold search SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:SETHold:DATa:SOUrce This command specifies the data source setting for an setup/hold search SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:SETHold:DATa: THReshold This command specifies the data threshold setting for an setup/hold search SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:SETHold:HOLDTime This command specifies the hold time setting for an setup/hold search SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:SETHold:SETTime This command specifies the setup time setting for an setup/hold search SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:SETHold:THReshold{: MATH|:MATH1} This command specifies the search setup and hold threshold for the math waveform SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:SETHold:THReshold: REF This command specifies the search setup and hold threshold for the selected reference waveform SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:TIMEOut:POLarity When searching using the TIMEOut search type, this commands specifies the polarity to be used. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:TIMEOut:SOUrce When searching using the TIMEOut search type, this command specifies the source. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:TIMEOut:TIMe When searching using the TIMEOut search type, this command specifies the timeout time, in seconds. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}: DELTatime This command specifies the transition time setting for an transition search MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-73 Command Groups Search Commands (cont.) Command Description SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}: POLarity This command specifies the polarity setting for a transition search SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}: SOUrce This command specifies the source setting for a transition search SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}: WHEn This command specifies the condition setting for a transition search SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:TYPe This command specifies the search type, ie. EDGe|PULSEWidth|SETHold|RUNt|TRANsition|LOGIc|TIMEOut|BUS. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:UPPerthreshold:CH This command specifies the waveform upper threshold level for all channel waveform searches. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:UPPerthreshold:MATH This command specifies the waveform upper threshold level for all math waveform searches. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:UPPerthreshold:REF This command specifies the waveform upper threshold level for all reference waveform searches. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:UPPerthreshold: RF_AMPlitude For a runt or transition search using the RF Amplitude vs. Time trace, this command specifies the upper threshold to be used by the search engine. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:UPPerthreshold: RF_FREQuency For a runt or transition search using the RF Frequency vs. Time trace, this command specifies the upper threshold to be used by the search engine. SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:UPPerthreshold: RF_PHASe This command specifies the upper threshold to be used by the search engine when performing a runt or transition search using the RF Phase vs. Time trace. Status and Error Command Group Use the commands in the Status and Error Command Group to determine the status of the oscilloscope and control events. Several commands and queries used with the oscilloscope are common to all IEEE488.2 compliant devices. The IEEE Std 488.2-1987 defines these commands and queries. The common commands begin with an asterisk (*) character. Table 2-39: Status and Error Commands Command Description ALLEv? Returns all events and their messages BUSY? Returns oscilloscope status *CLS Clears status DESE This command specifies the bits in the Device Event Status Enable Register *ESE This command specifies the bits in the Event Status Enable Register *ESR? Returns the contents of the Standard Event Status Register 2-74 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Groups Table 2-39: Status and Error Commands (cont.) Command Description EVENT? Returns event code from the event queue EVMsg? Returns event code, message from the event queue EVQty? Return number of events in the event queue *OPC Generates the operation complete message in the standard event status register when all pending operations are finished Or returns "1" when all current operations are finished *OPT? Returns a comma-separated list of installed options (not to be confused with application modules) as an arbitrary ASCII string. *PSC This command specifies the power on status flag *PUD This command specifies a string of protected user data *RST Resets the oscilloscope to factory default settings *SRE This command specifies the bits in the Service Request Enable Register *STB? Returns the contents of the Status Byte Register *WAI Prevents the oscilloscope from executing further commands until all pending operations finish Trigger Command Group Use the commands in the Trigger Command Group to control all aspects of triggering the oscilloscope. You can perform edge, pulse width, logic, video, runt, timeout, transition (rise/fall time), setup & hold and bus triggering using the A trigger. You can perform sequence edge triggering using the A and B triggers. The MDO4000/B allows you to use a change in the RF power level as a source for edge triggering. Using an MDO4000/B oscilloscope with a MDO4TRIG application module installed, a change in the RF power level can also be used as a source for pulse width, timeout, runt, logic and sequence triggers. With the MDO4000/B, the acquisition system is fully integrated with both the time and frequency domain channels. This means that a single event triggers all of the analog, digital and RF acquisitions, regardless of where that trigger event came from. NOTE. MDO3000 models only have two digital threshold controls: one for digital channels D0 - D7, and the other for D8 - D15. Digital channel trigger levels cannot be set independently for these models. Changing one digital channel’s threshold level changes all of the channels’ levels in the same set. Example command sequences that show different triggers and searches are available. (See page F-1, Search and Trigger Command Sequence Examples.) MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-75 Command Groups Edge Trigger Edge triggering lets you display a waveform at or near the point where the signal passes through a voltage level of your choosing. To set up an edge trigger, set the A trigger type to EDGe using the command TRIGger:A:TYPe. Then use the commands TRIGger:A:EDGE:COUPling, TRIGger:A:EDGE:SLOpe, and TRIGger:A:EDGE:SOUrce You can set the threshold voltage levels using TRIGger:A:LEVel:AUXin, TRIGger:A:LEVel:CH, or TRIGger:A:LEVel:D. Using an MDO4000/B oscilloscope, you can use the RF power level as a source in an edge trigger without installing an MDO4TRIG application module. To do this, set the oscilloscope to trigger on a rising edge with the RF power level as the source, in order to trigger on events where the RF turns on. Conversely, set it to trigger on a falling edge in order to trigger on events where the RF turns off. Logic Trigger Logic triggering lets you logically combine the signals on one or more channels; the oscilloscope then triggers when it detects a certain combination of signal levels (set using one of the TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut commands as well as TRIGger:A:LOGIc:FUNCtion). Using an MDO4000/B oscilloscope with an MDO4TRIG application module installed, you can use the RF power level as a source in a logic trigger. To set up a logic trigger, first set the trigger type to LOGIc using the command TRIGger:A:TYPe, and then use the command TRIGger:A:LOGIc:CLAss to select LOGIC. You can perform logic triggering using a clock (by setting TRIGger:A:LOGIc: INPut:CLOCk:SOUrce to one of the channels), so that the oscilloscope triggers when the specified logical combination of data channels is true during a transition on the clock channel. The specified data sources cannot include the waveform specified as the clock source. (Use TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CH, TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:D, etc.) You can also perform logic triggering without using a clock (by setting TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CLOCk:SOUrce to NONE), so that the oscilloscope triggers when the specified logical pattern of data channels is met. (Use the commands TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn and TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:DELTatime.) Setup and Hold Trigger A setup and hold trigger occurs when a logic data input changes state inside of the setup or hold time relative to a clock edge. To set up a setup/hold trigger, first set the trigger type to LOGIc using the command TRIGger:A:TYPe, and then use the command TRIGger:A:LOGIc:CLAss to select SETHold. Then use TRIGger:A:SETHold:DATa:SOUrce, 2-76 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Groups TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:SOUrce, TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:EDGE and related commands. Pulse width Trigger A pulse width trigger occurs whenever the oscilloscope detects a pulse that is less than, greater than, equal to, or not equal to a specified time. Additionally, it can occur when the pulse width is within, or outside of a specified range. You can trigger on either positive or negative pulses. Using an MDO4000/B oscilloscope with an MDO4TRIG application module installed, you can use the RF power level as a source in a pulse width trigger. To set up a pulse width trigger, first set the trigger type to PULSe using the command TRIGger:A:TYPe. Then select WIDth using the command TRIGger:A:PULse:CLAss. Then use TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:SOUrce, TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WHEn, TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WIDth and related commands. You can set the threshold voltage levels using TRIGger:A:LEVel: AUXin, TRIGger:A:LEVel:CH, or TRIGger:A:LEVel:D. Runt Trigger Runt triggering lets you trigger on a pulse amplitude that crosses one threshold but fails to cross a second threshold before recrossing the first. Using an MDO4000/B oscilloscope with an MDO4TRIG application module installed, you can use the RF power level as the source in a runt trigger. To set up a runt trigger, first set the trigger type to PULSe using the command TRIGger:A:TYPe. Then select RUNt using the command TRIGger:A:PULse:CLAss. Then use TRIGger:A:RUNT:SOUrce, TRIGger:A:RUNT:WIDth, TRIGger:A:RUNT:WHEn, TRIGger:A: UPPerthreshold:CH and related commands. You can set the threshold voltage levels using TRIGger:A:LEVel:AUXin, TRIGger:A:LEVel:CH, or TRIGger:A:LEVel:D. Timeout Trigger Timeout triggering causes a trigger when a signal stays above or below a specified threshold for a specified amount of time. Using an MDO4000/B oscilloscope with an MDO4TRIG application module installed, you can use the RF power level as a source in a timeout trigger. To set up a timeout trigger, first set the trigger type to PULSe using the command TRIGger:A:TYPe. Then select TIMEOut using the command TRIGger:A:PULse:CLAss. Then use TRIGger:A:TIMEOut:SOUrce, TRIGger:A:TIMEOut:TIMe and related commands. Transition Trigger Transition triggering (also called rise/fall time, and once known as slew rate) causes a trigger on pulse edges that traverse between two thresholds at a rate faster than or slower than the specified time. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-77 Command Groups To set up a transition trigger, first set the trigger type to PULSe using the command TRIGger:A:TYPe. Then select TRANsition using the command TRIGger: A:PULse:CLAss. Then use TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:SOUrce, TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:DELTatime and related commands. You can set the threshold voltage levels using TRIGger:A:LEVel:AUXin, TRIGger:A:LEVel:CH, or TRIGger:A:LEVel:D. Bus Trigger Bus triggering can be performed if you have one or more appropriate application modules installed (see below for application module list), except for parallel bus trigger and analysis, which is included standard with the MSO and MDO Series. To set up a bus trigger, set the A trigger type to BUS using the command TRIGger:A:TYPe. Specify which bus (1-4) to trigger on using TRIGger:A:BUS:SOUrce. Set the bus type (i.e., parallel, I2C, etc. using the command TRIGger:A:BUS. Then set the appropriate trigger criteria according to bus type (using TRIGger:A:BUS:B:AUDio:CONDition, etc.) Video Trigger Video triggering enables you to trigger on the most common Standard Definition video standards. With the DPO4VID module installed, you can also trigger on the most common HDTV standards and non-standard video (bi-level sync and trilevel sync). This feature is standard for the MDO3000 series models and does not require a module. To set up a video trigger, set the A trigger type to VIDeo using the command TRIGger:A:TYPe. Then use TRIGger:A:VIDeo:SOUrce, TRIGger:A:VIDeo:STANdard,TRIGger:A:VIDeo:CUSTom{:FORMat|:TYPe}, and related commands. Sequence Trigger Sequence triggering occurs when both the A and B triggers are used in edge triggering. Using an MDO4000/B oscilloscope with an MDO4TRIG application module installed, you can use the RF power level as a source in a sequence trigger. To set up a sequence trigger, first set up an edge trigger for the A channel as above. Then use TRIGger:B:EDGE:COUPling, TRIGger:B:EDGE:SLOpe, and TRIGger:B:EDGE:SOUrce. Triggering on the RF Power Level (MDO4000/B Series Models Only) The MDO4000/B allows you to trigger on a change in the RF power level as a source for Edge triggering. This enables your oscilloscope to trigger as the RF power envelope passes through a specific power level. Using an MDO4000/B model with an MDO4TRIG application module installed, the RF power level can also be used as a source for pulse width, timeout, runt, logic and sequence (A and B) triggers. To do this, use TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:SOUrce, TRIGger:A:TIMEOut: SOUrce, TRIGger:A:RUNT:SOUrce, TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold:RF, 2-78 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Groups TRIGger:A:UPPerthreshold:RF, TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CLOCk:SOUrce, TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:RF, TRIGger:A:LOGIc:THReshold:RF, etc. The RF power level being triggered on is the total power acquired within the band, not just the current span. Bus, Video and RF application modules A table is available that lists all commands enabled by each application module (See page G-1, Application Module-enabled Commands.) For I2C or SPI bus signals, install the DPO4EMBD application module, except for MDO3000 models, which require MDO3EMBD. For RS-232, RS-422, RS-485, or UART bus signals, install the DPO4COMP module, except for MDO3000 models, which require MDO3COMP. For I2S, Left Justified (LJ), Right Justified (RJ), or TDM bus signals, install the DPO4AUDIO module, except for MDO3000 models, which require MDO3AUDIO. For CAN or LIN bus signals, install the DPO4AUTO or DPO4AUTOMAX module, except for MDO3000 models, which require MDO3AUTO. For FlexRay bus signals, install the DPO4AUTOMAX module, except for MDO3000 models, which require MDO3FLEX. For Ethernet signals, when tested with the MDO4000/B and MSO/DPO4000B, install the DPO4ENET module. Note that ≥350 MHz bandwidth models are recommended for 100BASE-TX. For MIL-STD-1553 bus signals, install the DPO4AERO module, except for MDO3000 models, which require MDO3AERO. For USB bus signals, install the DPO4USB module, except for MDO3000 models, which require MDO3USB. Note that 1 GHz bandwidth models are recommended for high-speed (HS) USB. For video signals, install the DPO4VID module, except for the MDO3000 models, which do not require a module. For RF signals (MDO4000/B Series only), install the MDO4TRIG module. Table 2-40: Trigger Commands Command Description TRIGger Forces a trigger event to occur TRIGger:A Sets A trigger level to 50% or returns current A trigger parameters TRIGger:A:BANDWidth:RF:HIGH? Returns the high end of the power level trigger bandwidth range as an NR3 value in hertz. TRIGger:A:BANDWidth:RF:LOW? Returns the low end of the power level trigger bandwidth range as an NR3 value in hertz. TRIGger:A:BUS This command specifies the bus type to trigger on. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-79 Command Groups Table 2-40: Trigger Commands (cont.) Command Description TRIGger:A:BUS:B:AUDio:CONDition This command sets the condition (start of frame or matching data) to be used when triggering on an audio bus signal. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:AUDio:DATa:HIVALue This command sets the upper word value to be used when triggering on an audio bus signal. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:AUDio:DATa:OFFSet This command sets the data offset value to be used when triggering on an audio bus signal. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:AUDio:DATa:QUALifier This command sets the qualifier (<, >, =, <=, >=, not =, in range, out of range) to be used when triggering on an audio bus signal. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:AUDio:DATa:VALue This command sets the lower word value to be used when triggering on an audio bus signal. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:AUDio:DATa:WORD This command sets the alignment of the data (left, right or either) to be used to trigger on an audio bus signal. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:CONDition This command sets the condition (start of frame, frame type, identifier, matching data, EOF, missing ACK field, bit-stuffing error) to be used when triggering on a CAN bus signal. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa:DIRection This command sets the data direction (read, write or “nocare”) to be used to search on a CAN bus signal. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa:QUALifier This command sets the qualifier (<, >, =, not =, <=) to be used when triggering on a CAN bus signal. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa:SIZe This command sets the length of the data string, in bytes, to be used when triggering on a CAN bus signal. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:DATa:VALue This command sets the binary data value to be used when triggering on a CAN bus signal. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN:FRAMEtype This command sets the frame type (data, remote, error or overload) to be used when triggering on a CAN bus signal. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN{:IDentifier|:ADDRess}: MODe This command sets the addressing mode (standard or extended format) to be used when triggering on a CAN bus signal. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:CAN{:IDentifier|:ADDRess}: VALue This command sets the binary address value to be used when triggering on a CAN bus signal. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:ETHERnet:CONDition This command specifies a field or condition within an Ethernet frame to trigger on. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:ETHERnet:DATa:HIVALue When the Ethernet trigger condition is set to DATa, and the qualifier is set to either INrange orOUTrange, this command specifies the upper data value of the range. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:ETHERnet:DATa:OFFSet When the Ethernet trigger condition is set to DATa, this command specifies where in the data field to look for the data trigger value. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:ETHERnet:DATa:SIZe When the Ethernet trigger condition is set to DATa, this command specifies the number of contiguous TCP/IPv4/MAC client data bytes to trigger on. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:ETHERnet:DATa:VALue When the Ethernet trigger condition is set to DATa, and the qualifier is set to LESSthan, MOREthan, EQual, UNEQual, LESSEQual or MOREEQual, this command specifies the value to trigger on. 2-80 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Groups Table 2-40: Trigger Commands (cont.) Command Description TRIGger:A:BUS:B:ETHERnet:FRAMETYPe This command specifies the Ethernet frame type: either Basic or QTag (IEEE 802.1Q, or VLAN tagging). TRIGger:A:BUS:B:ETHERnet:IPHeader: DESTinationaddr:VALue When the Ethernet trigger condition is set to IPHeader, this command specifies the value of the 32–bit destination address that is to be used in the trigger (along with the source address and protocol value). TRIGger:A:BUS:B:ETHERnet:IPHeader: PROTOcol:VALue When the Ethernet trigger condition is set to IPHeader, this command specifies the value of the 8–bit protocol field that is to be used in the trigger (along with the source and destination addresses). TRIGger:A:BUS:B:ETHERnet:IPHeader: SOUrceaddr:VALue When the Ethernet trigger condition is set to IPHeader, this command specifies the value of the 32–bit source address that is to be used in the trigger (along with the destination address and protocol value). TRIGger:A:BUS:B:ETHERnet:MAC:ADDRess: DESTination:VALue When the Ethernet trigger condition is set to MACADDress, this command specifies the 48–bit MAC destination address that is to be used in the trigger (along with the source address value). TRIGger:A:BUS:B:ETHERnet:MAC:ADDRess: SOUrce:VALue When the Ethernet trigger condition is set toMACADDress, this command specifies the 48–bit MAC source address value that is to be used in the trigger (along with the destination address value). TRIGger:A:BUS:B:ETHERnet:MAC{:LENgth|: TYPe}:HIVALue When the Ethernet trigger condition is set to MACLENgth, and the qualifier is set to INrange or OUTrange, this command specifies the upper data value of the range. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:ETHERnet:MAC{:LENgth|: TYPe}:VALue When the Ethernet trigger condition is set to MACLENgth, and the qualifier is set to LESSthan, MOREthan, EQual, UNEQual, LESSEQual or MOREEQual, this command specifies the 16–bit value to trigger on. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:ETHERnet:QTAG:VALue When the Ethernet trigger condition is set to QTAG, this command specifies the 32–bit Q-Tag value to trigger on. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:ETHERnet:QUALifier This command specifies the qualifier to be used when the Ethernet trigger condition is set to MACLENgth or DATa. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:ETHERnet:TCPHeader: ACKnum:VALue When the Ethernet trigger condition is set to TCPHeader, this command specifies the 32–bit acknowledgement number that is to be used in the trigger (along with the destination and source port addresses and the sequence number). TRIGger:A:BUS:B:ETHERnet:TCPHeader: DESTinationport:VALue When the Ethernet trigger condition is set TCPHeader, this command specifies the 16–bit destination port address value that is to be used in the trigger (along with the acknowledgement value, source port address and the sequence number). TRIGger:A:BUS:B:ETHERnet:TCPHeader: SEQnum:VALue When the Ethernet trigger condition is set to TCPHeader, this command specifies the 32–bit sequence number that is to be used in the trigger (along with the destination and source port addresses and the acknowledgement value). TRIGger:A:BUS:B:ETHERnet:TCPHeader: SOUrceport:VALue When the Ethernet trigger condition is set to TCPHeader, this command specifies the 16–bit source port address that is to be used in the trigger (along with the destination port address, the sequence number and the acknowledgement number). MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-81 Command Groups Table 2-40: Trigger Commands (cont.) Command Description TRIGger:A:BUS:B:FLEXray:CONDition This command specifies the condition to use when triggering on a FlexRay bus signal (start of frame, frame type, ID, cycle count, header, data, ID and data, EOF, error). TRIGger:A:BUS:B:FLEXray:CYCLEcount: HIVALue This command specifies the high value when triggering on a FlexRay bus cycle count field. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:FLEXray:CYCLEcount: QUALifier This command specifies the qualifier (<, >, =, <=, >=, not =, in range, out of range) to use when triggering on the FlexRay bus cycle count field. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:FLEXray:CYCLEcount: VALue This command specifies the low value when triggering on the FlexRay bus cycle count field. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:FLEXray:DATa:HIVALue This command specifies the high value when triggering on the FlexRay bus data field. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:FLEXray:DATa:OFFSet This command specifies the offset of the data string, in bytes, when triggering on the FlexRay bus data field. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:FLEXray:DATa:QUALifier This command specifies the qualifier (<, >, =, <=, >=, not =, in range, out of range) to use when triggering on the FlexRay bus data field. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:FLEXray:DATa:SIZe This command specifies the length of the data string, in bytes, when triggering on the FlexRay bus data field. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:FLEXray:DATa:VALue This command specifies the low value when triggering on the FlexRay bus data field. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:FLEXray:EOFTYPE This command specifies the end of file type (static, dynamic or any) when triggering on the FlexRay bus EOF field. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:FLEXray:ERRTYPE This command specifies the error type when triggering on the FlexRay bus signal. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:FLEXray:FRAMEID: HIVALue This command specifies the high value when triggering on the FlexRay bus frame ID field. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:FLEXray:FRAMEID: QUALifier This command specifies the qualifier to use when triggering on the FlexRay bus frame ID field. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:FLEXray:FRAMEID:VALue This command specifies the low value when triggering on the FlexRay bus frame ID field. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:FLEXray:FRAMEType This command specifies the frame type (normal, payload, null, sync or startup) when triggering on the FlexRay bus signal. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:FLEXray:HEADER:CRC This command specifies the CRC portion of the binary header string when triggering on the FlexRay bus signal. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:FLEXray:HEADER: CYCLEcount This command specifies the cycle count portion of the binary header string when triggering on the FlexRay bus header. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:FLEXray:HEADER: FRAMEID This command specifies the frame ID portion of the binary header string when triggering on the FlexRay bus header. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:FLEXray:HEADER:INDBits This command specifies the indicator bits portion of the binary header string when triggering on the FlexRay bus header. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:FLEXray:HEADER: PAYLength This command specifies the payload length portion of the binary header string when triggering on the FlexRay bus header. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:ADDRess:MODe This command specifies the I2C address mode to 7 or 10-bit 2-82 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Groups Table 2-40: Trigger Commands (cont.) Command Description TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:ADDRess:TYPe This command specifies the I2C address type to USER TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:ADDRess:VALue This command specifies the binary address string used for the I2C trigger TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:CONDition This command specifies the trigger condition for I2C trigger TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:DATa:DIRection This command specifies the I2C trigger condition valid on a READ, WRITE, or either TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:DATa:SIZe This command specifies the length of the data string in bytes to be used for I2C trigger TRIGger:A:BUS:B:I2C:DATa:VALue This command specifies the binary data string used for I2C triggering TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:CONDition This command specifies the trigger condition for LIN TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:DATa:HIVALue This command specifies the binary data string to be used for LIN trigger TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:DATa:QUALifier This command specifies the LIN data qualifier TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:DATa:SIZe This command specifies the length of the data string in bytes to be used for LIN trigger TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:DATa:VALue This command specifies the binary data string TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:ERRTYPE This command specifies the error type TRIGger:A:BUS:B:LIN:IDentifier:VALue This command specifies the binary address string used for LIN trigger TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B:COMMAND: ADDRess:HIVALue When the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger condition is set to COMMAND, and the qualifier is set to INrange or OUTrange, this command specifies the upper limit of the range for the remote terminal address field. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B:COMMAND: ADDRess:QUALifier When the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger condition is set to COMMAND, this command specifies the qualifier to be used with the remote terminal address field. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B:COMMAND: ADDRess:VALue When the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger condition is set to COMMAND, and the qualifier is set to LESSthan, MOREthan, EQual, UNEQual, LESSEQual or MOREEQual, this command specifies the value of the 5–bit remote terminal address to be used in the trigger. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B:COMMAND: COUNt When the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger condition is set to COMMAND, this command specifies the bit pattern for the 5–bit Word Count/Mode Code sub-address field that is to be used in the trigger. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B:COMMAND: PARity When the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger condition is set to COMMAND, this command specifies the Command word parity that is to be used in the trigger. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B:COMMAND: SUBADdress When the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger condition is set to COMMAND, this command specifies the 5 bit sub-address that is to be used in the trigger. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B:COMMAND: TRBit When the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger condition is set to COMMAND, this command specifies that the transmit/receive bit (bit 9) is to be used in the trigger. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B:CONDition This command specifies a word type or condition within a MIL-STD-1553 bus word to trigger on. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B:DATa:PARity When the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger condition is set to DATa, this command specifies the data parity bit to be used in the trigger. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-83 Command Groups Table 2-40: Trigger Commands (cont.) Command Description TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B:DATa:VALue When the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger condition is set to DATa, this command specifies the data binary pattern to be used in the trigger. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B:ERRTYPE When the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger condition is set to ERRor, this command specifies the signaling error type to be used in the trigger: Parity, Sync, Manchester or Data. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B:STATus: ADDRess:HIVALue When the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger condition is set to STATus, and the qualifier is set to INrange or OUTrange, this command specifies the upper limit for the 5 bit remote terminal address field of the Status word. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B:STATus: ADDRess:QUALifier When the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger condition is set to STATus, this command specifies the qualifier to be used with the address field. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B:STATus: ADDRess:VALue When the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger condition is set to STATus, and the qualifier is set to LESSthan, MOREthan, EQual, UNEQual, LESSEQual or MOREEQual, this command specifies the value of the 5–bit remote terminal address to be used in the trigger. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B:STATus:BIT:BCR When the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger condition is set to STATus, this command specifies the status word broadcast command received (BCR) bit value (bit 15) to be used in the trigger. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B:STATus:BIT: BUSY When the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger condition is set to STATus, this command specifies the status word busy bit value (bit 16) to be used in the trigger. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B:STATus:BIT: DBCA When the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger condition is set to STATus, this command specifies the status word dynamic bus control acceptance (DBCA) bit value (bit 18) to be used in the trigger. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B:STATus:BIT: INSTR When the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger condition is set to STATus, this command specifies the status word instrumentation bit value (bit 10) to be used in the trigger. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B:STATus:BIT:ME When the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger condition is set to STATus, this command specifies the status word message error bit value (bit 9) to be used in the trigger. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B:STATus:BIT:SRQ When the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger condition is set to STATus, this command specifies the status word service request (SRQ) bit value (bit 11) to be used in the trigger. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B:STATus:BIT: SUBSF When the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger condition is set to STATus, this command specifies the status word subsystem flag bit value (bit 17) to be used in the trigger. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B:STATus:BIT:TF When the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger condition is set to STATus, this command specifies the status word terminal flag bit value (bit 19) to be used in the trigger. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B:STATus:PARity When the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger condition is set to STATus, this command specifies the status parity bit value to be used in the trigger. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B:TIMe:LESSLimit When the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger condition is set to TIMe, this command specifies either the minimum remote terminal response time (RT) limit for the amount of time the terminal has to transmit, or it specifies the minimum inter-message gap (IMG). 2-84 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Groups Table 2-40: Trigger Commands (cont.) Command Description TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B:TIMe:MORELimit When the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger condition is set to TIMe, this command specifies either the maximum remote terminal response time (RT) limit for the amount of time the terminal has to transmit, or it specifies the maximum inter-message gap (IMG). TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B:TIMe:QUALifier When the MIL-STD-1553 bus trigger condition is set to TIMe, this command specifies the trigger data time qualifier. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:PARallel:VALue This command specifies the binary data string to be used for a Parallel trigger TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:CONDition This command specifies the condition for an RS-232C trigger TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:RX:DATa:SIZe This command specifies the length of the data string in Bytes for an RX RS-232 Trigger TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:RX:DATa:VALue This command specifies the binary data string for an RX RS-232 trigger TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:TX:DATa:SIZe This command specifies the length of the data string for a TX RS-232 trigger TRIGger:A:BUS:B:RS232C:TX:DATa:VALue This command specifies the binary data string for an RS-232 trigger if the trigger condition involves TX TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI:CONDition This command specifies the trigger condition for SPI triggering TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI:DATa{:IN|:MISO}:VALue This command specifies the binary data string to be used for SPI trigger TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI:DATa{:OUT|:MOSI}: VALue This command specifies the binary data string used for the SPI trigger TRIGger:A:BUS:B:SPI:DATa:SIZe This command specifies the length of the data string in bytes to be used for SPI trigger TRIGger:A:BUS:B:USB:ADDRess:HIVALue This command specifies the high limit for the USB trigger address TRIGger:A:BUS:B:USB:ADDRess:VALue This command specifies the value for the USB trigger address TRIGger:A:BUS:B:USB:CONDition This command specifies the USB trigger condition TRIGger:A:BUS:B:USB:DATa:HIVALue This command specifies the high limit for the USB trigger data TRIGger:A:BUS:B:USB:DATa:OFFSet This command specifies the data offset for the USB trigger data TRIGger:A:BUS:B:USB:DATa:SIZe This command specifies the number of data bytes for the USB trigger TRIGger:A:BUS:B:USB:DATa:TYPe This command specifies the data type for the USB trigger TRIGger:A:BUS:B:USB:DATa:VALue This command specifies the data value for the USB trigger TRIGger:A:BUS:B:USB:ENDPoint:VALue This command specifies the endpoint value for the USB trigger TRIGger:A:BUS:B:USB:ERRTYPE This command specifies the error type for the USB trigger TRIGger:A:BUS:B:USB:HANDSHAKEType This command specifies the handshake type for the USB trigger TRIGger:A:BUS:B:USB:QUALifier This command specifies the qualifier for USB trigger TRIGger:A:BUS:B:USB:SOFFRAMENUMber This command specifies the SOF number for the USB trigger TRIGger:A:BUS:B:USB:SPECIALType This command specifies the special packet type for the USB trigger TRIGger:A:BUS:B:USB:SPLit:ET:VALue When triggering on a high-speed USB split transaction, this command specifies the split transaction endpoint type value to trigger on. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:USB:SPLit:HUB:VALue When triggering on a high-speed USB split transaction, this command specifies the split transaction hub address value to trigger on. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-85 Command Groups Table 2-40: Trigger Commands (cont.) Command Description TRIGger:A:BUS:B:USB:SPLit:PORT:VALue When triggering on a high-speed USB split transaction, this command specifies the split transaction port address value to trigger on. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:USB:SPLit:SC:VALue When triggering on a high-speed USB split transaction, this command specifies whether to trigger on the start or complete phase of the split transaction, based on the Start/Complete bit field value. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:USB:SPLit:SE:VALue When triggering on a high-speed USB split transaction, this command specifies the split transaction start/end bit value to trigger on. TRIGger:A:BUS:B:USB:TOKENType This command specifies the token type for the USB trigger TRIGger:A:BUS:SOUrce This command specifies the source for a bus trigger TRIGger:A:EDGE? Returns the source, coupling and source for the A edge trigger TRIGger:A:EDGE:COUPling This command specifies the type of coupling for the A edge trigger TRIGger:A:EDGE:SLOpe This command specifies the slope for the A edge trigger: rising, falling or either. TRIGger:A:EDGE:SOUrce This command specifies the source for the A edge trigger TRIGger:A:HOLDoff? Returns the A trigger holdoff parameters TRIGger:A:HOLDoff:TIMe This command specifies the A trigger holdoff time TRIGger:A:LEVel:AUXin Sets the threshold voltage level for an Edge, Pulse Width, Runt or Rise/Fall (aka Transition, aka Slew Rate) trigger to use when triggering on the Aux Input connector signal. TRIGger:A:LEVel:CH Sets the threshold voltage level for an Edge, Pulse Width, Runt or Rise/Fall (aka Transition, aka Slew Rate) trigger to use when triggering on an analog channel waveform. TRIGger:A:LEVel:D Sets the threshold voltage level for an Edge, Pulse Width, Runt or Rise/Fall (aka Transition, aka Slew Rate) trigger to use when triggering on a digital channel waveform. TRIGger:A:LOGIc? Returns all A trigger logic settings TRIGger:A:LOGIc:CLAss This command sets the class of the logic trigger (either logic or setup/hold). You also need to set the trigger type using the command TRIGger:A:TYPe. TRIGger:A:LOGIc:FUNCtion This command specifies the logical combination of the input channels for the A logic trigger TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut? Returns the logic input values for all channels TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CH Specifies or returns the logic setting for the specified channel TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CLOCk:EDGE Sets the polarity of the clock channel TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CLOCk:SOUrce This command specifies the channel to use as the clock source TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:D This command specifies the logic pattern for a trigger on digital channel TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:RF This command specifies the logic level to use when the internal RF power level is the source for a logic pattern trigger. TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern? Returns the conditions for generating an A logic pattern trigger TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:DELTatime This command specifies the pattern trigger delta time value 2-86 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Groups Table 2-40: Trigger Commands (cont.) Command Description TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn This command specifies the pattern logic condition on which to trigger the oscilloscope TRIGger:A:LOGIc:THReshold:CH Sets or queries the trigger A logic threshold voltage for the specified channel. TRIGger:A:LOGIc:THReshold:RF This command specifies the threshold to use when the internal RF power level is the source for a logic trigger. It will affect all trigger types using the channel. TRIGger:A:LOGIc:THReshold:D This command specifies the trigger A logic threshold level for the specified digital channel. TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold:CH This command specifies the lower threshold for the channel selected. TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold:D Sets the A trigger lower threshold for the digital channel selected. TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold{:AUX|:EXT} This command specifies the lower threshold for the Aux Input connector. TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold:RF This command specifies the lower threshold when using the internal RF power level for a RUNT trigger, or the single threshold in the cases of the PULSE and TIMEOUT triggers. TRIGger:A:MODe This command specifies the A trigger mode – either AUTO or NORMAL. TRIGger:A:PULse:CLAss This command specifies which kind of pulse to trigger on (either runt, width, transition (rise/fall or slew rate) or timeout). You also need to set the trigger type to PULSe using the command TRIGger:A:TYPe. TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:HIGHLimit This command specifies the upper limit to use, in seconds, when triggering on detection of a pulse whose duration is inside or outside a range of two values. (Use TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:LOWLimit to specify the lower value of the range.) TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:LOWLimit This command specifies the lower limit to use, in seconds, when triggering on detection of a pulse whose duration is inside or outside a range of two values. (Use TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:HIGHLimit to specify the upper limit of the range.) TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:POLarity This command specifies the polarity for the A pulse width trigger TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:SOUrce This command specifies the source for the pulse width trigger TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WHEn This command specifies to trigger when a pulse is detected with a width (duration) that is less than, greater than, equal to, or unequal to a specified value (set using TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WIDth), OR whose width falls outside of or within a specified range of two values (set using TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:LOWLimit and TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:HIGHLimit). TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WIDth This command specifies the pulse width (duration), in seconds, for triggering on pulses whose widths are greater than, less than, equal to, or not equal to the specified value. TRIGger:A:RUNT? Returns the current A runt pulse trigger logic parameters TRIGger:A:RUNT:POLarity This command specifies the polarity for the A pulse runt trigger TRIGger:A:RUNT:SOUrce This command specifies the source for the A pulse trigger TRIGger:A:RUNT:WHEn This command specifies the type of pulse width the trigger checks for when it uncovers a runt TRIGger:A:RUNT:WIDth This command specifies the minimum width for A pulse runt trigger TRIGger:A:SETHold? Returns settings for setup and hold violation triggering MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-87 Command Groups Table 2-40: Trigger Commands (cont.) Command Description TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk? Returns clock edge polarity, voltage threshold and source input for setup/hold triggering TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:EDGE This command specifies the clock edge polarity for setup and hold triggering TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:SOUrce This command specifies the clock source for the A logic trigger setup and hold input TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:THReshold This command specifies the clock voltage threshold for setup and hold trigger TRIGger:A:SETHold:DATa? Returns the voltage threshold and data source for the setup/hold trigger TRIGger:A:SETHold:DATa:SOUrce This command specifies the data source for the setup and hold trigger TRIGger:A:SETHold:DATa:THReshold This command specifies the data voltage threshold for setup and hold trigger TRIGger:A:SETHold:HOLDTime This command specifies the hold time for the setup and hold violation triggering TRIGger:A:SETHold:SETTime This command specifies the setup time for setup and hold violation triggering TRIGger:A:SETHold:THReshold:CH Sets or queries the threshold for the channel TRIGger:A:SETHold:THReshold:D Sets the A trigger setup and hold threshold for the selected digital channel TRIGger:A:TIMEOut:POLarity When triggering using the TIMEOut trigger type, this commands specifies the polarity to be used. TRIGger:A:TIMEOut:SOUrce When triggering using the TIMEOut trigger type, this command specifies the source. The available sources are live channels, external (or auxillary) input, and digital channels. The default is channel 1. TRIGger:A:TIMEOut:TIMe When triggering using the TIMEOut trigger type, this command specifies the timeout time, in seconds. The default and minimum is 4.0E-9 seconds and the maximum is 8.0 seconds. The resolution is 800.0E-12 which means that the increments of time specified is 800 picoseconds. TRIGger:A:TYPe This command sets the type of A trigger (edge, logic, pulse, bus or video). If you set the trigger type to LOGIc, you also need to set the logic trigger class (logic or setup/hold) using the command TRIGger:A:LOGIc:CLAss. If you set the trigger type to PULSe, you also need to set the pulse trigger class (runt, width, transition or timeout), using the command TRIGger:A:PULse:CLAss. TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}? Returns the delta time, polarity, and both upper and lower threshold limits for the transition time trigger TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:DELTatime This command specifies the delta time used in calculating the transition value TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:POLarity This command specifies the polarity for the A pulse transition trigger TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:SOUrce This command specifies the source for transition trigger. TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:WHEn This command specifies the relationship of delta time to transitioning signal TRIGger:A:TYPe This command specifies the type of A trigger. Once you have set the trigger type, you may also need to identify the associated trigger class. For details on selecting Logic and Pulse trigger classes, see TRIGger:A:LOGIc:CLAss and TRIGger:A:PULse:CLAss respectively. TRIGger:A:UPPerthreshold:CH Sets the upper threshold for the channel selected TRIGger:A:UPPerthreshold:RF This command specifies the upper threshold when the internal RF power level is used as a trigger. This is only applicable to the RUNT trigger type. TRIGger:A:VIDeo? Returns the video parameters for the A trigger 2-88 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Groups Table 2-40: Trigger Commands (cont.) Command Description TRIGger:A:VIDeo:CUSTom{:FORMat|:TYPe} This command sets the video trigger format (either interlaced or progressive) to use for triggering on video signals. TRIGger:A:VIDeo:CUSTom:LINEPeriod This command sets the line period for the standard under test. TRIGger:A:VIDeo:CUSTom:SYNCInterval This command sets the sync interval for the standard under test to use for triggering on video signals. This is only required for BiLevel Custom. TRIGger:A:VIDeo:HOLDoff:FIELD This command sets the video trigger holdoff, in terms of video fields, to use for triggering on video signals. TRIGger:A:VIDeo:LINE This command sets the video line number to use for triggering on video signals. TRIGger:A:VIDeo:POLarity This command sets the polarity to use for triggering on video signals. TRIGger:A:VIDeo:SOUrce This command sets the source channel to use for triggering on video signals (CH1–4). TRIGger:A:VIDeo:STANdard This command sets the standard to use for triggering on video signals. TRIGger:A:VIDeo{:SYNC|:FIELD} This command sets the video field to use for triggering on video signals (odd, even, all fields, all lines, numeric). TRIGger:B Sets the B trigger level to 50% or returns the B trigger parameters TRIGger:B:BY This command specifies B trigger time or event qualifiers TRIGger:B:EDGE? Returns B trigger edge type parameters TRIGger:B:EDGE:COUPling This command specifies the type of B trigger coupling TRIGger:B:EDGE:SLOpe This command specifies the B edge trigger slope TRIGger:B:EDGE:SOUrce This command specifies the B edge trigger source TRIGger:B:EVENTS? Returns the current B trigger events parameter TRIGger:B:EVENTS:COUNt This command specifies the number of events that must occur before the B trigger occurs TRIGger:B:LEVel This command specifies the level for the B trigger TRIGger:B:LEVel:CH This command specifies the level for the B trigger for a specific channel TRIGger:B:LEVel:D This command specifies the B trigger level for digital channel TRIGger:B:LOWerthreshold:CH This command specifies the B trigger lower threshold for the channel selected TRIGger:B:LOWerthreshold:D Sets or queries the B trigger lower threshold for the digital channel selected TRIGger:B:STATE Returns the current state of the B trigger TRIGger:B:TIMe This command specifies the B trigger delay time TRIGger:B:TYPe This command specifies the type of B trigger TRIGger:EXTernal? Returns all external trigger-related parameters for the probe connected to the Aux Input connector connector. TRIGger:EXTernal:PRObe This command specifies the attenuation factor value of the probe connected to the Aux Input connector connector. TRIGger:EXTernal:YUNIts? Returns the external trigger vertical (Y) units value TRIGger:FREQuency? Returns the trigger frequency in hertz, if available TRIGger:STATE? Returns the current state of the triggering system MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-89 Command Groups Vertical Command Group Use the commands in the Vertical Command Group to control the vertical setup of all live (channel) waveforms for acquisition and display of channel, reference, and math waveforms. Use the command CH:YUNits to set the vertical units for each channel. The vertical units affect the “Probe Type” that is shown in the “Probe Setup” menu: Setting CH:YUNits to “V” causes the probe type to be displayed as “Voltage”. When CH1:AMSVIAVOLTs:ENAble is set to OFF, setting CH:YUNits to “A” causes the probe type to be displayed as “Current”. Setting CH:YUNits to anything else causes the probe type not to be displayed (neither “Voltage” nor “Current” are highlighted). Table 2-41: Vertical Commands Command Description AUXin? Returns Aux Input connector parameters AUXin:PRObe Returns all information concerning the probe attached to Aux Input connector AUXin:PRObe:AUTOZero Sets the TekVPI probe attached to the Aux Input connector to autozero AUXin:PRObe:CALibrate:CALIBRATABLe? This query indicates whether the attached probe is calibratable. AUXin:PRObe:COMMAND Sets the state of the specified probe control AUXin:PRObe:DEGAUss Starts a degauss/autozero cycle on a TekVPI current probe attached to the Aux Input connector AUXin:PRObe:DEGAUss:STATE? Returns the degauss state of the TekVPI current probe attached to the Aux Input connector AUXin:PRObe:FORCEDRange This command specifies the range of the TekVPI probe attached to the Aux Input connector AUXin:PRObe:GAIN This command specifies the gain factor of the probe that is attached to the Aux Input connector AUXin:PRObe:ID:SERnumber? Returns the serial number of the probe that is attached to the Aux Input connector AUXin:PRObe:ID:TYPe? Returns the type of probe that is attached to the Aux Input connector AUXin:PRObe:RESistance? Returns the resistance of the probe that is attached to the Aux Input connector AUXin:PRObe:SIGnal This command specifies the input bypass setting on VPI probes that support input bypass AUXin:PRObe:UNIts? Returns the units of measure of the probe that is attached to the Aux Input connector CH? Returns vertical parameters for the specified channel CH:AMPSVIAVOLTs:ENAble This command specifies the state of the amps via volts feature for the specified channel CH:AMPSVIAVOLTs:FACtor This command specifies the amps via volts factor for the specified channel CH:BANdwidth This command specifies the bandwidth of the specified channel 2-90 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Groups Table 2-41: Vertical Commands (cont.) Command Description CH:COUPling This command specifies the coupling setting for the specified channel CH:DESKew This command specifies the deskew time for the specified channel CH:INVert This command specifies the invert function for the specified channel CH:LABel This command specifies the waveform label for channel CH:OFFSet This command specifies the channel offset CH:POSition This command specifies the channel vertical position CH:PRObe? Returns the gain, resistance, units, and ID of the probe that is attached to the specified channel CH:PRObe:AUTOZero Sets the TekVPI probe attached to the specified channel input to autozero CH:PRObe:CALibrate This command executes a calibration or initialization for the probe attached to the auxilliary input, if the probe is calibratable. CH:PRObe:CALibrate:CALIBRATABLe? This query returns the state of the probe attached to channel 1–4, either 0 if the probe is not calibratable, or 1 if the probe is calibratable. CH:PRObe:CALibrate:STATE? This query returns the calibration state of the probe connected to the specified channel. CH:PRObe:COMMAND Sets the state of the specified probe control CH:PRObe:DEGAUss Starts a degauss/autozero cycle on a TekVPI current probe attached to the specified channel input CH:PRObe:DEGAUss:STATE? Returns the state of the probe degauss CH:PRObe:FORCEDRange This command specifies the range on a TekVPI probe attached to the specified channel CH:PRObe:GAIN This command specifies the gain factor of the probe that is attached to the specified channel CH:PRObe:ID? Returns the type and serial number of the probe that is attached to the specified channel CH:PRObe:ID:SERnumber? Returns the serial number of the probe that is attached to the specified channel CH:PRObe:ID:TYPe? Returns the type of probe that is attached to the specified channel CH:PRObe:MODel This command specifies the probe model for the specified channel CH:PRObe:PROPDELay This command specifies the propagation delay for the probe connected to the specified channel CH:PRObe:RECDESkew? Returns the recommended deskew for the probe connected to the specified channel CH:PRObe:RESistance? Returns the resistance of the probe that is attached to the specified channel CH:PRObe:SIGnal This command specifies the input bypass setting of channel TekVPI probe CH:PRObe:UNIts? Returns the units of measure of the probe that is attached to the specified channel CH:SCAle This command specifies the vertical scale of the specified channel CH:TERmination This command specifies channel input termination CH:YUNits This command specifies the units for the specified channel MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-91 Command Groups Table 2-41: Vertical Commands (cont.) Command Description D Returns parameters for digital channel D:LABel This command specifies the waveform label for digital channel D:THReshold This command specifies the logical threshold for the digital channel , where x is the digital channel number D0 – D15. D:POSition This command specifies the vertical position for digital channel DESkew Causes the deskew values for all channels to be set to the recommended values DESkew:DISPlay Specifies the state of the deskew table display. DISplay:INTENSITy:BACKLight:AUTODim:TIMe This command specifies the state of the deskew table display REF? Returns reference waveform data for channel REF:DATE? Returns the date that a reference waveform was stored REF:HORizontal:DELay:TIMe This command specifies the horizontal position of the specified reference waveform in percent of the waveform that is displayed to the right of the center vertical graticule REF:HORizontal:SCAle This command specifies the horizontal scale for a reference waveform REF:LABel This command specifies the specified reference waveform label REF:TIMe? Returns the time that a reference waveform was stored REF:VERTical:POSition This command specifies the vertical position of the specified reference waveform REF:VERTical:SCAle This command specifies the reference waveform vertical scale in vertical units/div SELect? Returns information on which waveforms are on or off and which waveform is selected. SELect:{BUS|B} Turns on or off the specified bus waveform or returns whether the specified bus channel is on or off SELect:CH Turns on or off the specified waveform or returns whether the specified channel is on or off SELect:CONTROl This command specifies the waveform that is selected as the implied recipient of channel-related commands SELect:DAll This command turns on or off all digital channels (D0 — D15). SELect:D Turns on the display of digital channel and resets the acquisition SELect{:MATH|:MATH1} Turns on or off the math waveform or returns whether the math waveform is on or off SELect:REF Turns on or off the specified reference waveform or returns whether the specified reference waveform is on or off Video Picture Command Group The video picture features as well as triggering on a video signal are included standard with the MDO3000 series models. They require the DPO4VID 2-92 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Groups application module for use with MSO/DPO4000B, MDO4000 and MDO4000B models. Use the video picture commands for video picture functionality. Table 2-42: Video Picture Commands Command Description VIDPic:AUTOContrast Sets (or queries) the video picture automatic contrast state. VIDPic:AUTOContrast:UPDATERate Sets (or queries) the number of frames between automatic contrast updates VIDPic:BRIGHTNess Sets (or queries) the video picture brightness level as an integer percentage. VIDPic:CONTRast Sets (or queries) the video picture contrast level as an integer percentage. VIDPic:DISplay Sets (or queries) the video picture display state. VIDPic:FRAMETYPe Sets (or queries) the video picture frame type (ODD, EVEN or INTERLAced). VIDPic:LOCation:HEIght Sets (or queries) the video picture height, in rows. VIDPic:LOCation:OFFSet Sets (or queries) the video picture line-to-line offset. This is the amount of additional delay time to add between lines of the video picture. VIDPic:LOCation:STARt:LINE Sets (or queries) the video picture starting line number. VIDPic:LOCation:STARt:PIXel Sets (or queries) the video picture starting pixel in each line VIDPic:LOCation:WIDth Sets (or queries) the video picture width, in columns. VIDPic:LOCation:X Sets (or queries) the video picture X origin location, in columns. VIDPic:LOCation:Y Sets (or queries) the video picture Y origin location, in rows. VIDPic:SOUrce Sets (or queries) the channel to use for the video picture source waveform. VIDPic:STANdard Sets (or queries) which video picture standard to use (either NTSC or PAL). Waveform Transfer Command Group (See Table 2-47.) The CURVe and other commands and queries in the Waveform Transfer Command Group are used to transfer waveform data points to and from the oscilloscope. The waveform data points are a collection of values that represent the amplitude of the waveform samples. One data value usually represents one data point in the waveform record. Only one waveform can be transferred at a time. Each waveform you transfer has an associated waveform preamble, which contains information such as data format, horizontal scale, vertical scale, and the other settings in effect when the waveform was created. When you transfer a waveform, you need to specify at least some of the general and preamble settings (using the DATa, WFMInpre or WFMOutpre commands) before you specify the raw data point information (using the CURVe command or query.) Waveform data can be transferred to or from the oscilloscope using the Ethernet or USBTMC interfaces in binary or ASCII format. Binary data transfer is considerably more efficient than ASCII data transfer. Binary data is transferred to MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-93 Command Groups and from the oscilloscope using the IEEE488.2 arbitrary block format (7.7.6 of the IEEE488.2 spec) which we refer to in this document as “binary block format”. A binary block is represented as: #N Where: The “#” is the arbitrary block token. N is a single hexadecimal digit specifying how many decimal digits immediately follow. is a decimal number N digits long, that specifies the number of binary data bytes to follow. is the binary data which should be exactly N-Digits bytes in length. NOTE. If you would like to save or recall a waveform to or from a file, use the SAVe:WAVEform and RECAll:WAVEform commands. Transferring a Waveform from an Oscilloscope to a Computer Use the DATa commands and WFMOutpre commands to specify the attributes of the waveform being transferred from the oscilloscope. You must, at a minimum, specify the waveform source (using the DATa:SOUrce command) and data format (using the DATa:ENCdg and DATa:WIDth commands). Then, use the WFMOutpre? query, which provides the context needed to interpret the waveform data points. Finally, use the CURVE? query to transfer the waveform data points. (You can also use the WAVFrm? query, which concatenates the WFMOutpre? and CURVe? queries. ) NOTE. In order to guarantee that the waveform data returned from CURVE? queries of multiple waveforms are correlated to the same acquisition, you should use single sequence acquisition mode to acquire the waveform data from a single acquisition. Single sequence acquisition mode is enabled using ACQuire:STOPAfter SEQuence. NOTE. The WFMOutpre:BYT_Nr and WFMOutpre:BIT_Nr settings are directly related; setting one causes the other to be set accordingly. For example, WFMOutpre:BYT_Nr 2 causes WFMOutpre_BIT_Nr to be set to 16 (2 * 8 bits/byte). Similarly, setting WFMOutpre:BIT_Nr to 16 causes WFMOutpre:BYT_Nr to be set to 2. Following is an example command sequence that illustrates how to transfer waveform data from the oscilloscope to the computer. 2-94 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Groups In this case, let’s say you’d like to transfer 10,000 points from channel 1, in ASCii format with 1 byte per point, to your computer program. Table 2-43: Example Command Sequence for Transferring Waveform Data from Oscilloscope to Computer Item Description :DATa:SOUrce CH1 Sets the source waveform to be transferred to Channel 1. :DATa:STARt 1 This, along with DATa:STOP, specifies the portion of the waveform record that will be transferred . :DATa:STOP 10000 :DATa:ENCdg ASCIi Sets the data format to ASCII. (This command replaces WFMOutpre:ENCdg, WFMOutpre:BN_Fmt and WFMOutpre:BYT_Or with a single command.) :DATa:WIDth 1 Sets 1 byte per point (same as WFMOutpre:BYT_Nr). :HEADer 1 Turning on HEADer and VERBose will allow you to view the WFMOutpre? parameters in context. :VERBose 1 :WFMOutpre? The WFMOutpre? query provides the information needed to interpret the waveform data point information that will be returned from the CURVe query. :HEADer 0 You may want to turn the header off before doing the CURVe query, because with the header on, a CURVe query will return the CURVe command header followed by a space and the ASCII waveform data. :CURVe? Transfers the data points. NOTE. Command sequence examples as well as several comprehensive examples of what the WFMOutpre? query might return using different data sources are included as an appendix. (See page D-1, Waveform Transfer (WFMOutpre and CURVe Query) Examples.) Example 1: Analog Waveform (channel 1 - 4) Example 2: Digital Waveform (channel DO-D15) Example 3: The Digital Collection with 4 Bytes Per Point with MagniVu Off Example 4: The Digital Collection with 8 Bytes Per Point with MagniVu Off Example 5: The Digital Collection with 4 Bytes Per Point with MagniVu On Example 6: The Digital Collection with 8 Bytes Per Point with MagniVu On Example 7: RF Frequency Domain Waveform NOTE. When you do a WFMOutpre? query in an interactive session during program development, it’s a good idea to first turn on the header and verbose features (using the HEADer and VERBose commands) in order to see the returned values in context. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-95 Command Groups Waveform Sources. Valid waveform sources that can be transferred from the oscilloscope (using the DATa:SOUrce command) include: CH1 – CH4 - Analog channels. When DATa:SOUrce is set to one of these sources, the data points represent digitizing levels. There are 25 digitizing levels per vertical division for 1-byte data, and 6400 digitizing levels per vertical division for 2-byte data. These data points can be transferred in signed or unsigned integer formats. D0 – D15 - The digital input channels (MSO/MDO4000/B models only as well as MDO3000 models with option MDO3MSO installed). When DATa:SOUrce is set to one of these, the data points are binary states (0 or 1). These data points can be transferred in widths of 1 or 2 bytes, as signed or unsigned integers. DIGital - The Digital Collection. These data points are binary states (0 or 1) that can be transferred in widths of 4 or 8 bytes, as signed or unsigned integers. For ASCII encoding, the data is transferred as hexadecimal values with leading zeroes suppressed. When DATa:SOUrce is set to DIGital, this represents a collection of information that differs depending on the data width (set using either the DATa:WIDth or WFMOutpre:BYT_Nr command.) When the data width is set to 4 bytes, the Digital Collection is the states of digital channels D0 – D15, plus the digital representations of analog channels 1 – 4, plus the trigger state. When the data width is set to 8 bytes, the Digital Collection is the transition state information for digital channels D0 – D15, plus the digital representations of analog channels 1 – 4. For more information, see the section below “Further Explanation of Digital Collection Data”. (MSO/MDO4000/B models only as well as MDO3000 models with option MDO3MSO installed.) RF_NORMal, RF_AVErage, RF_MAXHold, RF_MINHold - these are the RF frequency domain traces (MDO4000/B and MDO3000 models only). When DATa:SOUrce is set to one of these traces, the data points represent the amplitude of the trace in watts, and are floating point values. The frequency domain trace data is returned as 4-byte floating point values. (Note that CURVe? always returns linear watts, not the display units.) RF_AMPlitude, RF_FREQuency, RF_PHASe – these are the RF time domain traces (MDO4000/B series models only.) When DATa:SOUrce is set to one of these traces, the data points are the Amplitude vs. Time, Frequency vs. Time, or Phase vs. Time representations of the RF input signal. The RF time domain traces are returned as 1-byte or 2-byte integers, depending on the DATa:WIDth setting. The default is 1 byte per point. RF_FREQuency – frequency in Hz. RF_PHASe – phase in degrees. RF_AMPlitude – amplitude in Volts. 2-96 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Groups MATH — The format of MATH data is dependent upon the sources for the math waveform. For analog channel sources, the format is that for the analog channels described above. For spectrum math, the format is the same as for RF frequency domain traces, which is 4-byte floating point data. REF1-REF4 — The format of REF data is dependent upon the sources from which the reference waveform was created. For analog channel sources, the format is that for the analog channels described above. For RF frequency domain sources, the format is that for the RF frequency domain traces, which is 4-byte floating point data. NOTE. When you change the DATa:SOUrce setting, all of the associated settings for the waveform preamble (WFMOutpre commands) are automatically adjusted for the specified source waveform. The specified source waveform must be turned on. Data Encoding and Widths. Data transferred from the oscilloscope using the CURVe query can be sent in either ASCII or binary formats. ASCII data is sent as a comma-separated list of decimal values. Binary data is sent with the IEEE488.2 binary block header, immediately followed by the binary data. You can specify the format for waveform transfers from the oscilloscope using the combination of WFMOutpre:ENCdg, WFMOutpre:BN_Fmt and WFMOutpre:BYT_Or commands. Or else you can simply use the DATa:ENCdg command, which combines all three. ASCII data is represented by signed integer values for analog and digital channels and by 4-byte floating point values for the RF frequency domain traces (RF_NORMal, RF_AVErage, RF_MAXHold, RF_MINHold). The range of the values depends on the data width (specified using the WFMOutpre:BYT-Nr or DATa:WIDth command). One byte wide data ranges from -128 to 127. Two byte wide data ranges from -32768 to 32767. For digital channels D0 through D15, the values returned are 0 or 1. For the Digital Collection, ASCII data is returned in hexadecimal format with any leading zeroes omitted. Transferring a Waveform from a Computer to an Oscilloscope’s Internal Reference Memory Waveforms sent from a computer program TO the oscilloscope are always stored in one of the internal reference memory locations (REF1-4). Use DATa:DESTination to specify the reference memory location, as well other DATa commands to specify record start and stop points. Next, use the WFMInpre commands to specify the waveform’s data format, scale, domain and other attributes that will be used to convert raw data points into the scope's internal waveform points. Then, use WFMInpre? to verify your settings. Finally, use the CURVe command to transfer the raw data points. Following is an example command sequence that illustrates how to transfer waveform data to the oscilloscope’s internal reference memory. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-97 Command Groups In this case, let’s say you have created a waveform on your computer and would like to transfer 10,000 data points of it, in ASCii format with 1 byte per point, to your oscilloscope’s internal reference memory location REF2. NOTE. The WFMInpre:BYT_Nr and WFMInpre:BIT_Nr settings are directly related; setting one causes the other to be set accordingly. For example, WFMInpre:BYT_Nr 2 causes WFMInpre_BIT_Nr to be set to 16 (2 * 8 bits/byte). Similarly, setting WFMInpre:BIT_Nr to 16 causes WFMInpre:BYT_Nr to be set to 2. Table 2-44: Example Command Sequence for Transferring Waveform Data from Computer to Oscilloscope Item Description :DATa:DESTination REF2 Selects REF 2 as the internal reference memory location that the incoming waveform will be transferred to. :DATa:STARt 1 This, along with DATa:STOP, specifies the starting and ending points of the waveform record that will be transferred to REF2. :DATa:STOP 10000 :WFMInpre:DOMain TIMe Specifies that the data to be transferred is a time domain waveform, and therefore should be treated as integers (as opposed to a frequency domain waveform, which uses floating point). :WFMInpre:BYT_Nr 1 Sets the number of bytes per data point in the waveform data to be sent to REF2 to 1. :WFMInpre:BIT_Nr 8 Sets the number of bits per binary data point to 8. :WFMInpre:ENCdg ASCII Specifies that the incoming waveform uses the ASCII format. :WFMInpre:NR_Pt 10000 Sets the number of data points that are being sent to REF2 to 10000. :WFMInpre:PT_Fmt Y Specifies that the incoming waveform is a normal one, where one ASCII or binary data point is transmitted for each point in the waveform record (as opposed to envelope). :WFMInpre:XUNit "S" Sets the horizontal units of the x-axis of the data points to seconds. :WFMInpre:XINcr 4.0000E-9 Sets the horizontal interval between the incoming waveform points, using the units specified above. :WFMInpre:XZERo -20.0000E-6 Sets the position value of the first data point in the incoming waveform record. :WFMInpre:YUNit "V" Specifies that Volts are the vertical units of the data points being sent. :WFMInpre:YMUlt 4.0000E-3 Specifies the vertical scale multiplying factor used to convert the incoming data points from digitizing levels into the units specified above. :WFMInpre:YOFf 0.0E+0 Specifies that the vertical position in digitizing levels of the incoming reference waveform is 0. :WFMInpre:YZEro 0.0E+0 Specifies that the vertical offset of the incoming waveform is 0. :HEADer 1 Turning on HEADer and VERBose will allow the WFMInpre? parameters to be viewed in context. :VERBose 1 2-98 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Groups Table 2-44: Example Command Sequence for Transferring Waveform Data from Computer to Oscilloscope (cont.) Item Description :WFMInpre? Do this query to verify your settings. :CURVe <10,000 ASCIi data points, each separated by a comma> Sends the data points to REF2. Scaling Waveform Data Once you transfer waveform data from an oscilloscope to a computer, you can convert the data points (which are digitizing levels) into engineering units such as Volts or Amps for analysis using information from the waveform preamble. The following is an example for converting transferred data into the appropriate engineering units. The transfer data is from an analog waveform in YT (single point) format. (See WFMInpre:PT_Fmt for the definition of the point formats.) The data points returned from the CURVE? query for analog channel data are in digitizing levels. The YMULT value is in vertical units (e.g. volts) per digitizing level. Formula for computing horizontal (time) point value: Xi= XZEro + XINcr * (i - 1) Formula for computing vertical (amplitude) point value: Yi= YZEro + (YMUlt * DataPointi) where: i is the index of a curve data point (1–based: first data point is point number 1) Xi is the ith horizontal value in XUNits Yi is the ith vertical value in YUNits DataPointi is the waveform data point value, in digitizing levels. Commands used: :DATa:SOUrce CH1 :DATa:START 1 :DATa:STOP 1000 :WFMOutpre:NR_pt? 1000 :WFMOutpre:XUNit? “s” :WFMOutpre:XZEro? -500.000E-3 :WFMOutpre:XINcr? 1.0000E-3 :WFMOutpre:YUNit? “V” :WFMOutpre:YZEro? 0.0E+0 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-99 Command Groups :WFMOutpre:YMUlt? :WFMOutpre:BYT_nr? 4.0000E-3 1 Horizontal (time) values: Xi = XZEro + XINcr * (i - 1) = -500ms + 1ms * (i – 1) X1 = -500ms + 1ms * (1 - 1) = -500ms X2 = -500ms + 1ms * (2 - 1) = -499ms .. . X1000 = -500ms + 1ms * (1000 - 1) = 499ms Vertical (amplitude) values: Yi = YZEro + (YMUlt * DataPointi) = 0.0V + (0.004 * DataPointi) YZERO is in vertical units; in this example, 0.0 Volts. YMULT is in vertical units per digitizing level (DL), in this example, 0.004 Volts per digitizing level. From CURVe query: DataPoint1 = -10 DataPoint2 = -11 DataPoint1000 = 23 Y1 = 0.0V + (0.004V/DL * -10DL) = –0.040V Y2 = 0.0V + (0.004V/DL * -11DL) = –0.044V Y1000 = 0.0V + (0.004V/DL * 23DL) = 0.092V Further Explanation of the Digital Collection When the waveform source is set to DIGital using the DATa:SOUrce command, a WFMOutpre? and CURVe? query (or a WAVFRM? query) will return the Digital Collection data. The format and content of this data will depend upon the width that has been specified using the DATa:WIDth command, which can be either 4 or 8 bytes per point. NOTE. Applies to MSO/MDO4000/B models only as well as MDO3000 models with option MDO3MSO installed. 2-100 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Groups 4 Byte Data. When the data width is set to 4 bytes (using either DATa:WIDth or WFMOutpre:BYT_Nr, the Digital Collection represents the states of digital channels D0 – D15, the digital representations of analog Channels 1 – 4, and the trigger state. In this case, the Digital Collection data returned will be 32-bit packed integers, where each point is represented as follows. Note that the trigger state bit described below is only available when ACQuire:MAGnivu is 1 (on). Table 2-45: Digital Collection: 4 Byte Data Bit number Description 31– 22 not used 21 trigger state 20 not used (always 1) 19 CH4 digital state 18 CH3 digital state 17 CH2 digital state 16 CH1 digital state 15 ... D15 state 1 D1 state 0 D0 state 8 Byte Data. When the data width is set to 8 bytes, the Digital Collection represents the transition state information for digital channels D0 – D15 and the digital representations of analog Channels 1 – 4. The "transition state" refers to MSB and LSB bits which together represent the state of the digital channel during the sampling period, as follows: MSB LSB Transition/State 0 0 Low 0 1 High 1 0 Single transition 1 1 Multiple transitions If the width specified using the DATa:WIDth command is 8 bytes, the Digital Collection data returned will be 64-bit packed integers, where each point is represented as follows: MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-101 Command Groups Table 2-46: Digital Collection: 8 Byte Data Bit Number Description 63 — 52 not used 51 CH4 transition state MSB 50 CH3 transition state MSB 49 CH2 transition state MSB 48 CH1 transition state MSB 47 ... D15 transition state MSB 33 D1 transition state MSB 32 D0 transition state MSB 31 — 20 not used 19 CH4 transition state LSB 18 CH3 transition state LSB 17 CH2 transition state LSB 16 CH1 transition state LSB 15 ... D15 transition state LSB 1 D1 transition state LSB 0 D0 transition state LSB For example, to find the transition state of the digital channel D0, set DATa:SOUrce to DIGITAL and DATa:WIDth to 8. Look at bits 0 and 32 in the data returned by the CURVe? or WAVFrm? queries, where bit 0 is the transition state LSB and bit 32 is the transition state MSB for D0. 2-102 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Groups Table 2-47: Waveform Transfer Commands Command Description CURVe The CURVe command transfers the waveform data points TO the oscilloscope’s internal reference memory location (REF1–4), which is specified by the DATa:DESTination command. The CURVe? query transfers data FROM the oscilloscope; the source waveform is specified by the DATa:SOUrce command. The first and last data points are specified by the DATa:STARt and DATa:STOP commands. Associated with each waveform transferred using the CURVe command or query is a waveform preamble that provides the data format, scale and associated information needed to interpret the waveform data points. The preamble information for waveforms sent TO the oscilloscope is specified using the WFMInpre commands. The preamble information for waveforms transferred FROM the oscilloscope is specified or queried using the WFMOutpre commands. If the waveform is not displayed, the query form generates an error. The CURVe command and CURVe? query transfer waveform data in ASCII or binary format. ASCII data is sent as a comma-separated list of decimal values. Binary data is sent with the IEEE488.2 binary block header immediately followed by the binary data. DATa These commands specify the format and location of waveform data that is transferred using the CURVe command, or return the format and location of the waveform data that is transferred with the CURVe? query. You can use the INIT argument to reset all of the DATa parameters to default values. (Note that the *RST and FACtory commands do not reset the DATa parameters.) You can use the SNap argument to automatically set the DATa:STARt and DATa:STOP values to the starting and stopping point of the waveform cursors (if on). Note that setting DATa:STARt and DATa:STOP automatically sets WFMOutpre:NR_Pt. DATa:DESTination This command specifies the reference memory location (REF1–4) for storing waveform data transferred into the oscilloscope using the CURVe command. DATa:ENCdg This command specifies the encoding format for outgoing waveform data. This command is equivalent to setting WFMOutpre:ENCdg, WFMOutpre:BN_Fmt, and WFMOutpre:BYT_Or. Setting the DATa:ENGdg value causes the corresponding WFMOutpre values to be updated. DATa:SOUrce This command specifies the source waveform to be transferred from the oscilloscope using the CURVe? query. The valid waveform sources are CH1-CH4, MATH, REF1-REF4, D0-D15, DIGital, RF_AMPlitude, RF_FREQuency, RF_PHASe, RF_NORMal, RF_AVErage, RF_MAXHold, and RF_MINHold. Setting DATa:SOUrce automatically constrains the following to valid values for the specified source waveform: WFMOutpre:BYT_Nr, WFMOutpre:BIT_Nr and WFMOutpre:BN_Fmt. NOTE. The RF time domain traces, RF_AMPlitude, RF_FREQuency and RF_PHASe, are only available on the MDO4000/B series models. DATa:STARt This command specifies the starting data point for incoming or outgoing waveform transfer using the CURVe command or query. (Use DATa:STOP to specify the ending data point.) You can set the DATa:STARt and DATa:STOP values automatically to the starting and stopping points of the waveform cursors, if on, using DATa SNap. Note that setting DATa:STARt and DATa:STOP automatically sets WFMOutpre:NR_Pt. DATa:STOP This command specifies the final data point that will be transferred when using the CURVe command or query for incoming or outgoing waveform transfer. (UseDATa:STARt to specify the starting data point.) MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-103 Command Groups Table 2-47: Waveform Transfer Commands (cont.) Command Description DATa:WIDth This command specifies the width, in bytes per point, for waveform data transferred from the scope via the CURVe? query. (This command is synonymous with WFMOutpre:BYT_Nr .) When the source isCH1-CH4, REF1-REF4, MATH, D0-D15, RF_AMPlitude, RF_FREQuency and RF_PHASe, the default width is 1 byte. When the source is RF_NORMal, RF_AVERage, RF_MAXHold, or RF_MINHold, the default width is 4 bytes. NOTE. The RF time domain traces, RF_AMPlitude, RF_FREQuency and RF_PHASe, are only available on the MDO4000/B series models. WAVFrm? This query returns the waveform preamble and the waveform data for the source waveform specified by the DATa:SOUrce command. This command is equivalent to sending both WFMOutpre? and CURVe?, with the additional provision that the response to WAVFrm? is guaranteed to provide a synchronized preamble and curve. WFMInpre? Returns the waveform formatting and scaling specifications to be applied to the next incoming CURVe command data. WFMInpre:BIT_Nr This command specifies the number of bits per data point in the waveform data to be sent to the oscilloscope using the CURVe command. Changing this value also changes the value of WFMInpre:BYT_Nr. WFMInpre:BN_Fmt This command specifies the format of the data for outgoing waveforms when WFMInpre:ENCdg is set to BINary. The format can either be RI (signed integer), RP (positive integer) or FP (floating point). WFMInpre:BYT_Nr This command specifies the number of bytes per data point in the waveform data to be sent to the oscilloscope using the CURVe command. Changing this value also changes the value of WFMInpre:BIT_Nr. WFMInpre:BYT_Or This command specifies which byte of incoming binary waveform data is transmitted first (the byte order). The byte order can either be MSB (most significant byte first) or LSB (least significant byte first, also known as IBM format). This specification only has meaning when WFMInpre:ENCdg is set to BINary and WFMInpre:BYT_Nr is 2. WFMInpre:CENTERFREQuency This command specifies the center frequency of the incoming RF trace (waveform), in hertz. The center frequency is a precise frequency at the center of the frequency domain display. In many applications, it is a carrier frequency. WFMInpre:DOMain This command specifies whether the information being sent to a reference location should be treated as integer (time domain) information, or floating point (frequency domain) information, for the purposes of storing the data internally. The default is TIMe. This parameter should be set before using the CURVe command to transfer a waveform from a PC to an internal reference location. WFMInpre:ENCdg This command specifies the type of encoding of the incoming waveform data to be sent to the oscilloscope using the CURVe command. Supported types are BINary and ASCii. WFMInpre:NR_Pt This command specifies the number of data points that are in the incoming waveform record to be sent to the oscilloscope using the CURVe command. WFMInpre:PT_Fmt This command specifies the format of the data points to be sent to the oscilloscope using the CURVE command. This can be Y for YT format, or ENV for envelope format (min/max pairs). Regardless of the argument used, the scale, offset, and so on are interpreted similarly. When ENV is used, waveform data is interpreted as min-max pairs (the minimum value precedes the maximum for each pair); when Y is used, it is interpreted over a single point. 2-104 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Groups Table 2-47: Waveform Transfer Commands (cont.) Command Description WFMInpre:PT_Off The set form of this command is ignored. The query form always returns a 0. WFMInpre:REFLevel This command specifies the Reference Level of the incoming waveform. This command applies only to frequency domain waveforms. The Reference Level is adjustable from 10 pico Watts (–140dBm) to 1 Watt (+30dBm). WFMInpre:SPAN This command specifies the frequency span of the incoming RF trace. The span is the range of frequencies that can be observed around the center frequency. It can range from 1 KHz to 6 GHz. WFMInpre:WFMTYPe This command specifies the type of waveform that is being transferred to the oscilloscope for storage in one of the REF1 — REF4 memory locations. The waveform type possibilities are the ANALOG, the RF time domain waveforms (RF_TD), or the RF frequency domain waveforms (RF_FD). The default is ANALOG. This parameter should be set before using the CURVe command to transfer a waveform from a PC to an internal reference location. The type of waveform that is being transferred in turn determines which window will display it on the instrument screen: the time domain window or frequency domain window. Both the analog and RF-TD arguments specify the time domain window; the RF_FD argument specifies the frequency domain window. WFMInpre:XINcr This command specifies the horizontal interval between incoming waveform points sent to the oscilloscope using the CURVE command. The units can be time, in seconds, or frequency, in hertz, and can be specified or queried using the WFMInpre:XUNit command. WFMInpre:XUNit This command specifies the horizontal units of the x-axis of the data points being sent to the oscilloscope using the CURVE command. This value can be in “s” or “Hz”. WFMInpre:XZEro This command specifies the position value of the first data point in the incoming waveform record being sent to the oscilloscope using the CURVE command. The units are determined or queried using the WFMInpre:XUNit command and are typically time, in seconds, or frequency, in hertz. This time or frequency is relative to the time or frequency of the trigger, which is always 0. Thus, the XZEro value can be negative. WFMInpre:YMUlt This command specifies the vertical scale multiplying factor to be used to convert the incoming data point values being sent to the oscilloscope, from digitizing levels into the units specified by the WFMInpre:YUNit command. For one byte waveform data, there are 256 digitizing levels. For two byte waveform data there are 65,536 digitizing levels. WFMInpre:YOFf This command specifies the vertical position of the destination reference waveform in digitizing levels. There are 25 digitizing levels per vertical division for 1-byte data, and 6400 digitizing levels per vertical division for 2-byte data. Variations in this number are analogous to changing the vertical position of the waveform. WFMInpre:YUNit This command specifies the vertical units of data points in the incoming waveform record sent to the oscilloscope using the CURVE command. This can be any of several string values, depending upon the vertical units of the waveform being sent. WFMInpre:YZEro This command specifies the vertical offset of the destination reference waveform in units specified by the WFMInpre:YUNit command. Variations in this number are analogous to changing the vertical offset of the waveform. The WFMInpre:YMUlt, WFMInpre:YOFf, and WFMInpre:YZEro commands are used to convert waveform record values to units specified using the WFMInpre:YUNit command (YUNit units). MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-105 Command Groups Table 2-47: Waveform Transfer Commands (cont.) Command Description WFMOutpre? This query returns the information needed to interpret the waveform data points returned by the CURVe? query. It returns the waveform transmission and formatting parameters for the waveform specified by the DATa:SOUrce command. WFMOutpre:BIT_Nr This command specifies the number of bits per data point in the outgoing waveform being transferred using the CURVe? query. Changing the value of WFMOutpre:BIT_Nr also changes the values of WFMOutpre:BYT_Or and DATa:WIDth. WFMOutpre:BN_Fmt This command specifies the format of the binary data for outgoing waveforms when WFMOutpre:ENCdg is set to BINary. The format can be RI (signed integer) or RP (positive integer) for analog channels, and FP for RF frequency domain traces. Changing the value of WFMOutpre:BN_Fmt also changes the value of DATa:ENCdg. The waveform is specified by the DATa:SOUrce command. WFMOutpre:BYT_Nr This command specifies the data width for the outgoing waveform specified by the DATa:SOUrce command. (This command is synonymous withDATa:WIDTH.) Note that changing WFMOutpre:BYT_Nr also changes WFMOutpre:BIT_Nr and DATa:WIDth. WFMOutpre:BYT_Or This command specifies which byte of outgoing binary waveform data is transmitted first (the byte order). The byte order can either be MSB (most significant byte first) or LSB (least significant byte first, also known as IBM format). This specification only has meaning when WFMOutpre:ENCdg is set to BINary and WFMOutpre:BYT_Nr is 2. WFMOutpre:CENTERFREQuency? This query returns the center frequency of the incoming waveform. For non-MDO models, this query always returns 0. WFMOutpre:DOMain? This query returns the domain of the outgoing waveform — either TIMe or FREQuency. If the domain is TIMe, it indicates that the data is to be treated as integer information. If the domain is FREQuency, it indicates that the data is to be treated as floating point information. WFMOutpre:ENCdg This command specifies the type of encoding (BINary or ASCii) of the outgoing waveform data queried using the CURVe? query. (This can also be set using the DATa:ENCdg command, which provides the ability to set WFMOutpre:ENCdg, WFMOutpre:BN_Fmt, and WFMOutpre:BYT_Or using a single command.) WFMOutpre:NR_Pt? This query returns the number of data points in the waveform record that will be transmitted in response to a CURVe? query. This value is the adjusted range specified by DATA:START and DATA:STOP commands. Note that the oscilloscope automatically adjusts the DATA:START and DATA:STOP values when the DATA:STOP value is less than the DATA:START value, and when the DATA:START and/or DATA:STOP value is greater than the record length of the source waveform. The adjusted DATA:START and DATA:STOP values determine WFMOUTPRE:NR_PT. (You can use DATa:STARt and DATa:STOP to transfer partial waveforms.) If the waveform specified by the DATa:SOUrce command is not turned on, an error will be generated. WFMOutpre:PT_Fmt? This query returns the point format of the data points in the outgoing waveform record transferred using the CURVe? query. The returned values can be Y, which indicates normal waveform points for YT format, or ENV, which indicates envelope mode format in which the data is returned as a series of min/max pairs. The minimum value precedes the maximum. The outgoing waveform is specified by the DATa:SOUrce command. The query command will time out and an error will be generated if the waveform specified by DATa:SOUrce is not turned on. WFMOutpre:PT_Off? This query always returns 0 if the outgoing waveform specified by DATA:SOUrce is on or displayed. 2-106 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Command Groups Table 2-47: Waveform Transfer Commands (cont.) Command Description WFMOutpre:PT_ORder? This query returns the point ordering, which is always linear. WFMOutpre:REFLEvel? This query returns the Reference Level of the outgoing waveform. It applies only to the four frequency domain waveforms (RF Normal, RF Average, RF Max Hold, and RF Min Hold). WFMOutpre:SPAN? This query returns the frequency span of the outgoing waveform. For non-MDO models, this query always returns 0.0. The span is the range of frequencies you can observe around the center frequency. WFMOutpre:WFId? This query returns a string that describes several aspects of the acquisition parameters for the source waveform, including Source, Coupling, Vertical Scale, Horizontal Scale, Record Length and Acquisition Mode. If the waveform specified by DATa:SOUrce command is not turned on, an error will be generated. WFMOutpre:WFMTYPe? This query returns the type of the outgoing waveform. RF_FD indicates an RF frequency domain waveform; RF_TD indicates an RF time domain waveform; ANALOG indicates Channel 1–4 or the Math waveform. The default is analog. For non-MDO models, this query always returns ANALOG. The type of waveform that is being transferred in turn determines which window will display it on the instrument screen: (the time domain window or frequency domain window). WFMOutpre:XINcr? This query returns the horizontal point spacing in units of time (seconds), or frequency (hertz) between data points in the waveform record transferred using the CURVe? query. This value corresponds to the sampling interval. WFMOutpre:XUNit? This query indicates the horizontal units of the x-axis of the waveform record transferred using the CURVe? query. Typically, this value is "s" when the waveform source is displayed in the time domain, and "Hz" when the waveform source is displayed in the frequency domain. When the waveform source is Math or a reference waveform, the value can be "s" or "Hz". WFMOutpre:XZEro? This query returns the time coordinate, in seconds, or frequency, in hertz, of the first data point in the outgoing waveform record transferred using the CURVe? query. This time or frequency is relative to the time of the trigger, which is always 0. Thus, the XZEro time or frequency can be negative. WFMOutpre:YMUlt? This query returns the vertical scale multiplying factor used to convert the waveform data point values in the outgoing waveform record from digitizing levels to the YUNit units. You can determine the units by using the WFMOutpre:YUNit query. See the description of the WFMInpre:YMUlt command to see how this scale factor is used to convert waveform sample values to volts. WFMOutpre:YOFf? This query returns the vertical position of the source waveform in digitizing levels. There are 25 digitizing levels per vertical division for 1-byte data, and 6400 digitizing levels per vertical division for 2-byte data. See the description of WFMInpre:YOFf to see how this position is used to convert waveform sample values to volts. WFMOutpre:YUNit? This query returns the units of data points in the outgoing waveform record transferred using the CURVe? query. This can be any of several string values, depending upon the vertical units of the source waveform (specified by the DATa:SOUrce command). Typically, this is “V” for volts. WFMOutpre:YZEro? This query returns the vertical offset of the source waveform. You can determine the units using the WFMOutpre:YUNit? query. See the description of WFMInpre:YZEro to see how this offset is used to convert waveform sample values to volts. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-107 Command Groups Zoom Command Group Use the commands in the Zoom Command Group to expand and position the waveform display horizontally, without changing the time base settings. Table 2-48: Zoom Commands Command Description ZOOm? Returns the horizontal positioning and scaling of the zoom display ZOOm{:MODe|:STATE} This command specifies the zoom mode ZOOm:ZOOM? Returns the current horizontal positioning and scaling of the zoom display ZOOm:ZOOM:FACtor? Returns the zoom factor of the zoom window. can only be 1 ZOOm:ZOOM:POSition This command specifies the horizontal position of the zoom window in terms of 0 to 100% of the overview window. can only be 1 ZOOm:ZOOM:SCAle This command specifies the horizontal zoom scale of the zoom window. can only be 1 ZOOm:ZOOM:STATE Specifies or returns a trace as zoomed, on or off. can only be 1 ZOOm:ZOOM:TRIGPOS? This query returns the time relative to trigger of the center of the zoom box, for the currently selected waveform. 2-108 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order ACQuire? (Query Only) Returns the following current acquisition parameters: Stop after Acquisition state Mode Number of averages Sampling mode Group Acquisition Syntax ACQuire? Related Commands ACQuire:MODe, ACQuire:NUMACq?, ACQuire:NUMAVg, ACQuire:STOPAfter ACQuire:FASTAcq Sets or queries the FastAcq feature. This feature provides a high-speed waveform capture rate to help capture signal anomalies. Conditions MDO models only. Group Acquisition Syntax ACQuire:FASTAcq Examples :ACQUIRE:FASTACQ? might return: :ACQUIRE:FASTACQ:STATE 0;PALETTE TEMPERATURE MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-109 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order ACQuire:FASTAcq:PALEtte Sets (or queries) which palette to use for fast acquisition mode. Group Acquisition Syntax ACQuire:FASTAcq:PALEtte {NORMal|TEMPErature|SPECTral|INVERTed} ACQuire:FASTAcq:PALEtte? Arguments NORMal – Normal displays hues and lightness levels for best overall viewing. The color of each channel waveform matches the color of the corresponding front-panel vertical knob. TEMPErature - Temperature Grading displays areas of the waveform with the highest sample density in red shades. The areas of lowest sample density appear in blue shades. SPECTra – Spectral Grading displays areas of the waveform with the highest sample density in blue shades. The areas of lowest sample density appear in red shades. INVERTed – Inverts the normal display hues and lightness levels based on sample intensity. The areas of lowest sample density appear the brightest, while the areas with the highest sample density appear the darkest. Examples ACQ:FASTA:PALETTE SPECT sets the palette for fast acquisition mode to Spectral. ACQuire:FASTAcq:STATE Turns fast acquisition mode on or off, or queries the state of the mode. NOTE. When fast acquisition mode is on, waveforms cannot be queried, saved or recalled, and reference waveforms cannot be turned on. Attempting any of these results in a settings conflict error event. 2-110 Group Acquisition Syntax ACQuire:FASTAcq:STATE {0|1|OFF|ON} ACQuire:FASTAcq:STATE? MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Arguments 1 or ON turns on fast acquisition mode. 0 or OFF turns it off. Examples ACQ:FASTA:STATE ON turns on fast acquisition mode. ACQuire:MAGnivu Turns on the MagniVu feature, which provides up to 32 times signal detail for fast viewing of short events. This feature is not recommended for slow data formats such as RS-232. NOTE. MagniVu channel sampling is available on MSO/MDO4000/B oscilloscopes only as well as MDO3000 models with option MDO3MSO installed. Group Acquisition Syntax ACQuire:MAGnivu {|OFF|ON} ACQuire:MAGnivu? Arguments = 0 disables the MagniVu feature; any other value turns this feature on. ON enables the MagniVu feature. OFF disables the MagniVu feature. ACQuire:MAXSamplerate? (Query Only) Returns the maximum real-time sample rate, which varies from model to model. Group Acquisition Syntax ACQuire:MAXSamplerate? Examples ACQUIRE:MAXSAMPLERATE? might return 2.5000E+9 indicating the maximum real-time sample rate is 2.5GS/s. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-111 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order ACQuire:MODe Specifies the acquisition mode of the oscilloscope for all analog channel waveforms. The acquisition mode determines how the final value of the acquisition interval is generated from the many data samples. Waveforms are the displayed data point values taken from acquisition intervals. Each acquisition interval represents a time duration set by the horizontal scale (time per division). The oscilloscope sampling system always samples at the maximum rate, so the acquisition interval may include more than one sample. Group Acquisition Syntax ACQuire:MODe {SAMple|PEAKdetect|HIRes|AVErage|ENVelope} ACQuire:MODe? Related Commands ACQuire:NUMAVg, ACQuire:NUMEnv CURVe Arguments SAMple specifies that the displayed data point value is the first sampled value that is taken during the acquisition interval. In sample mode, all waveform data has 8 bits of precision. You can request 16 bit data with a CURVe query but the lower-order 8 bits of data will be zero. SAMple is the default mode. PEAKdetect specifies the display of high-low range of the samples taken from a single waveform acquisition. The high-low range is displayed as a vertical column that extends from the highest to the lowest value sampled during the acquisition interval. PEAKdetect mode can reveal the presence of aliasing or narrow spikes. HIRes specifies Hi Res mode where the displayed data point value is the average of all the samples taken during the acquisition interval. This is a form of averaging, where the average comes from a single waveform acquisition. The number of samples taken during the acquisition interval determines the number of data values that compose the average. AVErage specifies averaging mode, in which the resulting waveform shows an average of SAMple data points from several separate waveform acquisitions. The oscilloscope processes the number of waveforms you specify into the acquired waveform, creating a running exponential average of the input signal. The number of waveform acquisitions that go into making up the average waveform is set or queried using the ACQuire:NUMAVg command. ENVelope specifies envelope mode, where the resulting waveform shows the PEAKdetect range of data points from every waveform acquisition. 2-112 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Examples ACQUIRE:MODE ENVELOPE sets the acquisition mode to display a waveform that is an envelope of many individual waveform acquisitions. ACQUIRE:MODE? might return:ACQuire:MODe AVERAGE indicating that the displayed waveform is the average of the specified number of waveform acquisitions. ACQuire:NUMACq? (Query Only) Returns the number of waveform acquisitions that have occurred since starting acquisition with the ACQuire:STATE RUN command. This value is reset to zero when any acquisition, horizontal, or vertical arguments that affect the waveform are changed. The maximum number of acquisitions that can be counted is 232 1. Group Acquisition Syntax ACQuire:NUMACq? Related Commands Returns ACQuire:STATE ACQuire:NUMACq? might return :ACQUIRE:NUMACQ 350 indicating that 350 acquisitions have occurred since executing an ACQuire:STATE RUN command. ACQuire:NUMAVg Specifies the number of waveform acquisitions that should make up an averaged waveform. Use the ACQuire:MODe command to enable the Average mode. Sending this command is equivalent to turning a multipurpose knob to enter the number of waveform acquisitions to average. Group Acquisition Syntax ACQuire:NUMAVg ACQuire:NUMAVg? Related Commands Arguments ACQuire:MODe, ACQuire:STATE is the number of waveform acquisitions to average. The range of values is from 2 to 512 in powers of two. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-113 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Examples ACQUIRE:NUMAVG 16 specifies that 16 waveform averages will be performed before exponential averaging starts. ACQUIRE:NUMAVG? might return :ACQUIRE:NUMAVG 64 indicating that there are 64 acquisitions specified for averaging. ACQuire:NUMEnv This command controls the number of envelopes (when acquisition mode has been set to ENVelope using ACQuire:MODe). The number of envelopes can be set from 1 to 2000 in increments of 1, or to INFInite. Setting the value to a number greater than 2000 sets the number of envelopes to INFInite. Group Acquisition Syntax ACQuire:NUMEnv {|INFInite} ACQuire:NUMEnv? Related Commands Arguments ACQuire:MODe, ACQuire:STATE is an integer that specifies the number of envelopes to use when the acquisition mode has been set to ENVelope. INFInite specifies to use an infinite number of envelopes. Examples ACQuire:NUMEnv 22 sets the number of envelopes to 22. returns the number of envelopes that has been specified, either an integer or INFINITE. ACQuire:NUMEnv? ACQuire:STATE Starts or stops acquisitions. When state is set to ON or RUN, a new acquisition will be started. If the last acquisition was a single acquisition sequence, a new single sequence acquisition will be started. If the last acquisition was continuous, a new continuous acquisition will be started. If RUN is issued in the process of completing a single sequence acquisition (for example, averaging or enveloping), the acquisition sequence is restarted, and any accumulated data is discarded. Also, the oscilloscope resets the number of acquisitions. If the RUN argument is issued while in continuous mode, acquisition continues. 2-114 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Group Acquisition Syntax ACQuire:STATE {OFF|ON|RUN|STOP|} ACQuire:STATE? Related Commands Arguments ACQuire:STOPAfter OFF stops acquisitions. STOP stops acquisitions. ON starts acquisitions. RUN starts acquisitions. = 0 stops acquisitions; any other value starts acquisitions. Examples ACQUIRE:STATE RUN starts the acquisition of waveform data and resets the count of the number of acquisitions. ACQUIRE:STATE? might return:ACQUIRE:STATE 0 indicating that the acquisition is stopped. ACQuire:STOPAfter Specifies whether the oscilloscope should continually acquire acquisitions or acquire only a single sequence. Group Acquisition Syntax ACQuire:STOPAfter {RUNSTop|SEQuence} ACQuire:STOPAfter? Related Commands Arguments ACQuire:STATE RUNSTop specifies that the oscilloscope will continually acquire data, if ACQuire:STATE is turned on. SEQuence specifies that the next acquisition will be a single-sequence acquisition. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-115 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Examples ACQUIRE:STOPAFTER RUnsTOP sets the oscilloscope to continually acquire data. ACQUIRE:STOPAFTER? might return:ACQUIRE:STOPAFTER SEQUENCE indicating that the next acquisition the oscilloscope makes will be of the single-sequence type. ACTONEVent:ACTION:AUXOUT:STATE Sends a pulse to the Auxiliary Out port when a specified event occurs, or queries the state of the “pulse to aux out” action. The default state is 0 (off). To specify an event, use the command ACTONEVent:EVENTTYPe. Group Act on Event Syntax ACTONEVent:ACTION:AUXOUT:STATE <0|1|OFF|ON> ACTONEVent:ACTION:AUXOUT:STATE? Arguments 1, ON sends a pulse to the Auxiliary Out port when the specified event occurs. 0, OFF turns off this action. Examples ACTONEVENT:ACTION:AUXOUT:STATE ON specifies to send a pulse to the Auxiliary Out port when the specified event occurs. ACTONEVent:ACTION:EMAIL:SETUp:TOADDRess Sets (or queries) the email address for the recipient when the ACTONEVent:ACTION:EMAIL:STATE command is used. To set up the email address for the sender, use EMAIL:SETUp:FROMADDRess. Group Act on Event Syntax ACTONEVent:ACTION:EMAIL:SETUp:TOADDRess ACTONEVent:ACTION:EMAIL:SETUp:TOADDRess? Arguments 2-116 Quoted string that represents the recipient’s email address. The maximum number of characters allowed is 128. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Examples ACTONEVENT:ACTION:EMAIL:SETUP:TOADDRESS “george.wilcox@tektronix.com” sets the recipient’s email address to george.wilcox@tektronix.com. ACTONEVent:ACTION:EMAIL:STATE Sends an email when a specified event occurs, or queries the state of the “send email” action. The default state is 0 (off). To specify an email address for the recipient, use the command ACTONEVent:ACTION:EMAIL:SETUp:TOADDRess To specify an event, use the command ACTONEVent:EVENTTYPe. Group Act on Event Syntax ACTONEVent:ACTION:EMAIL:STATE <0|1|OFF|ON> ACTONEVent:ACTION:EMAIL:STATE? Arguments 1, ON sends an email when the specified event occurs. 0, OFF turns off this action. Examples ACTONEVENT:ACTION:EMAIL:STATE ON specifies to send an email when the specified event occurs. ACTONEVent:ACTION:PRINT:STATE Sends a screen image to a printer when a specified event occurs, or queries the state of the “send screen image” action. The default state is 0 (off). To specify an event, use the command ACTONEVent:EVENTTYPe. Group Act on Event Syntax ACTONEVent:ACTION:PRINT:STATE <0|1|OFF|ON> ACTONEVent:ACTION:PRINT:STATE? Arguments 1, ON sends a screen image to the printer when the specified event occurs. 0, OFF turns off this action. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-117 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Examples ACTONEVENT:ACTION:PRINT:STATE ON specifies to send a screen image to the printer when the specified event occurs. ACTONEVent:ACTION:SAVEIMAGE:STATE Saves a screen image to file when a specified event occurs, or queries the state of the “save screen image to a file” action. The default state is 0 (off). To specify an event, use the command ACTONEVent:EVENTTYPe. Group Act on Event Syntax ACTONEVent:ACTION:SAVEIMAGE:STATE <0|1|OFF|ON> ACTONEVent:ACTION:SAVEIMAGE:STATE? Arguments 1, ON saves a screen image to a file when the specified event occurs. 0, OFF turns off this action. Examples ACTONEVENT:ACTION:SAVEIMAGE:STATE ON specifies to save a screen image to a file when the specified event occurs. ACTONEVent:ACTION:SAVEWFM:STATE Saves the currently selected waveform data to a file when a specified event occurs, or queries the state of the “save waveform to file” action. The default state is 0 (off). To specify an event, use the command ACTONEVent:EVENTTYPe. Group Act on Event Syntax ACTONEVent:ACTION:SAVEWFM:STATE <0|1|OFF|ON> ACTONEVent:ACTION:SAVEWFM:STATE? Arguments 1, ON saves the waveform to a file when the specified event occurs. 0, OFF turns off this action. Examples 2-118 ACTONEVENT:ACTION:SAVEWFM:STATE ON specifies to save a waveform to a file when the specified event occurs. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order ACTONEVent:ACTION:SRQ:STATE Sets or returns the enabled state of the generate service request (SRQ) action when a specified event occurs. The default state is 0. When this control is set, the instrument will set the OPC bit (bit 0) in the SESR (Standard Events Status Register) when the specified event occurs. In order to generate a service request interrupt (SRQ), the SRER (Service Request Enable Register), DESER (Device Event Status Enable Register), and the ESER (Event Status Enable Register) must be set appropriately as described in the programmer manual Synchronization Methods section. Upon completion of the mask test, event code 2600 ("Mask testing complete") is queued to the event queue. NOTE. With this setting enabled, a *OPC? query will not return until the specified event occurs. Users should be aware of this when using synchronization methods such as *OPC? and *WAI for other operations. To specify an event, use the command ACTONEVent:EVENTTYPe. Group Act on Event Syntax ACTONEVent:ACTION:SRQ:STATE <0|1|OFF|ON> ACTONEVent:ACTION:SRQ:STATE? Arguments 1, ON generates an SRQ when the specified event occurs. 0, OFF turns off this action. Examples ACTONEVENT:ACTION:SRQ:STATE ON specifies to generate an SRQ when the specified event occurs. ACTONEVent:ACTION:STOPACQ:STATE Stops acquisitions when a specified event occurs, or queries the state of the “stop acquisition” action. The default state is 0 (off). To specify an event, use the command ACTONEVent:EVENTTYPe. Group Act on Event Syntax ACTONEVent:ACTION:STOPACQ:STATE <0|1|OFF|ON> ACTONEVent:ACTION:STOPACQ:STATE? MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-119 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Arguments 1, ON stops acquisitions when the specified event occurs. 0, OFF turns off this action. Examples ACTONEVENT:ACTION:STOPACQ:STATE ON specifies to stop acquisitions when the specified event occurs. ACTONEVent:ACTION:VISUAL:STATE Displays a visual notification when a specified event occurs, or queries the state of the “display a visual notification” action. The default state is 0 (off). To specify an event, use the command ACTONEVent:EVENTTYPe. Group Act on Event Syntax ACTONEVent:ACTION:VISUAL:STATE <0|1|OFF|ON> ACTONEVent:ACTION:VISUAL:STATE? Arguments 1, ON displays a visual notification when the specified event occurs. 0, OFF turns off this action. Examples ACTONEVENT:ACTION:VISUAL:STATE ON specifies to display a visual notification when the specified event occurs. ACTONEVent:EVENTTYPe Specifies (or queries) which event to act on (TRIGger, ACQCOMPLete, or NONe) when using an Act on Event command. The default is NONe. To specify the action to take, use the ACTONEVent:ACTION commands. Group Act on Event Syntax ACTONEVent:EVENTTYPe ACTONEVent:EVENTTYPe? Arguments NONe no event (this is the default). TRIGger specifies to act when a trigger occurs. 2-120 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order ACQCOMPLete specifies to act when acquisition completes. Examples ACTONEVENT:EVENTTYPE ACQCOMPLETE specifies to take action when acquisition completes. ACTONEVent:NUMACQs Sets (or queries) the number of acquisitions to complete for the event type ACQCOMPLete. The default is 1 acquisition. To set the event type to ACQCOMPLete, use the ACTONEVent:EVENTTYPe command. Group Act on Event Syntax ACTONEVent:NUMACQs ACTONEVent:NUMACQs? Arguments Integer which can be set as follows: Table 2-49: Examples From To Resolution 1 100 1 100 1000 10 1000 10,000 100 10,000 1,000,000 1000 ACTONEVENT:NUMACQS 350 specifies to take the specified action when 350 acquisitions have been completed. ACTONEVent:REPEATCount Sets or returns the number of events to run. To specify an event, use the command ACTONEVent:EVENTTYPe. Group Act on Event Syntax ACTONEVent:REPEATCount ACTONEVent:REPEATCount? MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-121 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Arguments NR1 is an integer that specifies the number of events to run. The default is 1 event and the maximum is 1000000 events. A repeat count greater than 1000000 specifies to run forever. In this case, the action on event can be terminated by setting the state for all actions to OFF. When the repeat count is set to infinite, the query returns 9.9E+37 (IEEE positive infinity). AFG:AMPLitude Sets (or queries) the AFG amplitude in volts, peak to peak. The minimum and maximum allowable settings are dependent upon the output load impedance setting (AFG:OUTPut:LOAd:IMPEDance) and the selected function (AFG:FUNCtion). NOTE. The AFG:OUTPut:LOAd:IMPEDance command must be used before using any of the amplitude/offset/highLevel/lowLevel/Preset commands, so that saved setups are recalled with the proper load factor applied. The following values can be set for AFG:AMPLitude: Function AFG AMPLitude Setting Value Load Impedance FIFTY Ohm 1 Load Impedance HIGHZ Min Max Resolution Min Max Resolution SINE SQUare PULSe RAMP NOISe DC 1 HAVERSINe CARDIac ARBitrary 10.0mV 2.5V 500uV 20.0mV 5.0V 1mV SINC 10.0mV 1.5V 500uV 20.0mV 3.0V 1mV LORENtz 10.0mV 1.2V 500uV 20.0mV 2.4V 1mV GAUSsian ERISe EDECAy 10.0mV 1.25V 500uV 20.0mV 2.5V 1mV The DC function does not use the amplitude setting. The DC level is set using :AFG:OFFSet. Ampltude settings that are set when the :AFG:FUNCtion is DC are remembered and applied when the function is changed to other than DC. Conditions 2-122 MDO3000 series only. Requires the MDO3AFG option installed. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Group AFG Syntax AFG:AMPLitude AFG:AMPLitude? Arguments Examples Floating point number that represents the AFG amplitude, peak to peak, in volts. AFG:AMPLITUDE 1.0 sets the AFG amplitude to 1.0 volts, peak to peak. AFG:ARBitrary:ARB:DATE? (Query Only) Returns the date that the data in the specified arbitrary waveform slot 1-4 was saved. Conditions MDO3000 only. Requires the MDO3AFG option to be installed. Group ARB Syntax AFG:ARBitrary:ARB:DATE? Examples AFG:ARB:ARB3:DATE? might return 11-11-13, which represents the date that the data in slot 3 was saved. AFG:ARBitrary:ARB:LABel Sets (or queries) the waveform label for arbitrary waveform slots 1- 4. Conditions MDO3000 series only. Requires the MDO3AFG option to be installed. Group ARB Syntax AFG:ARBitrary:ARB:LABel AFG:ARBitrary:ARB:LABel? Arguments Quoted string that represents the waveform label for one of the arbitrary waveform slots 1-4. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-123 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Examples AFG:ARBITRARY:ARB4 “Foo” sets the waveform label for arbitrary waveform slot 4 to “Foo.” AFG:ARBitrary:ARB:TIMe? (Query Only) Returns the time that the data in the specified arbitrary waveform slot was saved. Conditions MDO3000 series only. Requires the MDO3AFG option to be installed. Group ARB Syntax AFG:ARBitrary:ARB:TIMe? Examples AFG:ARB:ARB3:TIME? might return "14:43:29", which represents the time that the data in the slot 3 was saved. AFG:ARBitrary:EMEM:FUNCtion? (Query Only) Returns the currently selected arbitrary waveform pre-defined function. The pre-defined ARB function is selected using the command AFG:ARBitrary:EMEM:GENerate. This query may also return USER, which indicates that the arbitrary waveform in edit memory has been altered from one of the predefined functions. Conditions MDO3000 series only. Requires the MDO3AFG option to be installed. Group ARB Syntax AFG:ARBitrary:EMEM:FUNCtion? Examples AFG:ARB:EMEM:FUNC? might return SINE, indicating that the currently selected arbitrary waveform function is Sine. AFG:ARBitrary:EMEM:GENerate (No Query Form) This command generates the arbitrary waveform function specified by the enumeration argument. 2-124 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order The NR1 argument is optional; it can be used to specify the number of points; if it is used, it also sets the value that will be used by AFG:ARBitrary:EMEM:NUMPoints? until the instrument is reset via TEKSecure. In the absence of the NR1 argument, the number of points used with the function is that number returned by the AFG:ARBitrary:EMEM:NUMPoints? query. To query the arbitrary waveform function set by this command, use AFG:ARBitrary:EMEM:FUNCtion? (This value is not reset by default setup or by power cycle). Conditions MDO3000 series only. Requires the MDO3AFG option to be installed. Group ARB Syntax AFG:ARBitrary:EMEM:GENerate {SINE|SQUare|PULSe|RAMP|NOISe[,NR1]} AFG:ARBitrary:EMEM:GENerate? Arguments (Optional) Specifies the number of points for the arbitrary waveform function. The number of points, if specified, must be >= 2 and <= 131072. The default number of points is 100. SINE generates the Sine AFG function. SQUare generates the Square AFG function. PULSe generates the Pulse AFG function. RAMP generates the Ramp AFG function. NOISe generates the Noise AFG function. Examples AFG:ARB:EMEM:GEN SQU will generate a 100 point square wave if the previous setting of AFG:ARB:EMEM:NUMP is 100. AFG:ARB:EMEM:GEN SQU 1000 will generate a 1000 point square wave. AFG:ARBitrary:EMEM:NUMPoints? (Query Only) Returns the number of points in the AFB arbitrary waveform edit memory. This value will be used with the AFG:ARBitrary:EMEM:GENerate command in the event that the number of points is not specified. See the AFG:ARBitrary:EMEM:GENerate command description for more information. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-125 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Conditions MDO3000 series only. Requires the MDO3AFG option to be installed. Group ARB Syntax AFG:ARBitrary:EMEM:NUMPoints? Examples AFG:ARB:EMEM:NUMP? might return 100, indicating that there are 100 points in the AFB arbitrary waveform edit memory being used to generate the function. AFG:ARBitrary:EMEM:POINTS Specifies which points to load into the AFG arbitrary waveform edit memory. The point data to be loaded may be specified as an IEEE488.2 binary block with 4-byte floating point data values, or as a comma-separated list of NR2 or NR3 data values. The data values must be in the range of -1.0 to 1.0. The minimum number of points is 2 and maximum is 131072. Upon successful transfer of the data points, the AFG:ARBitrary:EMEM: NUMPoints? query will return the number of points loaded into arbitrary waveform edit memory and the AFG:ARBitrary:EMEM:FUNCtion? query will return USER. Note that the output, if turned on, will not change unless or until the AFG function is set to ARBitrary using the AFG:FUNCtion command. Point values may be coerced to the nearest valid step size. Refer to the AFG:ARBitrary:EMEM:POINTS:ENCdg command description for more information. NOTE. If a waveform does not specify points that extend to values of -1.0 and 1.0, then the waveform will not utilize the full available amplitude range. The resulting amplitude will be the fraction of the range specified by the points. For example, "AFG:ARBitrary:EMEM:POINTS 0.5,-0.5" with 1.0Vpp amplitude will result in a 500mVpp Square waveform. Conditions 2-126 MDO3000 series only. Requires the MDO3AFG option to be installed. Group ARB Syntax AFG:ARBitrary:EMEM:POINTS | AFG:ARBitrary:EMEM:POINTS? MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Arguments BlockWfmInDTO – an IEEE488.2 binary block with 4-byte floating point data values NrfWfmInDTO – a comma-separated list of NR2 or NR3 data values Returns Examples The query form returns the points data that is stored in the AFG arbitrary waveform edit memory in the format specified by the AFG:ARBitrary:EMEM:POINTS:ENCdg command (either ASCII or binary). AFG:ARB:EMEM:POINTS -0.2,-0.1,0.0,0.1,0.2,0.3,0.2,0.1,0.0,-0.1 specifies 10 data point values to be loaded into edit memory. AFG:ARBitrary:EMEM:POINTS:ENCdg This command specifies the data encoding format for the AFG:ARBitrary:EMEM: POINTS query (either ASCII or binary). The default format is ASCii. Note that this setting is volatile: it defaults to ASCii upon power-up. Refer to the AFG:ARBitrary:EMEM:POINTS command description for more information. Conditions MDO3000 series only. Requires the MDO3AFG option to be installed. Group ARB Syntax AFG:ARBitrary:EMEM:POINTS:ENCdg {ASCii|BINary} AFG:ARBitrary:EMEM:POINTS:ENCdg? Arguments ASCii – ASCII NR3 format BINary – IEEE488.2 binary block in 4-byte floating point format. Examples AFG:ARB:EMEM:POINTS:ENC ASC sets the data encoding format for the :AFG:ARBitrary:EMEM:POINTS? query to ASCII. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-127 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order AFG:FREQuency Sets (or queries) the AFG frequency, in Hz. The following frequency values can be set for each AFG function (use the command AFG:FUNCtion to select a function): Frequency 1 Conditions Min Max Resolution SINE 0.1Hz 50MHz 0.1Hz SQUare PULSe ARBitrary 0.1Hz 25MHz 0.1Hz LORENtz GAUSsian ERISe EDECAy NOISe 1 DC 1 HAVERSINe 0.1Hz 5MHz 0.1Hz SINC (Sin(x)/x) 0.1Hz 2MHz 0.1Hz CARDIac RAMP 0.1Hz 500kHz 0.1Hz DC and NOISe waveforms do not use the frequency setting. Frequency settings that are set when the AFG:FUNCtion is DC or NOISe are remembered and applied when the function is changed to other than DC or NOISe. MDO3000 series only. Requires the MDO3AFG option to be installed. Group AFG Syntax AFG:FREQuency AFG:FREQuency? Arguments Returns Examples 2-128 Function Floating point number that represents the AFG frequency, in Hz. Query response is returned in high precision NR3 format (up to 12 digits with more than 4 trailing 0 digits after the decimal point is omitted). AFG:FREQUENCY 100.0E3 sets the AFG frequency to 100 kHz. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order AFG:FUNCtion Sets (or queries) which AFG function to execute. NOTE. The DC level is controlled by AFG:OFFSet. Conditions MDO3000 series only. Requires the MDO3AFG option to be installed. Group AFG Syntax AFG:FUNCtion {SINE|SQUare|PULSe|RAMP|NOISe|DC|SINC|GAUSsian|LORENtz |ERISe|EDECAy|HAVERSINe|CARDIac|ARBitrary} AFG:FUNCtion? Arguments SINE SQUare PULSe RAMP NOISe DC – The DC level is controlled by AFG:OFFSet. SINC (Sin(x)/x) GAUSsian LORENtz ERISe EDECAy HAVERSINe CARDIac ARBitrary Examples AFG:FUNC LOREN specifies to generate the Lorentz function. AFG:HIGHLevel This command sets (or queries) the high level value of the output waveform, in volts, when using the arbitrary function generator feature. The high level value MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-129 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order is constrained by the requirements for amplitude and offset; updating this value changes the amplitude and offset values. To set or query the amplitude or offset values, use the commands AFG:AMPLitude and AFG:OFFSet. NOTE. The AFG:OUTPut:LOAd:IMPEDance command must be used before using any of the amplitude/offset/highLevel/lowLevel/Preset commands, so that saved setups are recalled with the proper load factor applied. The following values can be set for high level: AFG:HIGHLevel Setting Value Load Impedance FIFTY Ohm 1 Load Impedance HIGHZ Min Max Resolution Min Max Resolution SINE SQUare PULSe RAMP NOISe DC 1 HAVERSINe CARDIac ARBitrary -1.245V 2.5V 1mV -2.49V 5.0V 2mV SINC (Sin(x)/x) -1.241V 2.5V 1mV -2.482V 5.0V 2mV LORENtz -1.239V 2.5V 1mV -2.478V 5.0V 2mV GAUSsian ERISe EDECAy -1.24V 2.5V 1mV -2.48V 5.0V 2mV When the :AFG:FUNCtion is specified as DC, a change to the AFG:HIGHLevel value results in a corresponding change to :AFG:OFFset. A corresponding change to :AFG:AMPLitude is remembered but is not applied until the :AFG:FUNCtion is changed to a function other than DC. Conditions 2-130 MDO3000 series only. Requires the MDO3AFG option to be installed. Group AFG Syntax AFG:HIGHLevel AFG:HIGHLevel? MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Arguments Examples Floating point number that represents the AFG high level value, in volts. AFG:HIGHLEVEL 1.0 sets the AFG high level value to 1.0 volts. AFG:LEVELPreset Sets (or queries) the AFG preset levels to values that correspond to the logic standard specified by the argument. The presets set the following vertical controls: AMPLitude OFFSet HIGHLevel LOWLevel Note that once any of these vertical settings are changed from the preset values, or the output load impedance is changed, the query form returns USER. NOTE. Specifying a level preset attempts to set the High and Low level values to valid levels for the selected logic standard. Because some waveforms (e.g., LORENtz, SINC, etc.) have limited amplitude/offset ranges, these values may not be achievable. In such cases they are limited to by the maximum levels specified by the commands AFG:HIGHLevel and AFG:LOWLevel. NOTE. The AFG:OUTPut:LOAd:IMPEDance command must be used before using any of the amplitude/offset/highLevel/lowLevel/Preset commands, so that saved setups are recalled with the proper load factor applied. The AFG:LEVELPreset command sets the high level and low level values as follows: AFG:HIGHLevel and AFG:LOWLevel Setting Values Load Impedance FIFTY Ohm Load Impedance HIGHZ LEVEL Preset High Low High Low TTL N/A N/A 5.0V 0V CMOS_5_0V N/A N/A 5.0V 0V CMOS_3_3V 2.5V 0V 3.3V 0V CMOS_2_5V 2.5V 0V 2.5V 0V ECL -0.85V -1.65V -0.9V -1.7V MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-131 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Conditions MDO3000 series only. Requires the MDO3AFG option to be installed. Group AFG Syntax AFG:LEVELPreset {CMOS_5_0V|CMOS_3_3V|CMOS_2_5V|ECL|TTL|USER} AFG:LEVELPreset? Arguments CMOS_5_0V – standard 5-volt CMOS levels. Not available when the load impedance is 50 Ohm. CMOS_3_3V – standard 3.3-volt CMOS levels CMOS_2_5V – standard 2.5-volt CMOS levels USER– user-defined. ECL – -1.7 to -0.9 volts (note the full range is not available in 50 Ohm – actual is -1.65 to -0.85. See table below. TTL – 5.0 volts. Not available when the load impedance is 50 Ohm. Note: The TTL standard power supply is 5V. Since the Typical standard is >2.6V for high, this is unachievable in 50 Ohm mode. See table below. Returns Examples Once any of the vertical settings are changed from the preset values, or the output load impedance is changed, the query form returns USER. AFG:LEVELPRESET CMOS_3_3V sets the AFG preset levels to standard 3.3 volt CMOS levels for the AMPLitude, OFFSet, HIGHLevel and LOWLevel settings. AFG:LOWLevel This command sets (or queries) the low level value of the output waveform, in volts, when using the arbitrary function generator feature. The low level value is constrained by the requirements for amplitude and offset; updating this value changes the amplitude and offset values. To set or query the amplitude or offset values, use the commands AFG:AMPLitude and AFG:OFFSet. NOTE. The AFG:OUTPut:LOAd:IMPEDance command must be used before using any of the amplitude/offset/highLevel/lowLevel/Preset commands, so that saved setups are recalled with the proper load factor applied. 2-132 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order The following values can be set for low level: AFG:LOWLevel Setting Value Load Impedance FIFTY Ohm 1 Load Impedance HIGHZ Min Max Resolution Min Max Resolution SINE SQUare PULSe RAMP NOISe DC 1 HAVERSINe CARDIac ARBitrary -2.5V 1.24V 1mV -5.0V 2.49V 2mV SINC (Sin(x)/x) -1.518V 1.248V 1mV -3.036V 2.496V 2mV LORENtz -1.233V 1.266V 1mV -2.466V 2.532V 2mV GAUSsian ERISe EDECAy -1.25V 1.24V 1mV -2.5V 2.5V 2mV When the :AFG:FUNCtion is specified as DC, a change to the AFG:LOWLevel value results in a corresponding change to :AFG:OFFset. A corresponding change to :AFG:AMPLitude is remembered but is not applied until the :AFG:FUNCtion is changed to a function other than DC. Conditions MDO3000 series only. Requires the MDO3AFG option to be installed. Group AFG Syntax AFG:LOWLevel AFG:LOWLevel? Arguments Examples Floating point number that represents the AFG low level value, in volts. AFG:LOWLEVEL 1.0 sets the AFG low level value to 1.00 volts. AFG:NOISEAdd:PERCent Sets (or queries) the AFG additive noise level as a percentage. Minimum is 0.0%, maximum is 100.0% and increment is 1.0%. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-133 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order The maximum noise percent is limited when AFG:AMPLitude is greater than 50% of its maximum setting value for the current function, in accordance with the following formula: Noise Percent Max = 100.0 * (Amplitudemax/Amplitude – 1.0) Conditions MDO3000 series only. Requires the MDO3AFG option to be installed. Group AFG Syntax AFG:NOISEAdd:PERCent AFG:NOISEAdd:PERCent? Arguments Examples Floating point number that represents the AFG additive noise level, as a percentage. AFG:NOISEADD:PERCENT 50 sets the AFG additive noise level to 50 percent. AFG:NOISEAdd:STATE Sets (or queries) the AFG additive noise state. Conditions MDO3000 series only. Requires the MDO3AFG option to be installed. Group AFG Syntax AFG:NOISEAdd:STATE {0|1|OFF|ON} AFG:NOISEAdd:STATE? Arguments 1 orON turns on the AFG additive noise state. 0 or OFF turns it off. Examples AFG:NOISEADD:STATE ON turns on the additive noise state. AFG:OFFSet Sets (or queries) the AFG offset value, in volts. The offset values that can be specified for each function and load impedance are in the table below. (To 2-134 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order specify the function and load impedance, use the commands AFG:FUNCtion and AFG:OUTPut:LOAd:IMPEDance.) NOTE. The AFG:OUTPut:LOAd:IMPEDance command must be used before using any of the amplitude/offset/highLevel/lowLevel/Preset commands, so that saved setups are recalled with the proper load factor applied. AFG:OFFSet Setting Value Load Impedance FIFTY Ohm SINE SQUare PULSe RAMP NOISe DC SINC (Sin(x)/x) GAUSsian LORENtz ERISe EDECAy HAVERSINe CARDIac ARBitrary Load Impedance HIGHZ Min Max Resolution Min Max Resolution -1.25V 1.25V 500uV -2.5V 2.5V 1mV Conditions MDO3000 series only. Requires the MDO3AFG option to be installed. Group AFG Syntax AFG:OFFSet AFG:OFFSet? Arguments Examples Floating point number that represents the AFG offset, in volts. AFG:OFFSET 1.0 sets the AFG offset to 1.0 volts. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-135 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order AFG:OUTPut:LOAd:IMPEDance Sets (or queries) the AFG output load impedance. Conditions MDO3000 series only. Requires the MDO3AFG option to be installed. Group AFG Syntax AFG:OUTPut:LOAd:IMPEDance {FIFty|HIGHZ} AFG:OUTPut:LOAd:IMPEDance? Arguments FIFty sets the output load impedance to 50 Ohms. HIGHZ sets the output load impedance to the high-impedance state. Examples AFG:OUTP:LOA:IMPED FIF sets the AFG output load impedance to 50 Ohms. AFG:OUTPut:STATE Sets (or queries) the AFG output state. Conditions MDO3000 series only. Requires the MDO3AFG option to be installed. Group AFG Syntax AFG:OUTPut:STATE {0|1|OFF|ON} AFG:OUTPut:STATE? Arguments 1 orON turns on the AFG output state. 0 or OFF turns it off. Examples AFG:OUTPUT:STATE ON turns on the AFG output state. AFG:PERIod Sets (or queries) the period of the AFG waveform, in seconds. (Period = 1.0/Frequency). 2-136 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order The period value is constrained by the frequency max/min/resolution (see AFG:FREQuency). For example, frequency resolution steps from 0.1Hz to 1Hz, result in the following valid settings for period: 10, 5, 3.33…, 2.5, 2, 1.66…, 1.428571…, 1.25, 1.11…, 1.0. Conditions MDO3000 series only. Requires the MDO3AFG option to be installed. Group AFG Syntax AFG:PERIod AFG:PERIod? Arguments Returns Examples Floating point number that represents the AFG period value, in seconds. The query response is returned in high precision NR3 format (up to 12 digits with more than 4 trailing 0 digits after the decimal point is omitted). AFG:PERIOD 1 sets the AFG period value to 1 second. AFG:PHASe Sets (or queries) the AFG phase. The AFG phase setting controls the phase difference between the trigger signal output and the AFG waveform output. Phase is expressed in degrees and ranges from -180.0 to 180.0 in increments of 0.1 degrees. Conditions MDO3000 series only. Requires the MDO3AFG option to be installed. Group AFG Syntax AFG:PHASe AFG:PHASe? Arguments Examples Floating point number that represents the AFG phase, in degrees. AFG:PHASE -145.0 sets the phase of the AFG to -145.0 degrees. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-137 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order AFG:PULse:WIDth Sets (or queries) the AFG pulse width, in seconds. Pulse width has an absolute minimum of 10ns and has a relative range of 10% 90% of the current period setting. Resolution is 0.1ns. Conditions MDO3000 series only. Requires the MDO3AFG option to be installed. Group AFG Syntax AFG:PULse:WIDth AFG:PULse:WIDth? Arguments Examples Floating point number that represents the pulse width, in seconds. AFG:PULSE:WIDTH 100.0E-6 sets the AFG pulse width to 100 microseconds. AFG:RAMP:SYMmetry Sets (or queries) the AFG ramp symmetry as a percentage. Minimum is 0.0%, maximum is 100.0% and increment is 0.10%. Conditions MDO3000 series only. Requires the MDO3AFG option to be installed. Group AFG Syntax AFG:RAMP:SYMmetry AFG:RAMP:SYMmetry? Arguments Examples Floating point number that represents the AFG ramp symmetry, as a percentage. AFG:RAMP:SYMMETRY 50.0 sets the AFG ramp symmetry to 50 percent. AFG:SQUare:DUty Sets (or queries) the AFG duty cycle, as a percentage. The minimum is 10.0%, maximum is 90.0% and increment is 0.10%. 2-138 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Conditions MDO3000 series only. Requires the MDO3AFG option to be installed. Group AFG Syntax AFG:SQUare:DUty AFG:SQUare:DUty? Arguments Examples Floating point number that represents the AFG duty cycle, as a percentage. AFG:SQUARE:DUTY 50.0 sets the AFG duty cycle to 50 percent. ALIas:CATalog? (Query Only) Returns a list of the currently defined alias labels, separated by commas. If no aliases are defined, the query returns the string "". Group Alias Syntax ALIas:CATalog? Examples ALIAS:CATALOG? might return the string :ALIAS:CATALOG "SETUP1","TESTMENU1","DEFAULT" showing that there are three aliases named SETUP1, TESTMENU1, and DEFAULT. ALIas:DEFine Assigns a sequence of program messages to an alias label. These messages are then substituted for the alias whenever it is received as a command or query, provided that ALIas:STATE has been turned on. The query form of this command returns the definitions of a selected alias. NOTE. Attempting to give two aliases the same name causes an error. To give a new alias the name of an existing alias, the existing alias must first be deleted. Group Alias Syntax ALIas:DEFine <,>{|} ALIas:DEFine? MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-139 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Related Commands Arguments ALIas[:STATE] The first is the alias label. This label cannot be a command name. Labels must start with a letter and can contain only letters, numbers, and underscores; other characters are not allowed. The label must be less than or equal to 12 characters. The second or is a complete sequence of program messages. The messages can contain only valid commands that must be separated by semicolons and must follow all rules for concatenating commands. The sequence must be less than or equal to 256 characters. Examples ALIAS:DEFINE "ST1",":RECALL:SETUP 5;:AUTOSET EXECUTE;:SELECT:CH1 ON" defines an alias named "ST1" that sets up the oscilloscope. ALIAS:DEFINE? "ST1" returns :ALIAS:DEFINE "ST1",#246 :RECALL:SETUP 5;:AUTOSET EXECUTE;:SELECT:CH1 ON ALIas:DELEte:ALL (No Query Form) Deletes all existing aliases. Group Alias Syntax ALIas:DELEte:ALL Related Commands Examples ALIas:DELEte[:NAMe] ALIAS:DELETE:ALL deletes all existing aliases. ALIas:DELEte[:NAMe] (No Query Form) Removes a specified alias. 2-140 Group Alias Syntax ALIas:DELEte[:NAMe] MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Arguments is the name of the alias to remove. Using ALIas:DELEte[:NAMe] without specifying an alias causes an execution error. must be an existing alias. Examples ALIAS:DELETE[:NAME] “STARTUP” deletes the alias named STARTUP. ALIas[:STATE] Turns aliases on or off. (See page 2-13, Alias Command Group.) Group Alias Syntax ALIas[:STATE] {|OFF|ON} ALIas[:STATE]? Arguments OFF or = 0 turns alias expansion off. If a defined alias is sent when ALIas:STATE is OFF, a command error (102) is generated. ON or 0 turns alias expansion on. When a defined alias is received, the specified command sequence is substituted for the alias and executed. Examples ALIAS[:STATE] OFF turns the command alias feature off. ALIAS[:STATE]? returns 0 when the alias feature is off. ALLEv? (Query Only) Prompts the oscilloscope to return all events and their messages (delimited by commas), and removes the returned events from the Event Queue. Use the *ESR? query to enable the events to be returned. This command is similar to repeatedly sending *EVMsg? queries to the oscilloscope. Group Status and Error Syntax ALLEv? Related Commands Examples *ESR?, EVMsg? ALLEV? might return :ALLEV 2225,"Measurement error, No waveform to measure; "420,"Query UNTERMINATED;" MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-141 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order APPLication:LICENSE:SLOT:LOCation? (Query Only) This query returns the license location. < x> can be slot number 1-4 (1-2 for MDO3000 models). NOTE. In order to use many of the advanced oscilloscope features, you must purchase an application module that contains a license. A license turns on a feature that is already present in the firmware. The module can be inserted into any of the four application module slots in the oscilloscope (two for the MDO3000 series). While only four of the more than twelve physical application modules available can be supported at one time (or two for the MDO3000 series), more than this number of applications can be used simultaneously: a license can be transferred from the physical application module to an internal location within the oscilloscope. Once a license has been transferred to an internal location, the application that it enables can be used without the physical application module being present; the physical application module can be removed, thus freeing up a slot. However, the license then needs to be transferred back to the physical application module in order to use the license with another instrument. Group Miscellaneous Syntax APPLication:LICENSE:SLOT:LOCation? Related Commands APPLication:LICENSE:SLOT:TRANSFER, APPLication:LICENSE:SLOT:TYPe? Returns SCOPE - The license has been transferred to the oscilloscope and is active internally. MODULE - The license is in the application module and has not been transferred to the scope. BOTH - The license is in the application module and the license from another application module of the same type has already been transferred to the scope. NEITHER - The license is neither in the application module nor in the scope's internal memory. (In this situation, the license must have been transferred to a different oscilloscope.) NONE - There is no application module in the slot. Examples 2-142 APPLication:LICENSE:SLOT1:LOCation? might return SCOPE, indicating that the license is active internally. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order APPLication:LICENSE:SLOT:TRANSFER (No Query Form) You can use this command to transfer a license from a physical application module to an internal memory location within the oscilloscope, and to transfer it back. Once a license has been transferred to an internal location, the application that it enables can be used without the physical application module being present; the physical application module can be removed, thus freeing up a slot. However, the license then needs to be transferred back to the physical application module in order to use the license with another instrument. After licenses have been transferred, the oscilloscope power must be cycled in order to enable/disable the features affected by the module. Applications modules must only be installed and removed when the oscilloscope power is off. CAUTION. Applications modules must only be installed and removed when the oscilloscope power is off. < x> can be slot number 1-4 (1-2 for MDO3000 models). NOTE. In order to use many of the advanced oscilloscope features, you must purchase an application module that contains a license. A license turns on a feature that is already present in the firmware. The module can be inserted into any of the four application module slots in the oscilloscope (two for the MDO3000 series). While only four of the more than twelve physical application modules available can be supported at one time (or two for the MDO3000 series), more than this number of applications can be used simultaneously: a license can be transferred from the physical application module to an internal location within the oscilloscope. Conditions If the license currently resides in the physical application module and the license does not also reside in the scope, it is transferred to the scope and the license is no longer in the module. If the license currently resides in the scope and the license does not also reside in the module, the license is transferred from the scope to the module. If the application module slot is empty, an error event is posted to the event queue so indicating and no operation is performed. If the license resides in both the scope and the module, an error event is posted to the event queue so indicating and no operation is performed. If the license resides in neither the scope nor the module, an error event is posted to the event queue so indicating and no operation is performed. Group Miscellaneous MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-143 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Syntax Related Commands APPLication:LICENSE:SLOT:TRANSFER EXECute APPLication:LICENSE:SLOT:LOCation?, APPLication:LICENSE:SLOT:TYPe? APPLication:LICENSE:SLOT:TYPe? (Query Only) This query returns the application license type of the module that is currently inserted in the specified application module slot. If there is no application module in the slot, NONE is returned. < x> can be slot number 1-4 (1-2 for MDO3000 models). NOTE. In order to use many of the advanced oscilloscope features, you must purchase an application module that contains a license. A license turns on a feature that is already present in the firmware. The module can be inserted into any of the four application module slots in the oscilloscope (two for the MDO3000 series). While only four of the more than twelve physical application modules available can be supported at one time (or two for the MDO3000 series), more than this number of applications can be used simultaneously: a license can be transferred from the physical application module to an internal location within the oscilloscope. Once a license has been transferred to an internal location, the application that it enables can be used without the physical application module being present; the physical application module can be removed, thus freeing up a slot. However, the license then needs to be transferred back to the physical application module in order to use the license with another instrument. Group Miscellaneous Syntax APPLication:LICENSE:SLOT:TYPe? Related Commands APPLication:LICENSE:SLOT:TRANSFER, APPLication:LICENSE:SLOT:LOCation? Examples 2-144 APPLication:MODule:SLOT1:TYPe? might return DPO4AUTO, indicating that the DPO4AUTO license is installed in slot 1. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order APPLication:TYPe This command sets or returns the application type. These are the applications available when the front panel "Test" button is pressed. The query form will return NONe if none of the supported test application modules are installed. Attempting to set the application type to a type with no application module installed will result in a settings conflict error event. NOTE. The Video Picture features are standard on MDO3000 series models. They require the DPO4VID application module for use with MSO/DPO4000B, MDO4000 and MDO4000B models. NOTE. The Act on Event features are standard on all models. The Limit/Mask and Power features are optional for all models. Conditions Video Picture commands are available for MDO3000 series models. They require the DPO4VID application module for use with MSO/DPO4000B, MDO4000 and MDO4000B models The Limit/Mask and Power features require the MDO3LMT or MDO3PWR application modules for the MDO3000 series models, or the DPO4LMT or DPO4PWR application modules for the MDO4000/B series. Group Miscellaneous Syntax APPLication:TYPe {POWer|LIMITMask|VIDPic|ACTONEVent|NONe} APPLication:TYPe? Related Commands Arguments All of the commands associated with the specified application type. POWer sets the application type to power analysis. LIMITMask sets the application type to limit mask test. VIDPic sets the application type to video picture. ACTONEVent sets the application type to act on event. NONe Returns The query form will return NONe if none of the supported application modules are installed. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-145 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Examples APPL:TYP? might return LIMITMASK, indicating that the DPO4LMT application module is currently being used. AUTOSet (No Query Form) Sets the vertical, horizontal, and trigger controls of the oscilloscope to automatically acquire and display the selected waveform. Group Miscellaneous Syntax AUTOSet {EXECute|UNDo} Arguments EXECute autosets the displayed waveform. UNDo restores the oscilloscope settings to those present prior to the autoset execution. Examples AUTOSET EXECUTE vertical, horizontal, and trigger controls of the oscilloscope to automatically acquire and display all waveforms which are turned on. AUTOSet:ENAble Enables or disables the autoset feature. This is useful for classroom purposes where the instructor wants the students to achieve the desired instrument settings without the benefit of the autoset feature. This setting is not saved in setup files or SET? or *LRN? queries. The default state is 1 (autoset enabled). Group Miscellaneous Syntax AUTOSet:ENAble {OFF|ON|0|1} AUTOSet:ENAble? Arguments OFF or 0 disables autoset. ON or 1 enables autoset. Examples AUTOSET:ENABLE 1 enables the front-panel Autoset button. AUTOSET:ENABLE? might return AUTOSET:ENABLE 0 indicating that the autoset feature is disabled. 2-146 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order AUXin? (Query Only) Returns all Aux Input connector parameters. Conditions Available for MSO/DPO4000B series models and 2-channel MDO3000 models only. Group Vertical Syntax AUXin? AUXin:PRObe Returns all information concerning the probe attached to Aux Input connector. Conditions Available for MSO/DPO4000B series models and 2-channel MDO3000 models only. Group Vertical Syntax AUXin:PRObe AUXin:PRObe? Examples AUXIN:PROBE? might return AUXIN:PROBE:ID:TYPE "No Probe Detected";SERNUMBER "";:AUXIN:PROBE:UNITS "";RESISTANCE 1.0000E+6 giving information about the probe attached to the Aux Input connector. AUXin:PRObe:AUTOZero (No Query Form) This command executes the attached probe’s Auto Zero function, for probes that support this feature. See your probe documentation for more details. Conditions Group Available for MSO/DPO4000B series models and 2-channel MDO3000 models only. Vertical MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-147 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Syntax AUXin:PRObe:AUTOZero EXECute Arguments EXECute sets the probe to autozero. Examples AUXin:PRObe:AUTOZero EXECute performs the AutoZero function in the probe. AUXin:PRObe:CALibrate:CALIBRATABLe? (Query Only) This query indicates whether the attached probe is calibratable. It returns a boolean value. Conditions Available for MSO/DPO4000B series models and 2-channel MDO3000 models only. Group Vertical Syntax AUXin:PRObe:CALibrate:CALIBRATABLe? Examples AUXin:PRObe:CALibrate:CALIBRATABLe? might return 0, indicating that the probe attached to the Aux Input connector is not calibratable. AUXin:PRObe:COMMAND (No Query Form) Sets the state of the probe control specified with the first argument to the state specified with the second argument. The commands and states are unique to the attached probe type. Only certain VPI probes support this command. See the probe documentation for how to set these string arguments. Conditions Group Vertical Syntax AUXin:PRObe:COMMAND , Arguments 2-148 Available for MSO/DPO4000B series models and 2-channel MDO3000 models only. are quoted strings specifying the probe command and value to set in the probe attached to the Aux Input connector. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Examples AUXIN:PROBE:COMMAND “OUTPUT”, “ON” turns the output of a Tektronix VPI-DPG probe on. AUXIN:PROBE:COMMAND “MODE”, “4–4V1MHz” sets a Tektronix VPI-DPG probe to the 4-4V1MHz mode. AUXIN:PROBE:COMMAND? might return AUXIN:PROBE:COMMAND “MODE”,“4-4V1MHZ”. AUXin:PRObe:DEGAUss (No Query Form) Starts a degauss/autozero cycle on a TekVPI current probe attached to the Aux Input connector. If you send this command to a probe that does not support this function, it is ignored. Conditions Available for MSO/DPO4000B series models and 2-channel MDO3000 models only. Group Vertical Syntax AUXin:PRObe:DEGAUss {EXECute} Arguments EXECute starts a probe degauss cycle. Examples AUXin:PROBE:DEGAUSS EXECUTE degausses the probe attached to the Aux Input connector. AUXin:PRObe:DEGAUss:STATE? (Query Only) Returns the state of the probe degauss (NEEDED, RECOMMENDED, PASSED, FAILED, RUNNING). The command will return PASSED for probes that do not support degauss operations. Conditions Available for MSO/DPO4000B series models and 2-channel MDO3000 models only. Group Vertical Syntax AUXin:PRObe:DEGAUss:STATE? MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-149 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Examples AUXin:PROBE:DEGAUSS:STATE? might return: AUXin:PROBE:DEGAUSS:STATE PASSED indicating that the probe has been degaussed. AUXin:PRObe:FORCEDRange Changes or returns the range on a TekVPI probe attached to the Aux Input connector. Conditions Available for MSO/DPO4000B series models and 2-channel MDO3000 models only. Group Vertical Syntax AUXin:PRObe:FORCEDRange AUXin:PRObe:FORCEDRange? Arguments is a floating point number that specifies the probe range, which is probe dependent. AUXin:PRObe:GAIN Specifies the gain factor of a probe that is attached to the Aux Input connector. Conditions Group Vertical Syntax AUXin:PRObe:GAIN AUXin:PRObe:GAIN? Arguments Examples 2-150 Available for MSO/DPO4000B series models and 2-channel MDO3000 models only. is a floating point number that specifies the probe gain, which is probe dependent. AUXin:PROBE:GAIN? might return 100.0000E-3 indicating that the attached 10x probe delivers 0.1 V to the Aux In BNC for every 1.0 V applied to the probe input. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order AUXin:PRObe:ID:SERnumber? (Query Only) Returns the serial number of the probe that is attached to the Aux Input connector. Conditions Available for MSO/DPO4000B series models and 2-channel MDO3000 models only. Group Vertical Syntax AUXin:PRObe:ID:SERnumber? AUXin:PRObe:ID:TYPe? (Query Only) Returns the type of probe that is attached to the Aux Input connector. Conditions Available for MSO/DPO4000B series models and 2-channel MDO3000 models only. Group Vertical Syntax AUXin:PRObe:ID:TYPe? AUXin:PRObe:RESistance? (Query Only) Returns the resistance of the probe attached to the front panel Aux In connector. Conditions Available for MSO/DPO4000B series models and 2-channel MDO3000 models only. Group Vertical Syntax AUXin:PRObe:RESistance? Examples AUXin:PRObe:RESistance? might return :AUXin:PROBE:RESISTANCE 1.0000E+6 indicating that the input resistance of the probe attached to the front panel Aux In connector is 1 MΩ. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-151 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order NOTE. This query will return 0.0 if no probe is attached or the attached probe does not report the input resistance. AUXin:PRObe:SIGnal This command changes the input bypass setting on VPI probes that support input bypass, for example the TCP0001. If sent to a probe that does not support input bypass, it is ignored. Conditions Available for MSO/DPO4000B series models and 2-channel MDO3000 models only. Group Vertical Syntax AUXin:PRObe:SIGnal {BYPass|PASS} AUXin:PRObe:SIGnal? Arguments ByPass sets the probe to Bypass mode. PASS sets the probe to Pass mode. AUXin:PRObe:UNIts? (Query Only) Returns a string describing the units of measure of the probe attached to the Aux Input connector. Conditions Available for MSO/DPO4000B series models and 2-channel MDO3000 models only. Group Vertical Syntax AUXin:PRObe:UNIts? Examples AUXin:PROBE:UNITS? might return: :AUXin:PROBE:UNITS “V” indicating that the units of measure for the attached probe are volts. AUXOut:SOUrce This command sets (or queries) the source for the Auxiliary Output port. 2-152 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Group Miscellaneous Syntax AUXOut:SOUrce {ATRIGger|MAIn|REFOut|EVENT|AFG} AUXOut:SOUrce? Arguments ATRIGger is the default signal output of the auxiliary out port. MAIn is synonymous with ATRIGger. REFOut specifies the reference oscillator output as the source for the auxiliary output. (Not supported on MDO3000 models.) EVENT refers to an internally generated oscilloscope event. The Mask and Act on Event commands can cause an event output, such as a mask test completion notification event. AFG specifies the AFG sync out pulse. (Only available for MDO3000 models with the AFG option installed.) Examples AUXOut:SOUrce REFOut sets the instrument to use the reference oscillator output as the source for the auxiliary output. AUXOut:SOUrce? might return ATRIGGER, indicating the source for the auxilliary out port is the A Trigger. BUS? (Query Only) Returns the parameters for each serial (if installed) and parallel bus. Group Bus Syntax BUS? BUS:B:AUDio:BITDelay Specifies the number of delay bits for the AUDIO bus. NOTE. This command is applicable only for TDM audio bus type (BUS:BAUDio:TYPe TDM) Conditions This command requires the DPO4AUDIO application module for the MDO4000/B series, or the MDO3AUDIO for MDO3000 series. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-153 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:AUDio:BITDelay BUS:B:AUDio:BITDelay? Arguments Examples specifies the number of delay bits. BUS:B1:AUDIO:BITDELAY 2 sets the bit delay to 2. BUS:B1:AUDIO:BITDELAY? might return :BUS:B1:AUDIO:BITDELAY 1 indicating that the number of delay bits is 1. BUS:B:AUDio:BITOrder Specifies the bit order for the AUDIO bus. Conditions This command requires the DPO4AUDIO application module for the MDO4000/B series, or the MDO3AUDIO for MDO3000 series. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:AUDio:BITOrder {MSB|LSB} BUS:B:AUDio:BITOrder? Arguments MSB specifies that the most significant bit will be expected first in the order. LSB specifies that the least significant bit will be expected first in the order. Examples BUS:B1:AUDIO:BITORDER LSB sets the bit order to LSB. BUS:B1:AUDIO:BITORDER? might return :BUS:B1:AUDIO:BITORDER MSB indicating that the MSB is first in the bit order. BUS:B:AUDio:CHANnel:SIZe Specifies the number of bits per channel for the AUDIO bus. (To specify the number of bits per word, use BUS:B:AUDio:DATa:SIZe). NOTE. This command is applicable only for TDM audio bus type (BUS:BAUDio:TYPe TDM) 2-154 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Conditions This command requires the DPO4AUDIO application module for the MDO4000/B series, or the MDO3AUDIO for MDO3000 series. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:AUDio:CHANnel:SIZe BUS:B:AUDio:CHANnel:SIZe? Arguments Examples specifies the number of bits per channel. BUS:B1:AUDIO:CHANNEL:SIZE 8 sets the number of bits per channel to 8. BUS:B1:AUDIO:CHANNEL:SIZE? might return :BUS:B1:AUDIO:CHANNEL:SIZe 24 indicating that the number of bits per channel is 24. BUS:B:AUDio:CLOCk:POLarity Specifies the clock polarity for the AUDIO bus. Conditions This command requires the DPO4AUDIO application module for the MDO4000/B series, or the MDO3AUDIO for MDO3000 series. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:AUDio:CLOCk:POLarity {FALL|RISe} BUS:B:AUDio:CLOCk:POLarity? Arguments FALL sets falling edge as the clock polarity. RISe sets rising edge as the clock polarity. Examples BUS:B1:AUDIO:CLOCK:POLARITY Fall sets the clock polarity to Fall. BUS:B1:AUDIO:CLOCK:POLARITY? might return :BUS:B1:AUDIO:CLOCK:POLARITY RISe indicating that the clock polarity is set to Rise. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-155 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order BUS:B:AUDio:CLOCk:SOUrce Specifies the clock source waveform for the AUDIO bus. Conditions This command requires the DPO4AUDIO application module for the MDO4000/B series, or the MDO3AUDIO for MDO3000 series. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:AUDio:CLOCk:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4| D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15} BUS:B:AUDio:CLOCk:SOUrce? Arguments CH1–CH4 specifies an analog channel as the clock source waveform for the audio bus. D0-D15 specifies a digital channel as the clock source waveform for the audio bus. (MSO/MDO4000/B models only as well as MDO3000 models with option MDO3MSO installed.) Examples BUS:B1:AUDIO:CLOCK:SOURCE D1 sets D1 as the clock source for the audio bus. BUS:B1:AUDIO:CLOCK:SOURCE? might return :BUS:B1:AUDIO:CLOCK:SOURCE CH1 indicating that the clock source is set to CH1. BUS:B:AUDio:DATa:POLarity Specifies the data polarity for the AUDIO bus. Conditions 2-156 This command requires the DPO4AUDIO application module for the MDO4000/B series, or the MDO3AUDIO for MDO3000 series. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:AUDio:DATa:POLarity {NORMal|INVERTed} BUS:B:AUDio:DATa:POLarity? MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Arguments NORMal specifies positive data polarity for the audio bus. INVERTed specifies negative data polarity for the audio bus. Examples BUS:B1:AUDIO:DATA:POLARITY INVERTed sets the data polarity to Inverted. BUS:B1:AUDIO:DATA:POLARITY? might return :BUS:B1:AUDIO:DATA:POLARITY NORMAL indicating that the data polarity is set to Normal. BUS:B:AUDio:DATa:SIZe Specifies the number of bits per word for the AUDIO bus. NOTE. The number of bits specified for this command must be always less than or equal to the number of bits per channel (set using BUS:B:AUDio:CHANnel:SIZe). Conditions This command requires DPO4AUDIO application module for the MDO4000/B series, and MDO3AUDIO for MDO3000 series. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:AUDio:DATa:SIZe BUS:B:AUDio:DATa:SIZe? Arguments Examples NR1 specifies the number of bits per word. BUS:B1:AUDIO:DATA:SIZE 8 sets the number of bits per word to 8. BUS:B1:AUDIO:DATA:SIZE? might return :BUS:B1:AUDIO:DATA:SIZE 24 indicating that the number of bits per word is set to 24. BUS:B:AUDio:DATa:SOUrce Specifies the data source waveform for the AUDIO bus. Conditions This command requires the DPO4AUDIO application module for the MDO4000/B series, or the MDO3AUDIO for MDO3000 series. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-157 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:AUDio:DATa:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4| D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15} BUS:B:AUDio:DATa:SOUrce? Arguments CH1–CH4 specifies an analog channel as the data source waveform for the audio bus. D0-D15 specifies a digital channel as the data source waveform for the audio bus. (MSO/MDO4000/B models only as well as MDO3000 models with option MDO3MSO installed.) Examples BUS:B1:AUDIO:DATA:SOURCE D1 sets the data source to D1. BUS:B1:AUDIO:DATA:SOURCE? might return :BUS:B1:AUDIO:DATA:SOURCE CH3 indicating that the data source is set to CH3. BUS:B:AUDio:DISplay:FORMat Specifies the display format for the AUDIO bus. Conditions This command requires the DPO4AUDIO application module for the MDO4000/B series, or the MDO3AUDIO for MDO3000 series. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:AUDio:DISplay:FORMat {BINary|HEXadecimal|SIGNEDDECimal} BUS:B:AUDio:DISplay:FORMat? Arguments BINary specifies a binary data display. HEXadecimal specifies a hexadecimal data display. SIGNEDDECimal specifies a signed decimal data display. Examples BUS:B1:AUDIO:DISPLAY:FORMat BINARY sets the display format to Binary. BUS:B1:AUDIO:DISPLAY:FORMat? might return :BUS:B1:AUDIO:DISPLAY:FORMAT SIGNEDDECIMAL indicating that the display format is set to signed decimal. 2-158 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order BUS:B:AUDio:FRAME:SIZe Specifies the number of channels in each frame for the AUDIO bus. NOTE. This command is applicable only for TDM audio bus type (BUS:BAUDio:TYPe TDM) Conditions This command requires the DPO4AUDIO application module for the MDO4000/B series, or the MDO3AUDIO for MDO3000 series. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:AUDio:FRAME:SIZe BUS:B:AUDio:FRAME:SIZe? Arguments Examples specifies the number of channels in each frame. BUS:B1:AUDIO:FRAME:SIZE 2 sets the frame size to 2. BUS:B1:AUDIO:FRAME:SIZE? might return :BUS:B1:AUDIO:FRAME:SIZE 8 indicating that the number of channels in each frame is set to 8. BUS:B:AUDio:FRAMESync:POLarity Specifies the frame sync polarity for the AUDIO bus - falling or rising edge. Conditions This command requires the DPO4AUDIO application module for the MDO4000/B series, or the MDO3AUDIO for MDO3000 series. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:AUDio:FRAMESync:POLarity {FALL|RISe} BUS:B:AUDio:FRAMESync:POLarity? Arguments FALL specifies the falling edge as the frame sync polarity. RISe specifies the rising edge as the frame sync polarity. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-159 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Examples BUS:B1:AUDIO:FRAMESYNC:POLARITY FALL sets the falling edge for frame sync polarity. BUS:B1:AUDIO:FRAMESYNC:POLARITY? might return :BUS:B1:AUDIO:FRAMESYNC:POLARITY RISe indicating that the polarity is set to Rise. BUS:B:AUDio:FRAMESync:SOUrce Specifies the frame sync source waveform for the AUDIO bus. Conditions This command requires the DPO4AUDIO application module for the MDO4000/B series, or the MDO3AUDIO for MDO3000 series. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:AUDio:FRAMESync:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4| D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15} BUS:B:AUDio:FRAMESync:SOUrce? Arguments CH1–CH4 specifies an analog channel as the frame sync source waveform. D0-D15 specifies a digital channel as the frame sync source waveform. (MSO /MDO4000/B models only as well as MDO3000 models with option MDO3MSO installed.) Examples BUS:B1:AUDIO:FRAMESYNC:SOURCE CH1 sets CH1 as the frame sync source. BUS:B1:AUDIO:FRAMESYNC:SOURCE? might return :BUS:B1:AUDIO:FRAMESYNC:SOURCE CH2 indicating that the source is set to Ch2. BUS:B:AUDio:TYPe Specifies the audio format (type) for the AUDIO bus. Conditions Group 2-160 This command requires the DPO4AUDIO application module for the MDO4000/B series, or the MDO3AUDIO for MDO3000 series. Bus MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Syntax Arguments BUS:B:AUDio:TYPe {I2S|LJ|RJ|TDM} BUS:B:AUDio:TYPe? I2S specifies the I2S audio format. LJ specifies the left-justified audio format. RJ specifies the right justified audio format. TDM specifies the time-division multiplexing audio format. Examples BUS:B1:AUDIO:TYPE RJ sets right-justified as the audio format. BUS:B1:AUDIO:TYPE? might return :BUS:B1:AUDIO:TYPE I2S indicating that the audio format is set to I2S. BUS:B:AUDio:WORDSel:POLarity Specifies the word select polarity for the AUDIO bus. Conditions This command requires the DPO4AUDIO application module for the MDO4000/B series, or the MDO3AUDIO for MDO3000 series. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:AUDio:WORDSel:POLarity {NORMal|INVERTed} BUS:B:AUDio:WORDSel:POLarity? Arguments NORMal specifies positive WORDSel polarity. INVERTed specifies negative WORDSel polarity. Examples BUS:B1:AUDIO:WORDSEL:POLARITY NORMal sets normal as the word select polarity. BUS:B1:AUDIO:WORDSEl:POLARITY? might return :BUS:B1:AUDIO:WORDSEL:POLARITY NORMAL indicating that the word select polarity is set to normal. BUS:B:AUDio:WORDSel:SOUrce Specifies the word select source waveform for the AUDIO bus. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-161 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Conditions This command requires the DPO4AUDIO application module for the MDO4000/B series, or the MDO3AUDIO for MDO3000 series. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:AUDio:WORDSel:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4 |D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15} BUS:B:AUDio:WORDSel:SOUrce? Arguments CH1–CH4 specifies an analog channel as the word select source waveform . D0-D15 specifies a digital channel as the word select source waveform. (MSO/MDO4000/B models only as well as MDO3000 models with option MDO3MSO installed.) Examples BUS:B1:AUDIO:WORDSEL:SOURCE CH1 sets CH1 as the word select source. BUS:B1:AUDIO:WORDSEL:SOURCE? might return :BUS:B1:AUDIO:WORDSEL:SOURCE CH2 indicating that the word select source is set to CH2. BUS:B:CAN:BITRate Specifies the bit rate for the CAN bus. Conditions Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:CAN:BITRate BUS:B:CAN:BITRate? Arguments Returns 2-162 This command requires a DPO4AUTO or DPO4AUTOMAX application module for all 4000 series models, or the MDO3AUTO application module for MDO3000 series models. is the bit rate. The instrument supports bit rates at 10 bps intervals. You can enter any positive integer, and the instrument will coerce the value to the closest supported bit rate. The query always returns the numerical bit rate value. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Examples bus:b1:can:bitrate 50000 sets the CAN bit rate to 50000. bus:b1:can:bitrate? might return :BUS:B1:CAN:BITRATE 50000 indicating the bit rate is set to 50K. BUS:B:CAN:PRObe Specifies the probing method for the CAN bus. Conditions This command requires a DPO4AUTO or DPO4AUTOMAX application module for all 4000 series models, or the MDO3AUTO application module for MDO3000 series models. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:CAN:PRObe {CANH|CANL|RX|TX|DIFFerential} BUS:B:CAN:PRObe? Arguments CANH specifies the single-ended CANH signal, as specified by the CAN standard. CANL specifies the single-ended CANL signal, as specified by the CAN standard. RX specifies the receive signal on the bus side of the CAN transceiver. TX specifies the transmit signal. DIFFerential specifies the differential CAN signal. BUS:B:CAN:SAMPLEpoint Specifies the sampling point, as a percent, to sample during each bit period for the CAN bus. Conditions This command requires a DPO4AUTO or DPO4AUTOMAX application module for all 4000 series models, and the MDO3AUTO application module for MDO3000 series models. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:CAN:SAMPLEpoint BUS:B:CAN:SAMPLEpoint? MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-163 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Arguments is the sample point in percent. Values are limited to 25, 30, ... 70, 75. BUS:B:CAN:SOUrce Specifies the CAN bus data source. Conditions This command requires a DPO4AUTO or DPO4AUTOMAX application module for all 4000 series models, and the MDO3AUTO application module for MDO3000 series models. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:CAN:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4| D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15} BUS:B:CAN:SOUrce? Arguments CH1–CH4 specifies an analog channel as the data source waveform. D0–D15 specifies a digital channel as the data source waveform. (MSO/MDO4000/B models only as well as MDO3000 models with option MDO3MSO installed.) BUS:B:DISplay:FORMat Specifies the display format for the numerical information in the bus waveform. The display formats supported depend on the BUS:B:TYPe. Table 2-50: Supported display formats 2-164 Bus type Display format Audio BINary | HEXadecimal | ASCII | SIGNEDDECimal 1 CAN BINary | HEXadecimal Ethernet BINary | HEXadecimal | ASCII|MIXed FlexRay BINary | HEXadecimal | MIXed I2 C BINary | HEXadecimal LIN BINary | HEXadecimal | MiXed MIL-STD-1553 BINary | HEXadecimal | ASCII|MIXed|BLOCKHEX Parallel BINary | HEXadecimal RS232C BINary | HEXadecimal | ASCII MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Table 2-50: Supported display formats (cont.) Bus type Display format SPI BINary | HEXadecimal USB BINary | HEXadecimal | MIXed | MIXED2 1 SIGNEDDECimal is set using the audio application BUS:B:AUDio:DISplay:FORMat command. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:DISplay:FORMat {BINary|HEXadecimal|ASCII|MIXed|MIXED2|BLOCKHEX} BUS:B:DISplay:FORMat? Related Commands Arguments BUS:B:TYPe BINary – All values are displayed in binary. HEXadecimal – All values are displayed in hexadecimal. ASCII – All values are displayed in an ASCII format, for RS-232 only. MIXed – Values are displayed in a mixture of hexadecimal, binary, and decimal, depending on the field. MIXED2 – Values are displayed in a mixture of hexadecimal, binary, decimal and ASCII, depending on the field. BLOCKHEX – Displays the 16-bits of each payload as a block of 4 hexadecimal digits. BUS:B:DISplay:TYPe Specifies the display type for bus. You can set up the bus to display the protocol information, the logic waveforms that comprise the bus, or both. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:DISplay:TYPe {BUS|BOTh} BUS:B:DISplay:TYPe? Arguments BUS displays the bus waveforms only. BOTh displays both the bus and logic waveforms. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-165 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order BUS:B:ETHERnet:PRObe This command specifies the Ethernet probe type: differential or single-ended. The default is DIFFerential.B is the bus number 1-4. Conditions This command requires a DPO4ENET application module for DPO/MSO4000B and MDO4000/B models. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:ETHERnet:PRObe {DIFFerential|SINGleended} BUS:B:ETHERnet:PRObe? Related Commands BUS:B:ETHERnet:SOUrce:DIFFerential BUS:B:ETHERnet:SOUrce:DMINus BUS:B:ETHERnet:SOUrce:DPLUs Arguments DIFFerential SINGleended Examples BUS:B1:ETHERnet:PRObe DIFFerential specifies that a differential probe is connected to the input channels specified by BUS:B:ETHERnet:SOUrce:DPLUs and BUS:B:ETHERnet:SOUrce:DMINus. BUS:B1:ETHERnet:PRObe? might return SINGLEENDED, indicating that the probe type has been set to single-ended. BUS:B:ETHERnet:PROTOcol Use this command to set the Ethernet protocol type to TCP/IPv4, or to OTHER. The default is IPV4. NOTE. The commands TRIGger:A:BUS:B:ETHERnet:CONDition DATa and SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:ETHERnet:CONDition DATa are impacted by the setting of this command. Conditions 2-166 This command requires a DPO4ENET application module for DPO/MSO4000B and MDO4000/B models. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:ETHERnet:PROTOcol {IPv4|OTHER} BUS:B:ETHERnet:PROTOcol? Related Commands TRIGger:A:BUS:B:ETHERnet:CONDition SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:ETHERnet:CONDition Arguments IPv4 sets the Ethernet protocol type to Internet Protocol version 4. OTHER sets the Ethernet protocol type to other than IPv4. Examples BUS:B1:ETHERnet:PROTOcol IPv4 specifies IPv4 as the Ethernet protocol. BUS:B1:ETHERnet:PROTOcol? might return OTHER. BUS:B:ETHERnet:SOUrce:DIFFerential This command specifies the Ethernet data source for differential input. The supported source waveforms are channels 1–4, math waveform, and reference waveforms 1–4. The default is channel 1. Conditions This command requires a DPO4ENET application module for DPO/MSO4000B and MDO4000/B models. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:ETHERnet:SOUrce:DIFFerential {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4|MATH |REF1|REF2|REF3|REF4} BUS:B:ETHERnet:SOUrce:DIFFerential? Related Commands BUS:B:ETHERnet:PRObe TRIGger:A:BUS:B:ETHERnet:CONDition SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:ETHERnet:CONDition Arguments CH1–4 specifies to use one of the channels 1–4 as the Ethernet data source for differential input. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-167 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order MATH specifies to use the math waveform as the source for Ethernet data differential input REF1–4 specifies to use one of the reference waveforms 1–4 as the source for Ethernet data differential input. Examples BUS:B1:ETHERnet:SOUrce:DIFFerential ref4 specifies to use reference waveform 4 as the source for the Ethernet data differential input. BUS:B1:ETHERnet:SOUrce:DIFFerential? might return CH2, indicating that channel 2 is the currently specified source for Ethernet data differential input. BUS:B:ETHERnet:SOUrce:DMINus This command specifies the Ethernet data source for D- input for single-ended probing. The default is Channel 2. Conditions This command requires a DPO4ENET application module for DPO/MSO4000B and MDO4000/B models. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:ETHERnet:SOUrce:DMINus {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4|D0|D1|D2|D3 |D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15} BUS:B:ETHERnet:SOUrce:DMINus? Related Commands BUS:B:ETHERnet:PRObe BUS:B:ETHERnet:SOUrce:DPLUs Arguments CH1–4 specifies to use one of the analog channels as the Ethernet data source for the D- input. D0–D15 specifies to use one of the digital channels D0 – D15 as the Ethernet data source for the D- input. (MSO/MDO4000/B models only. ) Examples BUS:B1:ETHERnet:SOUrce:DMINus D5 specifies the Ethernet data source for the D- input as D5. BUS:B1:ETHERnet:SOUrce:DMINus? might return CH3, indicating that channel 3 is the Ethernet data source for the D- input. 2-168 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order BUS:B:ETHERnet:SOUrce:DPLUs This command specifies the Ethernet data source for the D+ input for single-ended probing. The default is channel 1. Conditions This command requires a DPO4ENET application module for DPO/MSO4000B and MDO4000/B models. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:ETHERnet:SOUrce:DPLUs {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4|D0|D1|D2|D3| D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15} BUS:B:ETHERnet:SOUrce:DPLUs? Related Commands BUS:B:ETHERnet:PRObe BUS:B:ETHERnet:SOUrce:DMINus Arguments CH1–4 specifies to use one of the analog channels 1–4 as the Ethernet data source for the D+ input. D0–D15 specifies to use one of the digital channels D0 — D15 as the Ethernet data source for the D+ input. (MSO/MDO4000/B models only as well as MDO3000 models with option MDO3MSO installed.) Examples BUS:B1:ETHERnet:SOUrce:DPLUs D5 specifies the Ethernet data source for the D+ input as D5. BUS:B1:ETHERnet:SOUrce:DPLUs? might return CH3, indicating that channel 3 is the Ethernet data source for the D+ input. BUS:B:ETHERnet:TYPe This command specifies the Ethernet standard type: 10Base-T or 100Base-T. The default is ENET 100 BASETX. Conditions Group This command requires a DPO4ENET application module for DPO/MSO4000B and MDO4000/B models. Bus MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-169 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Syntax Related Commands BUS:B:ETHERnet:TYPe {ENET10BASET|ENET100BASETX} BUS:B:ETHERnet:TYPe? BUS:B:ETHERnet:PRObe TRIGger:A:BUS:B:ETHERnet:CONDition SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:ETHERnet:CONDition Arguments ENET10BASET specifies the Ethernet type as 10Base-T standard. This standard supports data transfer rates up to 10 Mbps (also called Twisted Pair Ethernet). ENET100BASETX specifies the Ethernet type as 100Base-T standard. This standard supports data transfer rates up to 100 Mbps (also called Fast Ethernet). Examples BUS:B1:ETHERnet:TYPe ENET100BASETX specifies the Ethernet type as 100Base-T. BUS:B1:ETHERnet:TYPe? might return ENET10BASET, indicating that the Ethernet type has been set to 10Base-T. BUS:B:FLEXray:BITRate Specifies the bit rate for the FlexRay bus signal. The maximum bitrate is 100 Mbps. Conditions This command requires a DPO4AUTOMAX application module for 4000 series models, and MDO3FLEX application module for MDO3000 series models. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:FLEXray:BITRate BUS:B:FLEXray:BITRate? Arguments specifies the FlexRay bus bit rate. You can enter any positive integer, and Examples BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:BITRATE 9600 sets the FlexRay bus bit rate to 9600 bits per the instrument will coerce the value to the closest supported bit rate. second. BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:BITRATE? might return BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:BITRATE 10000000 indicating the FlexRay bit rate is 10,000,000 bits per second. 2-170 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order BUS:B:FLEXray:CHannel Specifies the FlexRay bus ID format. Conditions This command requires a DPO4AUTOMAX application module for 4000 series models, and MDO3FLEX application module for MDO3000 series models. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:FLEXray:CHannel {A|B} BUS:B:FLEXray:CHannel? Arguments A sets the FlexRay ID format to channel A. B sets the FlexRay ID format to channel B. Examples BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CHANNEL B sets the ID format to channel B. BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CHANNEL? might return BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CHANNEL A indicating that the ID format is channel A. BUS:B:FLEXray:SIGnal Specifies the FlexRay bus standard. Conditions This command requires a DPO4AUTOMAX application module for 4000 series models, and MDO3FLEX application module for MDO3000 series models. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:FLEXray:SIGnal {BDIFFBP|BM|TXRX} BUS:B:FLEXray:SIGnal? Arguments BDIFFBP sets the FlexRay standard to BDIFFBP. BM sets the FlexRay standard to BM. TXRX sets the FlexRay standard to TXRX. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-171 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Examples BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:SIGNAL BM sets the FlexRay bus standard to BM. BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:SIGNAL? might return BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:SIGNAL BDIFFBP indicating the FlexRay standard is BDIFFBP. BUS:B:FLEXray:SOUrce Specifies the FlexRay bus source waveform. Conditions This command requires a DPO4AUTOMAX application module for 4000 series models, and MDO3FLEX application module for MDO3000 series models. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:FLEXray:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4|D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10 |D11|D12|D13|D14|D15} BUS:B:FLEXray:SOUrce? Arguments CH1–CH4 specifies an analog channel as the source waveform. D0-D15 specifies a digital channel as the source waveform. (MSO/MDO4000/B models only as well as MDO3000 models with option MDO3MSO installed.) Examples BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:SOURCE CH4 sets the source waveform to channel 4. BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:SOURCE? might return BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:SOURCE CH1 indicating the source waveform is channel 1. BUS:B:I2C:ADDRess:RWINClude Sets and returns whether the read/write bit is included in the address. Conditions Group 2-172 This command requires a DPO4EMBD application module for 4000 series models, and an MDO3EMBD application module for MDO3000 series models. Bus MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Syntax Arguments BUS:B:I2C:ADDRess:RWINClude {|OFF|ON} BUS:B:I2C:ADDRess:RWINClude? = 0 does not include the read/write bit in the addess; any other value includes the read/write bit in the address. OFF does not include the read/write bit in the address. ON includes the read/write bit in the address. Examples BUS:B1:I2C:ADDRESS:RWINCLUDE ON includes the read/write bit in the address. BUS:B1:I2C:ADDRESS:RWINCLUDE? might return BUS:B1:I2C:ADDRESS:RWINCLUDE 0 indicating the read/write bit is not included in the address. BUS:B:I2C{:CLOCk|:SCLk}:SOUrce This command specifies the SCLK source for the I2C bus. Conditions This command requires a DPO4EMBD application module for 4000 series models, and an MDO3EMBD application module for MDO3000 series models. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:I2C{:CLOCk|:SCLk}:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4| D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15} BUS:B:I2C{:CLOCk|:SCLk}:SOUrce? Arguments CH1–CH4 specifies an analog channel as the SCLK source waveform. D0–D15 specifies a digital channel as the SCLK source waveform. (MSO/MDO4000/B models only as well as MDO3000 models with option MDO3MSO installed.) BUS:B:I2C{:DATa|:SDAta}:SOUrce Specifies the SDATA source for the I2C bus. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-173 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Conditions This command requires a DPO4EMBD application module for 4000 series models, and an MDO3EMBD application module for MDO3000 series models. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:I2C{:DATa|:SDAta}:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4| D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15} BUS:B:I2C{:DATa|:SDAta}:SOUrce? Arguments CH1–CH4 specifies an analog channel as the I2C SDATA source waveform. D0–D15 specifies a digital channel as the I2C SDATA source waveform. (MSO/MDO4000/B models only as well as MDO3000 models with option MDO3MSO installed.) BUS:B:LABel Specifies the waveform label for the bus. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:LABel BUS:B:LABel? Arguments is an alphanumeric string of text, enclosed in quotes, that contains the text label information for bus . The text string is limited to 30 characters. BUS:B:LIN:BITRate Specifies the bit rate for the LIN bus. Conditions 2-174 This command requires a DPO4AUTO or DPO4AUTOMAX application module for all 4000 series models, and the MDO3AUTO application module for MDO3000 series models. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:LIN:BITRate BUS:B:LIN:BITRate? MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Arguments Examples is the LIN bus bit rate. You can enter any positive integer, and the instrument will coerce the value to the closest supported bit rate. BUS:B1:LIN:BITRATE 9600 sets the bit rate 9600. BUS:B1:LIN:BITRATE? might return BUS:B1:LIN:BITRATE 2400 indicating the bit rate is set to 2400. BUS:B:LIN:IDFORmat Specifies the LIN bus ID format. Conditions This command requires a DPO4AUTO or DPO4AUTOMAX application module for all 4000 series models, and the MDO3AUTO application module for MDO3000 series models. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:LIN:IDFORmat {NOPARity|PARity} BUS:B:LIN:IDFORmat? Arguments NOPARity sets the LIN bus ID format to no parity. PARity sets the LIN bus ID format to parity. Examples BUS:B1:LIN:IDFORMAT PARITY sets the LIN bus ID format to parity. BUS:B1:LIN:IDFORMAT? might return BUS:B1:LIN:IDFORMAT NOPARITY indicating the LIN bus ID format is no parity. BUS:B:LIN:POLarity Specifies the LIN bus polarity. Conditions Group This command requires a DPO4AUTO or DPO4AUTOMAX application module for all 4000 series models, and the MDO3AUTO application module for MDO3000 series models. Bus MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-175 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Syntax Arguments BUS:B:LIN:POLarity {NORMal|INVerted} BUS:B:LIN:POLarity? NORMal specifies normal polarity. INVerted specifies inverted polarity. Examples BUS:B1:LIN:POLARITY INVERTED sets the polarity to INVERTED. BUS:B1:LIN:POLARITY? might return BUS:B1:LIN:POLARITY NORMAL indicating the polarity is normal. BUS:B:LIN:SAMPLEpoint Specifies the point to sample during each bit period, as a percent, for the LIN bus. Conditions This command requires a DPO4AUTO or DPO4AUTOMAX application module for all 4000 series models, and the MDO3AUTO application module for MDO3000 series models. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:LIN:SAMPLEpoint BUS:B:LIN:SAMPLEpoint? Arguments Examples is a percentage that represents the point at which to sample during each bit period. BUS:B1:LIN:SAMPLEPOINT 10 sets the sample point to 10% of the bit period BUS:B1:LIN:SAMPLEPOINT? might return BUS:B1:LIN:SAMPLEPOINT 50 indicating that the sample point is set to 50% of the bit period BUS:B:LIN:SOUrce Specifies the source waveform for the LIN bus. Conditions 2-176 This command requires a DPO4AUTO or DPO4AUTOMAX application module for all 4000 series models, and the MDO3AUTO application module for MDO3000 series models. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:LIN:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4|D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11 |D12|D13|D14|D15} BUS:B:LIN:SOUrce? Arguments CH1–CH4 specifies an analog channel as the source waveform. D0-D15 specifies a digital channel as the source waveform. (MSO/MDO4000/B models only as well as MDO3000 models with option MDO3MSO installed.) Examples BUS:B1:LIN:SOURCE CH4 sets the source waveform to channel 4. BUS:B1:LIN:SOURCE? might return BUS:B1:LIN:SOURCE CH1 indicating the source waveform is channel 1. BUS:B:LIN:STANDard Specifies the LIN bus standard to use. Conditions This command requires a DPO4AUTO or DPO4AUTOMAX application module for all 4000 series models, and the MDO3AUTO application module for MDO3000 series models. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:LIN:STANDard {V1X|V2X|MIXed} BUS:B:LIN:STANDard? Arguments V1X sets the LIN bus standard to V1X. V2X sets the LIN bus standard to V2X MIXed sets the LIN bus standard to MIXED. Examples BUS:B1:LIN:STANDARD V1X sets the LIN bus standard is V1X. BUS:B1:LIN:STANDARD? might return BUS:B1:LIN:STANDARD V2X indicating the LIN bus standard is V2X. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-177 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order BUS:B:MIL1553B:POLarity This command sets the polarity of the MIL-STD-1553 bus (normal or inverted). Conditions This command requires a DPO4AERO application module for 4000 series models, and an MDO3AERO application module for MDO3000 series models. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:MIL1553B:POLarity {NORMal|INVERTed} BUS:B:MIL1553B:POLarity? Related Commands TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B:CONDition SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B:CONDition BUS:B:MIL1553B:SOUrce Arguments NORMal - A high-low transition represents a 1 on the Data+ line. INVERTed - A high-low transition represents a 0 on the Data+ line. Examples BUS:B1:MIL1553B:POLarity INVERTED sets the polarity so that a high-low transition represents a 0 on the Data+ line. BUS:B1:MIL1553B:POLarity? might return NORMAL. BUS:B:MIL1553B:RESPonsetime:MAXimum This command specifies the maximum response time to a valid command issued for the MIL-STD-1553 bus. NOTE. The MIL-STD-1553 bus specification requires devices to respond to a valid command within 4 to 12 microseconds. Conditions Group 2-178 This command requires a DPO4AERO application module for 4000 series models, and an MDO3AERO application module for MDO3000 series models. Bus MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Syntax Related Commands Arguments Examples BUS:B:MIL1553B:RESPonsetime:MAXimum BUS:B:MIL1553B:RESPonsetime:MAXimum? BUS:B:MIL1553B:RESPonsetime:MINimum is a floating point number that specifies the maximum response time, in seconds. BUS:B1:MIL1553B:RESPonsetime:MAXimum 12.0E-6 specifies the maximum response time to a valid command received to be 12.0000E-6 microseconds. BUS:B1:MIL1553B:RESPonsetime:MAXimum? might return 12.0000E-6. BUS:B:MIL1553B:RESPonsetime:MINimum This command specifies the minimum response time to a valid command issued for the MIL-STD-1553 bus. NOTE. The MIL-STD-1553 bus specification requires devices to respond to a valid command within 4 to 12 microseconds. Conditions This command requires a DPO4AERO application module for 4000 series models, and an MDO3AERO application module for MDO3000 series models. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:MIL1553B:RESPonsetime:MINimum BUS:B:MIL1553B:RESPonsetime:MINimum? Related Commands Arguments Examples BUS:B:MIL1553B:RESPonsetime:MAXimum is a floating point number that specifies the minimum response time in seconds. BUS:B1:MIL1553B:RESPonsetime:MINimum 4.0E-6 specifies the minimum response time to a valid command received to 4.0E-6 microseconds. BUS:B1:MIL1553B:RESPonsetime:MINimum? might return 4.0000E-6. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-179 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order BUS:B:MIL1553B:SOUrce This command specifies the source for differential input for the MIL-STD-1553 bus. The supported source waveforms are channels 1–4, math waveform, and reference waveforms 1–4. The default is channel 1. Conditions This command requires a DPO4AERO application module for 4000 series models, and an MDO3AERO application module for MDO3000 series models. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:MIL1553B:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4|MATH|REF1|REF2|REF3|REF4} BUS:B:MIL1553B:SOUrce? Related Commands BUS:B:ETHERnet:PRObe SEARCH:SEARCH:TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B:CONDition TRIGger:A:BUS:B:MIL1553B:CONDition Arguments CH1–4 specifies an analog channel as the source for differential input. MATH specifies the math waveform as the MIL-STD-1553 bus source for differential input REF1–4 specifies a reference waveform as the source for differential input. Examples BUS:B1:MIL1553B:SOUrce ref4 specifies to use reference waveform 4 as the source. BUS:B1:MIL1553B:SOUrce? might return CH2, indicating that channel 2 is the currently specified source. BUS:B:PARallel:BIT:SOUrce Specifies the bit source waveform for the parallel bus. Conditions Group 2-180 Requires an MSO/MDO model, with the MDO3MSO option installed for the MDO3000 series. The MSO4000B and MDO4000/B models can trigger on parallel buses without an application module. Bus MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Syntax BUS:B:PARallel:BIT:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4| D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15} BUS:B:PARallel:BIT:SOUrce? Arguments CH1–CH4 specifies an analog channel as the bit source waveform. D0-D15 specifies a digital channel as the bit source waveform. (MSO/MDO4000/B models only as well as MDO3000 models with option MDO3MSO installed.) BUS:B:PARallel:CLOCk:EDGE Specifies the clock edge for the parallel bus. Conditions Requires an MSO/MDO model, with the MDO3MSO option installed for the MDO3000 series. The MSO4000B and MDO4000/B models can trigger on parallel buses without an application module. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:PARallel:CLOCk:EDGE {EITher|RISing|FALling} BUS:B:PARallel:CLOCk:EDGE? Arguments EIther specifies either edge as the clock edge. RISing specifies the rising edge as the clock edge. FALling specifies the falling edge as the clock edge. BUS:B:PARallel:CLOCk:ISCLOCKed Specifies the state of the clock function for the parallel bus. Conditions Group Requires an MSO/MDO model, with the MDO3MSO option installed for the MDO3000 series. The MSO4000B and MDO4000/B models can trigger on parallel buses without an application module. Bus MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-181 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Syntax Arguments BUS:B:PARallel:CLOCk:ISCLOCKed {YES|NO} BUS:B:PARallel:CLOCk:ISCLOCKed? YES specifes that the parallel bus is clocked. NO specifes that the parallel bus is not clocked. BUS:B:PARallel:CLOCk:SOUrce Specifies the clock source waveform for the parallel bus. Conditions Requires an MSO/MDO model, with the MDO3MSO option installed for the MDO3000 series. The MSO4000B and MDO4000/B models can trigger on parallel buses without an application module. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:PARallel:CLOCk:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4| D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15} BUS:B:PARallel:CLOCk:SOUrce? Arguments CH1–CH4 specifies an analog channel to use the clock source waveform. D0-D15 specifies a digital channelas the clock source waveform. (MSO/MDO4000/B models only as well as MDO3000 models with option MDO3MSO installed.) BUS:B:PARallel:WIDth This command specifies the number of bits to use for the width of the parallel bus. Conditions 2-182 Requires an MSO/MDO model, with the MDO3MSO option installed for the MDO3000 series. The MSO4000B and MDO4000/B models can trigger on parallel buses without an application module. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:PARallel:WIDth BUS:B:PARallel:WIDth? MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Arguments is the number of bits. BUS:B:POSition This command specifies the position of the bus waveform on the display. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:POSition BUS:B:POSition? Arguments is a floating point number that specifies the position of the bus waveform on the display. BUS:B:RS232C:BITRate This command specifies the bit rate for the RS-232 bus. Conditions This command requires a DPO4COMP application module for 4000 series models, and an MDO3COMP application module for MDO3000 series models. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:RS232C:BITRate BUS:B:RS232C:BITRate? Arguments is the bit rate in bits-per-second. You can enter any positive integer, and the instrument will coerce the value to the closest supported bit rate. BUS:B:RS232C:DATABits This command specifies the number of bits in the data frame for the RS-232 bus. Conditions Group This command requires a DPO4COMP application module for 4000 series models, and an MDO3COMP application module for MDO3000 series models. Bus MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-183 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Syntax Arguments BUS:B:RS232C:DATABits {7|8|9} BUS:B:RS232C:DATABits? 7 specifies seven bits in the RS-232 data frame. 8 specifies eight bits in the RS-232 data frame. BUS:B:RS232C:DELIMiter This command specifies the delimiting value for a packet on the RS-232 bus. Conditions This command requires a DPO4COMP application module for 4000 series models, and an MDO3COMP application module for MDO3000 series models. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:RS232C:DELIMiter {NULl|LF|CR|SPace|XFF} BUS:B:RS232C:DELIMiter? Arguments NULl specifies 0x00. LF specifies 0x0A. CR specifies 0x0D. XFF specifies 0xFF. BUS:B:RS232C:DISplaymode This command specifies the display mode for the RS-232 bus (frame or packet). Conditions 2-184 This command requires a DPO4COMP application module for 4000 series models, and an MDO3COMP application module for MDO3000 series models. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:RS232C:DISplaymode {FRAme|PACKET} BUS:B:RS232C:DISplaymode? MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Arguments FRAme displays each frame as a single entity. PACKET displays a group of frames terminated with a single frame defined by the BUS:B:RS232C:DELImiter command or the front panel. BUS:B:RS232C:PARity This command specifies the parity for the RS-232C bus. Conditions This command requires a DPO4COMP application module for 4000 series models, and an MDO3COMP application module for MDO3000 series models. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:RS232C:PARity {NONe|EVEN|ODD} BUS:B:RS232C:PARity? Arguments NONe specifies no parity. EVEN specifies even parity. ODD specifies odd parity. BUS:B:RS232C:POLarity This command specifies the polarity for the RS-232C bus. Conditions This command requires a DPO4COMP application module for 4000 series models, and an MDO3COMP application module for MDO3000 series models. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:RS232C:POLarity {NORMal|INVERTed} BUS:B:RS232C:POLarity? Arguments NORMal sets the polarity to positive. INVERTed sets the polarity to negative. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-185 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order BUS:B:RS232C:RX:SOUrce This command specifies the RX source waveform for the RS-232 bus. Conditions This command requires a DPO4COMP application module for 4000 series models, and an MDO3COMP application module for MDO3000 series models. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:RS232C:RX:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4| D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|Off} BUS:B:RS232C:RX:SOUrce? Arguments CH1–CH4 specifies an analog channel as the RX source waveform. D0-D15 specifies a digital channel as the RX source waveform. (MSO/MDO4000/B models only as well as MDO3000 models with option MDO3MSO installed.) Off sets the specified bus input to off. BUS:B:RS232C:TX:SOUrce This command specifies the TX source waveform for the RS-232 bus. Conditions This command requires a DPO4COMP application module for 4000 series models, and an MDO3COMP application module for MDO3000 series models. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:RS232C:TX:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4| D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|Off} BUS:B:RS232C:TX:SOUrce? Arguments CH1–CH4 specifies an analog channel as the TX source waveform. D0-D15 specifies a digital channel as the TX source waveform. (MSO/MDO4000/B models only as well as MDO3000 models with option MDO3MSO installed.) Off sets the specified bus input to off. 2-186 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order BUS:B:SPI:BITOrder This command specifies the bit order for the SPI bus. LSB is least significant bit first; MSB is most significant bit first. Conditions This command requires a DPO4EMBD application module for 4000 series models, and an MDO3EMBD application module for MDO3000 series models. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:SPI:BITOrder {LSB|MSB} BUS:B:SPI:BITOrder? Arguments LSB sets the bit order to least significant bit first. MSB sets the bit order to most significant bit first. Examples BUS:B1:SPI:BITORDER LSB sets the bit order to least significant bit first. BUS:B1:SPI:BITORDER? might return BUS:B1:SPI:BITORDER MSB indicating the bit order is set to most significant bit first. BUS:B:SPI{:CLOCk|:SCLk}:POLarity This command specifies the SCLK polarity for the SPI bus. Conditions This command requires a DPO4EMBD application module for 4000 series models, and an MDO3EMBD application module for MDO3000 series models. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:SPI{:CLOCk|:SCLk}:POLarity {FALL|RISe} BUS:B:SPI{:CLOCk|:SCLk}:POLarity? Arguments FALL specifies the SCLK polarity as falling edge. RISe specifies the SCLK polarity as rising edge. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-187 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order BUS:B:SPI{:CLOCk|:SCLk}:SOUrce This command specifies the SCLK source waveform for the SPI bus. Conditions This command requires a DPO4EMBD application module for 4000 series models, and an MDO3EMBD application module for MDO3000 series models. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:SPI{:CLOCk|:SCLk}:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4| D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15} BUS:B:SPI{:CLOCk|:SCLk}:SOUrce? Arguments CH1–CH4 specifies an analog channel as the SCLK source waveform. D0-D15 specifies a digital channel as the SCLK source waveform. (MSO/MDO4000/B models only as well as MDO3000 models with option MDO3MSO installed.) BUS:B:SPI:DATa{:IN|:MISO}:POLarity This command specifies the MISO polarity for the SPI bus. Conditions This command requires a DPO4EMBD application module for 4000 series models, and an MDO3EMBD application module for MDO3000 series models. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:SPI:DATa{:IN|:MISO}:POLarity {LOW|HIGH} BUS:B:SPI:DATa{:IN|:MISO}:POLarity? Arguments LOW specifies an active low polarity. HIGH specifies an active high polarity. BUS:B:SPI:DATa{:IN|:MISO}:SOUrce This command specifies the MISO source waveform for the SPI bus. 2-188 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Conditions This command requires a DPO4EMBD application module for 4000 series models, and an MDO3EMBD application module for MDO3000 series models. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:SPI:DATa{:IN|:MISO}:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4| D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15} BUS:B:SPI:DATa{:IN|:MISO}:SOUrce? Arguments CH1–CH4 specifies an analog channel as the MISO source waveform. D0-D15 specifies a digital channel as the MISO source waveform. (MSO/MDO4000/B models only as well as MDO3000 models with option MDO3MSO installed.) BUS:B:SPI:DATa{:OUT|:MOSI}:POLarity This command specifies the MOSI polarity for the SPI bus. Conditions This command requires a DPO4EMBD application module for 4000 series models, and an MDO3EMBD application module for MDO3000 series models. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:SPI:DATa{:OUT|:MOSI}:POLarity {LOW|HIGH} BUS:B:SPI:DATa{:OUT|:MOSI}:POLarity? Arguments LOW specifies the active low polarity. HIGH specifies the active high polarity. BUS:B:SPI:DATa{:OUT|:MOSI}:SOUrce This command specifies the MOSI source for the SPI bus. Conditions Group This command requires a DPO4EMBD application module for 4000 series models, and an MDO3EMBD application module for MDO3000 series models. Bus MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-189 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Syntax BUS:B:SPI:DATa{:OUT|:MOSI}:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4| D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15} BUS:B:SPI:DATa{:OUT|:MOSI}:SOUrce? Arguments CH1–CH4 specifies an analog channel as the MOSI source waveform. D0-D15 specifies a digital channel as the SPI MOSI source waveform. (MSO/MDO4000/B models only as well as MDO3000 models with option MDO3MSO installed.) BUS:B:SPI:DATa:SIZe This command specifies the number of bits per word (data size) for the specified SPI bus. Conditions This command requires a DPO4EMBD application module for 4000 series models, and an MDO3EMBD application module for MDO3000 series models. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:SPI:DATa:SIZe BUS:B:SPI:DATa:SIZe? Arguments Examples NR1 is the data size of the specified bus. BUS:B1:SPI:DATA:SIZE 8 sets the data size to 8 bits per word. BUS:B1:SPI:DATA:SIZE? might return BUS:B1:SPI:DATA:SIZE 8 indicating the data size is 8 bits per word. BUS:B:SPI:FRAMING This command specifies the type of framing to use for the SPI bus. Conditions Group 2-190 This command requires a DPO4EMBD application module for 4000 series models, and an MDO3EMBD application module for MDO3000 series models. Bus MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Syntax Arguments BUS:B:SPI:FRAMING {SS|IDLEtime} BUS:B:SPI:FRAMING? SS specifies to use the SS (non 2-wire) framing type. IDLEtime specifies to use the Idle Time (2-wire) framing type. Examples BUS:B1:SPI:FRAMING SS sets the framing type to SS. BUS:B1:SPI:FRAMING IDELTIME might return BUS:B1:SPI:FRAMING IDELTIME indicating the framing type is set to IDLETIME. BUS:B:SPI:IDLETime This command specifies the idle time, in seconds, for the SPI bus. Conditions This command requires a DPO4EMBD application module for 4000 series models, and an MDO3EMBD application module for MDO3000 series models. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:SPI:IDLETime BUS:B:SPI:IDLETime? Arguments Examples NR3 is the idle time, in seconds, for the SPI bus. BUS:B1:SPI:IDLETIME 100.0000E-9 sets the idle time to 100 ns. BUS:B1:SPI:IDLETIME? might return BUS:B1:SPI:IDLETIME 100.0000E-9 indicating the idle time is set to 100 ns. BUS:B:SPI{:SELect|:SS}:POLarity This command specifies the polarity for the SPI bus. Conditions Group This command requires a DPO4EMBD application module for 4000 series models, and an MDO3EMBD application module for MDO3000 series models. Bus MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-191 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Syntax Arguments BUS:B:SPI{:SELect|:SS}:POLarity {LOW|HIGH} BUS:B:SPI{:SELect|:SS}:POLarity? LOW specifies an active low polarity. HIGH specifies an active high polarity. BUS:B:SPI{:SELect|:SS}:SOUrce This command specifies the source waveform for the SPI bus. Conditions This command requires a DPO4EMBD application module for 4000 series models, and an MDO3EMBD application module for MDO3000 series models. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:SPI{:SELect|:SS}:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4| D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15} BUS:B:SPI{:SELect|:SS}:SOUrce? Arguments CH1–CH4 specifies an analog channel as the source waveform. D0-D15 specifies a digital channel as the source waveform. (MSO/MDO4000/B models only as well as MDO3000 models with option MDO3MSO installed.) BUS:B:STATE This command specifies the on/off state of the bus. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:STATE {|OFF|ON} BUS:B:STATE? Related Commands Arguments SELect:{BUS|B} ON or ≠ 0 turns on the bus. OFF or = 0 turns off the bus. 2-192 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order BUS:B:TYPe This command specifies (or queries) the bus type. The supported bus types are dependent on the oscilloscope model and the installed application models. With the exception of the parallel bus, all bus types require installation of an application module. (See page 2-15, Bus Command Group.) NOTE. The PARallel bus is available on MSO/MDO4000/B models only as well as MDO3000 models with option MDO3MSO installed. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:TYPe {I2C|SPI|CAN|RS232C|PARallel|USB|LIN|FLEXRay|AUDio|ETHERnet| MIL1553B} BUS:B:TYPe? Arguments I2C specifies the Inter-IC bus. SPI specifies the Serial Peripheral Interface bus (not available on two-channel models). CAN specifies the Controller Area Network bus. RS232C specifies the RS-232C bus. PARallel specifies the Parallel bus. USB specifies the USB bus. LIN specifies the LIN bus. FLEXRay specifies the FLexRay bus. AUDio specifies the audio bus. ETHERnet specifies the Ethernet bus. MIL1553B specifies the MIL-STD-1553 bus. BUS:B:USB:BITRate This command specifies the bit rate for the USB bus. Conditions This command requires a DPO4USB application module for 4000 series models, and an MDO3USB application module for MDO3000 series models. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-193 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:USB:BITRate {LOW|FULL|HIGH} BUS:B:USB:BITRate? Arguments LOW indicates the bit rate is 1.5 Mbps. FULL indicates the bit rate is 12 Mbps. HIGH indicates the bit rate is 480 Mbps. Examples BUS:B1:USB:BITRATE FULL sets the bit rate to 12 Mbps. BUS:B1:USB:BITRATE? might return :BUS:B1:USB:BITRATE LOW, which indicates that the bit rate is 1.5 Mbps. BUS:B:USB:PRObe This command specifies the type of probe connected to the USB bus. Conditions This command requires a DPO4USB application module for 4000 series models, and an MDO3USB application module for MDO3000 series models. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:USB:PRObe {DIFFerential|SINGleended} BUS:B:USB:PRObe? Arguments DIFFerential indicates the bus probe is a differential probe. SINGleended indicates the bus probe is not a differential probe. Examples BUS:B1:USB:PROBE DIFFERENTIAL sets the bus probe to differential. BUS:B1:USB:PROBE? might return :BUS:B1:USB:PROBE SINGLEENDED, which indicates that the bus probe is not a differential probe. BUS:B:USB:SOUrce:DIFFerential This command specifies the source waveform for the USB bus when using a differential probe. 2-194 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Conditions This command requires a DPO4USB application module for 4000 series models, and an MDO3USB application module for MDO3000 series models. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:USB:SOUrce:DIFFerential {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4|MATH|REF1|REF2|REF3|REF4} BUS:B:USB:SOUrce:DIFFerential? Arguments CH1–4 specifies an analog waveform as the source. This channel should have an attached differential probe. MATH specifies the math waveform as the source. REF1–4 specifies a reference waveform as the source. Examples BUS:B1:USB:SOURCE:DIFFERENTIAL CH2 sets the source to channel 2. You should have a differential probe attached to channel 2 and connect it to the USB data signal. BUS:B1:USB:SOURCE:DIFFERENTIAL? might return :BUS:B1:USB:SOURCE:DIFFERENTIAL CH4 indicating that channel 4 is the source. BUS:B:USB:SOUrce:DMINus This command specifies the source for the USB bus D- input. If you are using single-ended probes, you need to set the sources for both the D+ and D- inputs. Conditions This command requires a DPO4USB application module for 4000 series models, and an MDO3USB application module for MDO3000 series models. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:USB:SOUrce:DMINus {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4|D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8 |D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15} BUS:B:USB:SOUrce:DMINus? MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-195 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Arguments CH1–CH4 specifies an analog channel as the source waveform for the D- input. D0-D15 specifies a digital channel as the source waveform for the D- input. (MSO/MDO4000/B models only as well as MDO3000 models with option MDO3MSO installed.) Examples BUS:B1:USB:SOURCE:DMINUS CH2 sets the source to channel 2. BUS:B1:USB:SOURCE:DMINUS? might return :BUS:B1:USB:SOURCE:DMINUS CH4 indicating that channel 4 is the source. BUS:B:USB:SOUrce:DPLUs This command specifies the source for the USB D+ input. If you are using single-ended probes, you need to set the sources for both the D+ and D- inputs. Conditions This command requires a DPO4USB application module for 4000 series models, and an MDO3USB application module for MDO3000 series models. Group Bus Syntax BUS:B:USB:SOUrce:DPLUs {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4|D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8 |D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15} BUS:B:USB:SOUrce:DPLUs? Arguments CH1–CH4 specifies an analog channel as the source waveform for D+ input. D0-D15 specifies a digital channel as the source waveform for D+ input. (MSO/MDO4000/B models only as well as MDO3000 models with option MDO3MSO installed.) Examples BUS:B1:USB:SOURCE:DPLUS CH1 sets the D+ source to channel 1. BUS:B1:USB:SOURCE:DPLUS? might return :BUS:B1:USB:SOURCE:DPLUS CH3 indicating that channel 3 is the source. BUS:LOWerthreshold:CH This command sets the lower threshold for each channel. This applies to all search and trigger types that use the channel. 2-196 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Group Bus Syntax BUS:LOWerthreshold:CH {|ECL|TTL} BUS:LOWerthreshold:CH? Arguments is a floating point number that specifies the threshold, in volts. ECL specifies a preset ECL high level of -1.3V. TTL specifies a preset TTL high level of 1.4V. Examples BUS:LOWERTHRESHOLD:CH1 TTL sets the CH1 lower threshold to 800mV. BUS:LOWERTHRESHOLD:CH1? might return :BUS:LOWERTHRESHOLD:CH1 -800.0000E-3 indicating the CH1 lower threshold is -800 mV. BUS:LOWerthreshold{:MATH|:MATH1} This command specifies the lower threshold for the math waveform. This will apply to all search and trigger types that use the math waveform. Group Bus Syntax BUS:LOWerthreshold{:MATH|:MATH1} {|ECL|TTL} BUS:LOWerthreshold{:MATH|:MATH1}? Related Commands Arguments BUS:UPPerthreshold{:MATH|:MATH1} is a floating point number that specifies the lower threshold for the reference waveform, in volts. ECL – ECL (-1.3 volts). Note that this setting is constrained, depending upon the vertical scale of the specified math waveform. TTL – TTL (1.4 volts). Note that this setting is constrained, depending upon the vertical scale of the specified math waveform. Examples BUS:LOWerthreshold:MATH TTL sets the lower threshold for the math waveform to 1.4 volts. BUS:LOWerthreshold:MATH? might return 0.0E+0, which is the default. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-197 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order BUS:LOWerthreshold:REF This command sets the lower threshold for each reference waveform. This applies to all search and trigger types that use that reference waveform. Group Bus Syntax BUS:LOWerthreshold:REF {|ECL|TTL} BUS:LOWerthreshold:REF? Related Commands Arguments BUS:UPPerthreshold:REF is a floating point number that specifies the lower threshold for the reference waveform, in volts ECL – ECL (-1.3 volts). Note that this setting is constrained, depending upon the vertical scale for the specified reference waveform. TTL – TTL (1.4 volts). Note that this setting is constrained, depending upon the vertical scale for the specified reference waveform. Examples BUS:LOWerthreshold:REF2 TTL sets the lower threshold for reference waveform 2 to 1.4 volts. Note that this setting is constrained, depending upon the vertical scale for the specified reference waveform. BUS:LOWerthreshold:REF3? might return 0.0E+0, which is the default. BUS:THReshold:CH This command specifies the threshold for analog channel , where x is the channel number (1–4). This setting applies to all trigger types that use the channel. Conditions This command requires a serial bus analysis module on DPO models. Group Bus Syntax BUS:THReshold:CH {ECL|TTL|} BUS:THReshold:CH? Arguments ECL specifies a preset ECL high level of –1.3V. TTL specifies a TTL preset high level of 1.4V. 2-198 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order is a floating point number that specifies the threshold level, in volts. BUS:THReshold:D This command specifies the threshold for digital channel , where x is the digital channel number (0–15). This will apply to all Search and Trigger Types that use the channel. NOTE. MDO3000 models only have two digital threshold controls: one for digital channels D0 - D7, and the other for D8 - D15. Changing one digital channel’s threshold level changes all of the channels’ levels in the same set. Group Bus Syntax BUS:THReshold:D {|ECL|TTL} BUS:THReshold:D? Arguments ECL specifies a preset ECL high level of -1.3V. TTL specifies a preset TTL high level of 1.4V. is a floating point number that specifies the threshold level, in volts. BUS:UPPerthreshold:CH Sets the upper threshold for each analog channel (1–4). This applies to all search and trigger types that use the channel. Group Bus Syntax BUS:UPPerthreshold:CH {|ECL|TTL} BUS:UPPerthreshold:CH? Arguments is a floating point number that specifies the threshold, in volts. ECL specifies a preset ECL high level of -1.3V. TTL specifies a preset TTL high level of 1.4V. Examples BUS:UPPERTHRESHOLD:CH1 800.0000E-3 sets the CH1 upper threshold to 800 mV. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-199 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order BUS:UPPERTHRESHOLD:CH1? might return :BUS:UPPERTHRESHOLD:CH1 -800.0000E-3 indicating that the CH1 upper threshold is set to -800 mV. BUS:UPPerthreshold{:MATH|:MATH1} This command specifies the upper threshold of the math waveform. This will apply to all search and trigger types that use the math waveform. Group Bus Syntax BUS:UPPerthreshold{:MATH|:MATH1} {|ECL|TTL} BUS:UPPerthreshold{:MATH|:MATH1}? Related Commands Arguments BUS:LOWerthreshold{:MATH|:MATH1} is a floating point number that specifies the upper threshold of the math waveform, in volts. ECL – ECL (-1.3 volts). Note that this setting is constrained, depending upon the vertical scale for the specified math waveform. TTL – TTL (1.4 volts). Note that this setting is constrained, depending upon the vertical scale for the specified math waveform. Examples BUS:UPPerhreshold:MATH TTL sets the upper threshold for the math waveform to 1.4000 volts. BUS:UPPerhreshold:MATH? might return 0.0E+0, which is the default. BUS:UPPerthreshold:REF This command sets the upper threshold for each reference waveform. This applies to all search and trigger types that use that reference waveform. Group Bus Syntax BUS:UPPerthreshold:REF {|ECL|TTL} BUS:UPPerthreshold:REF? Related Commands 2-200 BUS:LOWerthreshold:REF MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Arguments is a floating point number that specifies the upper threshold for the reference waveform, in volts. ECL — ECL (-1.3 volts). Note that this setting is constrained, depending upon the vertical scale for the specified reference waveform. TTL — TTL (1.4 volts). Note that this setting is constrained, depending upon the vertical scale for the specified reference waveform. Examples BUS:UPPerthreshold:REF2 TTL sets the upper threshold for reference waveform 2 to 1.4000. BUS:UPPerthreshold:REF3? might return 0.0E+0, which is the default. BUSY? (Query Only) Returns the status of the oscilloscope. This command allows you to synchronize the operation of the oscilloscope with your application program. (See page 3-7, Synchronization Methods.) Certain oscilloscope operations can affect the BUSY? response. (See Table 3-3 on page 3-8.) Group Status and Error Syntax BUSY? Related Commands Returns *OPT?, *WAI = 0 means the oscilloscope is not busy processing a command whose execution time is extensive. = 1 means the oscilloscope is busy processing a command whose execution time is extensive. (See Table 3-3 on page 3-8.) Examples BUSY? might return :BUSY 1 indicating that the oscilloscope is currently busy. *CAL? (Query Only) Performs an internal self-calibration and returns the oscilloscope calibration status. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-201 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order NOTE. Disconnect or otherwise remove all input signals prior to starting self-calibration. The self-calibration can take several minutes to complete. Group Calibration and Diagnostic Syntax *CAL? Returns = 1 indicates the calibration did not complete successfully. = 0 indicates the calibration completed without errors. Examples *CAL? starts the internal signal path calibration and might return 0 to indicate that the calibration was successful. CALibrate:FACtory:STATus? (Query Only) Returns the factory calibration status value saved in nonvolatile memory. Group Calibration and Diagnostic Syntax CALibrate:FACtory:STATus? Examples CAL:FAC:STAT? might return CALIBRATE:FACTORY:STATUS PASS indicating that factory calibration passed. CALibrate:FACtory:STATus:AFG? (Query Only) This query returns the factory calibration status for the Arbitrary Function Generator portion of the instrument, if present. This query is synonymous with CALibrate:RESults:FACtory:AFG? Group Calibration and Diagnostic Syntax CALibrate:FACtory:STATus:AFG? Related Commands 2-202 CALibrate:FACtory:STATus:SCOPE?, CALibrate:FACtory:STATus:RF? MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Returns PASS - factory calibration has passed INIT - factory calibration is unadjusted RUNNING - factory calibration is running Examples CALIBRATE:FACTORY:STATUS:AFG? might return RUNNING, indicating that the factory calibration for the AFG portion of the instrument is in progress. CALibrate:FACtory:STATus:RF? (Query Only) Returns the factory calibration status value saved in nonvolatile memory for the RF portion of the oscilloscope. This query is synonymous with CALibrate:RESults:FACtory:RF?. Conditions MDO models only Group Calibration and Diagnostic Syntax CALibrate:FACtory:STATus:RF? Returns PASS: shows the RF portion of the factory calibration has succeeded. INIT: shows the RF portion of the factory calibration has not been adjusted. RUNNING: shows the RF portion of the factory calibration is in progress. Examples CAL:FAC:STAT:RF? might return RUNNING, indicating that the factory calibration for the RF portion of the instrument is in progress. CALibrate:FACtory:STATus:SCOPE? (Query Only) Returns the factory calibration status value saved in nonvolatile memory for the non-RF portion of the oscilloscope. It is synonymous with the :CALibrate:RESults:FACtory:SCOPE? query. Conditions Group MDO models only Calibration and Diagnostic MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-203 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Syntax Returns CALibrate:FACtory:STATus:SCOPE? PASS: shows the non-RF portion of the factory calibration has succeeded. INIT: shows the non-RF portion of the factory calibration has not been adjusted. RUNNING: shows the non-RF portion of the factory calibration is in progress. FAIL: show the non-RF portion of the factory calibration has failed. Examples CAL:FAC:STAT:SCOPE? might return CALIBRATE:FACTORY:STATUS:SCOPE PASS indicating that factory calibration passed. CALibrate:INTERNal (No Query Form) This command starts a signal path compensation. NOTE. Disconnect or otherwise remove all input signals prior to starting self-calibration. The self-calibration can take several minutes to complete. Group Calibration and Diagnostic Syntax CALibrate:INTERNal Arguments Examples None CALIBRATE:INTERNAL starts a serial path compensation cycle. CALibrate:INTERNal:STARt (No Query Form) This command starts the internal signal path calibration (SPC) of the oscilloscope – exactly the same as :CALibrate:INTERnal. First, disconnect all probes and cables from all channels. You can use the CALibrate:INTERNal:STATus? query to return the current status of the internal signal path calibration of the oscilloscope. This query can only be sent when internal calibration (SPC) is not running. NOTE. Disconnect or otherwise remove all input signals prior to starting self-calibration. The self-calibration can take several minutes to complete. 2-204 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Group Calibration and Diagnostic Syntax CALibrate:INTERNal:STARt Related Commands Examples CALibrate:RESults:SPC? CALIBRATE:INTERNAL:START initiates the internal signal path calibration of the oscilloscope. CALibrate:INTERNal:STATus? (Query Only) Returns the current status of the oscilloscope internal signal path calibration for the last SPC operation. NOTE. Disconnect or otherwise remove all input signals prior to starting self-calibration. The self-calibration can take several minutes to complete. Group Calibration and Diagnostic Syntax CALibrate:INTERNal:STATus? Related Commands Returns *CAL? This query will return one of the following: INIT indicates the oscilloscope has not had internal signal path calibration run. PASS indicates the signal path calibration completed successfully. FAIL indicates the signal path calibration did not complete successfully. RUNNING indicates the signal path calibration is currently running. Examples CAL:INTERN:STAT? might return :CALIBRATE:INTERNAL:STATus INIT indicating that the current status of the internal signal path calibration is that it has not been run. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-205 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order CALibrate:INTERNal:STATus:RF? (Query Only) This query returns the status of the last SPC run for the RF portion of the instrument: (doesn't include the analog channels). This query is synonymous with CALibrate:RESults:SPC:RF? Group Calibration and Diagnostic Syntax CALibrate:INTERNal:STATus:RF? Returns This query will return one of the following: INIT indicates the RF portion of the instrument has not been calibrated. PASS indicates the RF internal calibration completed successfully. RUNNING indicates the oscilloscope internal calibration is currently running. FAIL indicates the RF internal calibration did not complete successfully. Examples CAL:INTERN:STAT:RF? might return INIT indicating that the RF portion of the instrument has not been internally calibrated. CALibrate:INTERNal:STATus:SCOPE? (Query Only) This query returns the status of the last SPC run for the oscilloscope portion of the instrument (doesn't include the RF portion). To query the status of the RF portions, use CALibrate:INTERNal:STATus:RF? This query is synonymous to CALibrate:RESults:SPC:SCOPE? Group Calibration and Diagnostic Syntax CALibrate:INTERNal:STATus:SCOPE? Returns This query will return one of the following: INIT indicates the oscilloscope portion of the instrument has not been calibrated. PASS indicates the oscilloscope internal calibration completed successfully. RUNNING indicates the oscilloscope internal calibration is currently running. FAIL indicates the oscilloscope internal calibration did not complete successfully. 2-206 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Examples CAL:INTERN:STAT:SCOPE? might return INIT indicating that the oscilloscope portion of the instrument has not been calibrated. CALibrate:RESults? (Query Only) Returns the status of internal and factory calibrations, without performing any calibration operations. The results returned do not include the calibration status of attached probes. The CALibrate:RESults? query is intended to support GO/NoGO testing of the oscilloscope calibration readiness: all returned results should indicate PASS status if the oscilloscope is "fit for duty". It is quite common, however, to use uncalibrated probes (particularly when the oscilloscope inputs are connected into a test system with coaxial cables). Group Calibration and Diagnostic Syntax CALibrate:RESults? Related Commands *CAL? CALibrate:RESults:FACtory? (Query Only) Returns the status of internal and factory calibration, without performing any calibration operations. Group Calibration and Diagnostic Syntax CALibrate:RESults:FACtory? CALibrate:RESults:FACtory:AFG? (Query Only) This query returns the factory calibration status for the Arbitrary Function Generator portion of the instrument, if present. This query is synonymous with CALibrate:FACtory:STATus:AFG? Conditions Group Available for MDO3000 series only. Calibration and Diagnostic MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-207 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Syntax Returns CALibrate:RESults:FACtory:AFG? PASS - factory calibration has passed INIT - factory calibration is unadjusted RUNNING - factory calibration is running Examples CALIBRATE:RESULTS:FACTORY:AFG? might return RUNNING, indicating that the factory calibration for the AFG portion of the instrument is in progress. CALibrate:RESults:FACtory:RF? (Query Only) This query returns the factory calibration status for the RF portion of the instrument, if present. This query is synonymous with CALibrate:FACtory:STATus:RF? Group Calibration and Diagnostic Syntax CALibrate:RESults:FACtory:RF? Returns PASS - factory calibration has passed INIT - factory calibration is unadjusted RUNNING - factory calibration is in progress Examples CALIBRATE:RESULTS:FACTORY:RF? might return RUNNING, indicating that the factory calibration for the RF portion of the instrument is in progress. CALibrate:RESults:FACtory:SCOPE? (Query Only) This query returns the factory calibration status for the oscilloscope (doesn't include RF or AFG) of the instrument. This query is synonymous with the following query: :CALibrateFACtory:STATus:SCOPE? Group 2-208 Calibration and Diagnostic MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Syntax CALibrate:RESults:FACtory:SCOPE? Returns This query will return one of the following: INIT indicates the oscilloscope portion of the instrument has not been calibrated. PASS indicates the oscilloscope internal calibration completed successfully. RUNNING indicates the oscilloscope internal calibration is currently running. Examples CAL:RESULTS:SPC:SCOPE? might return INIT indicating that the oscilloscope portion of the instrument has not been calibrated. CALibrate:RESults:SPC? (Query Only) Returns the status of the SPC operation. This query does not initiate a SPC. Group Calibration and Diagnostic Syntax CALibrate:RESults:SPC? Related Commands Returns *CAL? INIT indicates that SPC has never successfully completed. PASS indicates that the last SPC operation passed. FAIL indicates that the last SPC operation failed. RUNNING indicates that the SPC operation is running. Examples CALIBRATE:RESULTS:SPC? might return FAIL, indicating that the last SPC operation failed. CALibrate:RESults:SPC:RF? (Query Only) This query returns the status of the last SPC run for the RF portion of the instrument (doesn't include analog channels) . This query is synonymous with CALibrate:INTERNal:STATus:RF? Group Calibration and Diagnostic MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-209 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Syntax Returns CALibrate:RESults:SPC:RF? This query will return one of the following: INIT indicates the RF portion of the instrument has not been calibrated. PASS indicates the RF internal calibration completed successfully. RUNNING indicates the oscilloscope internal calibration is currently running. FAIL indicates the RF internal calibration did not complete successfully. Examples CAL:RESULS:SPC:RF? might return INIT indicating that the RF portion of the instrument has not been internally calibrated. CALibrate:RESults:SPC:SCOPE? (Query Only) This query returns the status of the last SPC run for the oscilloscope portion of the instrument (doesn't include the RF portion). This query is synonymous to CALibrate:INTERNal:STATus:SCOPE? Group Calibration and Diagnostic Syntax CALibrate:RESults:SPC:SCOPE? Returns This query will return one of the following: INIT indicates the oscilloscope portion of the instrument has not been calibrated. PASS indicates the oscilloscope internal calibration completed successfully. FAIL indicates the oscilloscope internal calibration did not complete successfully. RUNNING indicates the oscilloscope internal calibration is currently running. Examples CAL:RESULTS:SPC:SCOPE? might return INIT indicating that the oscilloscope portion of the instrument has not been calibrated. CALibrate:RF (No Query Form) This command begins the RF calibration process. You should first disconnect all cables and probes from the RF input before using this command. The calibration process takes approximately 3 minutes. This command is identical to CALibrate:RF:STARt. 2-210 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order NOTE. If you run the signal path calibration (SPC) commands, you don’t need to run this command as well. NOTE. Disconnect or otherwise remove all input signals prior to starting self-calibration. The self-calibration can take several minutes to complete. Conditions MDO models only. Group Calibration and Diagnostic Syntax CALibrate:RF Related Commands *CAL?, CALibrate:RESults:SPC?, CALibrate:INTERNal:STARt, CALibrate:RF:STATus? CALibrate:RF:STARt (No Query Form) This command is identical to CALIBRATE:RF. NOTE. Disconnect or otherwise remove all input signals prior to starting self-calibration. The self-calibration can take several minutes to complete. Conditions MDO models only. Group Calibration and Diagnostic Syntax CALibrate:RF:STARt CALibrate:RF:STATus? (Query Only) This query returns the status of the last RF calibration. Conditions Group MDO models only. Calibration and Diagnostic MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-211 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Syntax Related Commands Examples CALibrate:RF:STATus? CALibrate:RF:STARt CAL:RF:STAT? might return PASS. CH? (Query Only) Returns the vertical parameters for channel , where x is the channel number (1–4). Group Vertical Syntax CH? CH:AMPSVIAVOLTs:ENAble This command specifies the state of the amps via volts feature for the specified channel. This feature supports measuring current via the voltage drop across a resistor (1–4). Group Vertical Syntax CH:AMPSVIAVOLTs:ENAble {|OFF|ON} CH:AMPSVIAVOLTs:ENAble? Arguments OFF sets the amps via volts function for channel to off. ON sets the amps via volts function for channel to on. = 0 sets the amps via volts function to off. Any other value sets the function to on. Examples CH1:AMSVIAVOLTS:ENABLE ON turns on the amps via volts feature for channel 1. CH:AMPSVIAVOLTs:FACtor This command specifies the amps via volts factor for the specified channel (1–4). 2-212 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Group Vertical Syntax CH:AMPSVIAVOLTs:FACtor CH:AMPSVIAVOLTs:FACtor? Arguments Examples is a double-precision ASCII string that represents the amps via volts factor. CH1:AMPSVIAVOLTS:FACTOR 15.5 sets the amps via volts factor for channel 1 to 15.5. CH:BANdwidth This command specifies the selectable low-pass bandwidth limit filter for channel , where x is the channel number (1–4). Available bandwidth limits vary by model, and are also influenced by attached probes. Furthermore, some oscilloscope models support options to increase the analog bandwidth. The presence of those options also affects the available bandwidth limits. To see what the available bandwidth limits are, on the UI, push the relevant channel's front panel button and the push the Bandwidth lower menu button, and see what bandwidths are listed in the side menu. Group Vertical Syntax CH:BANdwidth {FULl|} CH:BANdwidth? Arguments FULl disables any optional bandwidth limiting. The specified channel operates at its maximum attainable bandwidth. is a double-precision ASCII string. The oscilloscope rounds this value to an available bandwidth using geometric rounding, and then uses this value to set the upper bandwidth limit. Examples CH1:BANDWIDTH 20E6 sets the bandwidth of channel 1 to 20 MHz. CH:COUPling This command specifies the input attenuator coupling setting for channel , where x is the channel number (1–4). MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-213 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Group Vertical Syntax CH:COUPling {AC|DC|DCREJect} CH:COUPling? Arguments AC sets channel to AC coupling. DC sets channel to DC coupling. DCREJect sets channel to DC Reject coupling when a probe that supports DC Reject coupling is attached. Attempting to set the coupling to DCREJect for a channel that has no probe attached or a probe that does not support DCREJect coupling attached results in a settings conflict error event and the coupling remains unchanged. Examples CH2:COUPLING AC sets channel 2 to AC coupling. CH3:COUPling? might return :CH3:COUPling DC indicating that channel 3 is set to DC coupling. CH:DESKew This command specifies the deskew time for channel , where x is the channel number (1–4). You can adjust the deskew time to add an independent, channel-based delay time to the delay (set by the horizontal position control and common to all channels) from the common trigger point to first sample taken for each channel. This lets you compensate individual channels for different delays introduced by their individual input hook ups. Group Vertical Syntax CH:DESKew CH:DESKew? Arguments Examples is a floating point number that specifies the deskew time for channel , ranging from -100 ns to +100 ns with a resolution of 1 ps. CH4:DESKew 5.0E-9 sets the deskew time for channel 4 to 5 ns. CH2:DESKew? might return :CH2:DESKEW 2.0000E-09 indicating that the deskew time for channel 2 is set to 2 ns. 2-214 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order CH:INVert This command specifies the invert function for channel , where is the channel number (1–4) . When on, the invert function inverts the waveform for the specified channel. NOTE. This command inverts the waveform for display purposes only. The oscilloscope does not use an inverted waveform for triggers or trigger logic inputs. Group Vertical Syntax CH:INVert {ON|OFF} CH:INVert? Arguments OFF sets the invert function for channel to off. ON sets the invert function for channel to on. Examples CH4:INVert ON inverts the waveform on channel 4. CH2:INVert? might return :CH2:INVERT 0 indicating that channel 2 is not inverted. CH:LABel This command specifies the waveform label for channel , where x is the channel number (1–4). Group Vertical Syntax CH:LABel CH:LABel? Arguments is an alphanumeric string of text, enclosed in quotes, that contains the text label information for the channel waveform. The text string is limited to 30 characters. CH:OFFSet This command specifies the vertical offset for channel , where x is the channel number (1–4). MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-215 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order This command offsets the vertical acquisition window (moves the level at the vertical center of the acquisition window) for the specified channel. Visualize offset as scrolling the acquisition window towards the top of a large signal for increased offset values, and scrolling towards the bottom for decreased offset values. The resolution of the vertical window sets the offset increment for this control. Offset adjusts only the vertical center of the acquisition window for channel waveforms to help determine what data is acquired. The oscilloscope always displays the input signal minus the offset value. The channel offset range depends on the vertical scale factor. Table 2-51: Channel Offset Range Offset range V/Div Setting 1 MΩ Input 50 Ω Input 1 mV/div — 50 mV/div ±1 V ±1 V 50.5 mV/div — 99.5 mV/div ±0.5 V ±0.5 V 100 mV/div — 500 mV/div ±10 V ±5 V 505 mV/div — 995 mV/div ±5 V ±5 V 1 V/div — 5 V/div ±100 V ±5 V ±50 V N/A 1 5.05 V/div — 10 V/div 1 1 For 50 Ω input, 1 V/div is the maximum setting. NOTE. The above table describes oscilloscope behavior only when no probe is attached, and when the external attenuation factor is 1.0. Group Vertical Syntax CH:OFFSet CH:OFFSet? Related Commands Arguments 2-216 CH:POSition is a floating point number that specifies the offset value for the specified channel . MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Examples CH3:OFFSet 2.0E-3 sets the offset for channel 3 to 2 mV. CH4:OFFSet? might return :CH4:OFFSET 1.0000E-03 indicating that the offset for channel 4 is set to 1 mV. CH:POSition This command specifies the vertical position of channel , where x is the channel number (1–4). The position value is applied to the signal before it is digitized. Increasing the position value of a waveform causes the waveform to move up. Decreasing the position value causes the waveform to move down. The position value determines the vertical graticule coordinate at which input signal values, minus the present offset setting for that channel, are displayed. For example, if the position for Channel 3 is set to 2.0 and the offset is set to 3.0, then input signals equal to 3.0 units are displayed 2.0 divisions above the center of the screen (at 1 V/div). Group Vertical Syntax CH:POSition CH:POSition? Related Commands Arguments Examples CH:OFFSet, REF:VERTical:POSition, MATH[1]:VERTical:POSition is a floating point number that specifies the position value for channel , in divisions, from the center graticule. The range is 8 to -8 divisions. CH2:POSition 1.3 positions the Channel 2 input signal 1.3 divisions above the center graticule. CH1:POSition? might return :CH1:POSITION -1.3000 indicating that the current position of Channel 1 is 1.3 divisions below the center graticule. CH:PRObe? (Query Only) Returns all information concerning the probe attached to channel , where x is the channel number. Group Vertical MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-217 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Syntax CH:PRObe? CH:PRObe:AUTOZero (No Query Form) This command executes the attached probe’s Auto Zero function, for probes that support this feature. See your probe documentation for more details. Group Vertical Syntax CH:PRObe:AUTOZero EXECute Examples EXECute performs the AutoZero function in the probe. CH:PRObe:CALibrate (No Query Form) This command executes a calibration or initialization for the probe attached to channel 1–4, if the probe is calibratable. To determine whether the probe is calibratable, use CH:PRObe:CALibrate:CALIBRATABLe?. The channel is specified by x, which can range from 1 through 4. Group Vertical Syntax CH:PRObe:CALibrate {EXECute|INITialize} Related Commands CH:PRObe:CALibrate:CALIBRATABLe? CH:PRObe:CALibrate:STATE? Arguments EXECute — executes a calibration for the attached probe. INITialize — initializes the attached probe. Examples CH2:PRObe:CALibrate execute executes a calibration for the attached probe. 0 2-218 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order CH:PRObe:CALibrate:CALIBRATABLe? (Query Only) This query returns the state of the probe attached to channel 1–4, either 0 if the probe is not calibratable, or 1 if the probe is calibratable. The channel is specified by x, which can range from 1 through 4. Group Vertical Syntax CH:PRObe:CALibrate:CALIBRATABLe? Related Commands CH:PRObe:CALibrate CH:PRObe:CALibrate:STATE? Examples CH2:PRObe:CALibrate:CALIBRATABLe? might return 0, indicating that the probe attached to channel 2 is not calibratable. CH:PRObe:CALibrate:STATE? (Query Only) This query returns the calibration state of the probe connected to the specified channel. If the probe is calibratable, the state could be either DEFAULT (not calibrated), COMPensated, or RUNNING (calibration is proceeding). If the probe is not calibratable, DEFAULT will be returned. The channel is specified by x, which can range from 1 through 4. Group Vertical Syntax CH:PRObe:CALibrate:STATE? Related Commands CH:PRObe:CALibrate CH:PRObe:CALibrate:CALIBRATABLe? Returns DEFAULT — not calibrated. COMPensated — last calibration passed. RUNNING — probe calibration is in progress. Examples CH2:PRObe:CALibrate:STATE? might return DEFAULT, indicating that the probe is not calibrated. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-219 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order CH:PRObe:COMMAND (No Query Form) Sets the state of the probe control specified with the first argument to the state specified with the second argument. The commands and states are unique to the attached probe. Only certain VPI probes support this command. See the specific probe documentation for how to set these string arguments. The command form takes 2 string arguments: the first is the probe command enumeration and the second is the data value. The query form requires a single quoted string argument to specify the probe command enumeration for which the response data is requested. Group Vertical Syntax CH:PRObe:COMMAND , Arguments Examples are quoted strings specifying the probe command and value to set in the probe attached to the specified channel. CH1:PROBE:COMMAND “MODE”, “4–4V1MHz” sets a Tektronix VPI-DPG probe to the 4-4V1MHz mode. CH1:PROBE:COMMAND “OUTPUT”, “ON” turns the output of a Tektronix VPI-DPG probe on. CH1:PROBE:COMMAND?“MODE” might return CH1:PROBE:COMMAND “MODE”,“4-4V1MHZ”. CH:PRObe:DEGAUss (No Query Form) This command starts a degauss auto-zero cycle on a TekVPI current probe attached to the input channel specified by , where x is the channel number. Group Vertical Syntax CH:PRObe:DEGAUss EXECute Arguments 2-220 EXECute initiates the degauss operation. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order CH:PRObe:DEGAUss:STATE? (Query Only) This command returns the state of the probe degauss for the channel specified by , where is x is the channel number. NOTE. This command will return PASSED for probes that do not support degauss operations. Group Vertical Syntax CH:PRObe:DEGAUss:STATE? Returns NEEDED indicates the probe should be degaussed before taking measurements. RECOMMENDED indicates the measurement accuracy might be improved by degaussing the probe. PASSED indicates the probe is degaussed. FAILED indicates the degauss operation failed. RUNNING indicates the probe degauss operation is currently in progress. CH:PRObe:FORCEDRange This command specifies the range of a TekVPI probe attached to the channel specified by , where x is the channel number. NOTE. This command will return PASSED for probes that do not support degauss operations. Group Vertical Syntax CH:PRObe:FORCEDRange CH:PRObe:FORCEDRange? Arguments Returns is a floating point number that specifies the range, which is probe specific. The query form of this command returns 0.0 for probes that do not support forced ranges. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-221 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order CH:PRObe:GAIN This command specifies the gain factor for the probe attached to the channel specified by , where x is the channel number. The "gain" of a probe is the output divided by the input transfer ratio. For example, a common 10x probe has a gain of 1V. Group Vertical Syntax CH:PRObe:GAIN CH:PRObe:GAIN? Related Commands CH:SCAle Arguments is a floating point number that specifies the probe gain. Allowed values Examples CH2:PROBE:GAIN? might return :CH2:PROBE:GAIN 0.1000E+00 indicating depend on the specific probe. that the attached 10x probe delivers 1 V to the channel 2 BNC for every 10 V applied to the probe input. CH:PRObe:ID? (Query Only) Returns the type and serial number of the probe attached to channel , where x is the channel number. Group Vertical Syntax CH:PRObe:ID? Examples CH2:PROBE:ID? might return :CH2:PROBE:ID:TYPE "10X";SERNUMBER "N/A" indicating that a passive 10x probe of unknown serial number is attached to channel 2. CH:PRObe:ID:SERnumber? (Query Only) Returns the serial number of the probe attached to channel , where x is the channel number. 2-222 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order NOTE. For Level 0 and 1 probes, the serial number will be "". Group Vertical Syntax CH:PRObe:ID:SERnumber? Examples CH1:PROBE:ID:SERNUMBER? might return :CH1:PROBE:ID:SERNUMBER "B010289" indicating that the serial number of the probe attached to channel 1 is B010289. CH:PRObe:ID:TYPe? (Query Only) Returns the type of probe attached to the channel specified by , where x is the channel number. Level 2 (or higher) probes supply their exact product nomenclature; for Level 0 or 1 probes, a generic “No Probe Detected message is returned. NOTE. Use the command CH:YUNits to query the probe type – either “Voltage” or “Current”. Group Vertical Syntax CH:PRObe:ID:TYPe? Examples CH1:PROBE:ID:TYPE? might return :CH1:PROBE:ID:TYPE "P6203" indicating that P6203-type probe is attached to channel 1. CH:PRObe:MODel This command specifies the probe model for the specified channel. If a coded probe is attached or the specified model is not recognized, an error event is set. The argument must be a supported probe. To find the list of supported probes, push the front-panel channel 1, 2, 3, or 4 button, then push the lower-menu More item as many times as needed to select Deskew. Push Probe Model on the side menu and turn knob a to help you read from the resulting list. Alternatively, you can push Test > Analysis > Deskew > Configure > Probe Model and read from the resulting list. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-223 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Group Vertical Syntax CH:PRObe:MODel CH:PRObe:MODel? CH:PRObe:PROPDELay This command specifies the propagation delay for the probe connected to the specified channel. Group Vertical Syntax CH:PRObe:PROPDELay CH:PRObe:PROPDELay? Arguments Examples is a floating point number that specifies the propagation time delay for the connected probe. CH1:PROBE:PROPDELAY 100E-12 sets the CH1 propagation delay to 100 ps. CH1:PROBE:PROPDELAY? might return :CH1:PROBE:PROPDELAY 1.1E-9 indicating that the CH1 propagation delay is set to 1.1 ns. CH:PRObe:RECDESkew? (Query Only) Returns the recommended deskew for the probe connected to the specified channel. Group Vertical Syntax CH:PRObe:RECDESkew? CH:PRObe:RESistance? (Query Only) Returns the resistance factor of the probe attached to channel , where x is the channel number. Group 2-224 Vertical MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Syntax Examples CH:PRObe:RESistance? CH2:PRObe:RESistance? might return :CH2:PROBE:RESISTANCE 1.0000E+6 indicating that the input resistance of the probe attached to Channel 2 is 1 MΩ. NOTE. This query will return 0.0 if no probe is attached or the attached probe does not report the input resistance. CH:PRObe:SIGnal This command specifies the input bypass setting of a TekVPI probe attached to channel , where x is the channel number. The probe must support input bypass, for example TCP0001. This command is ignored if sent to an unsupported probe. Group Vertical Syntax CH:PRObe:SIGnal {BYPass|PASS} CH:PRObe:SIGnal? Arguments BYPass sets the probe to Bypass mode. PASS sets the probe to Pass mode. CH:PRObe:UNIts? (Query Only) Returns a string describing the units of measure for the probe attached to channel , where x is the channel number. NOTE. Use the command CH:YUNits to set the probe type to “Voltage” or “Current”. Group Vertical Syntax CH:PRObe:UNIts? Examples CH4:PROBE:UNITS? might return :CH4:PROBE:UNITS "V" indicating that the units of measure for the probe attached to channel 4 are volts. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-225 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order CH:SCAle This command specifies the vertical scale for the channel specified by , where x is the channel number. This setting controls the vertical size of the acquisition window as well as the display scale. The range and resolution of scale values depends on the probe attached and any other external factors you have specified. For a signal with constant amplitude, increasing the scale causes the waveform to be displayed smaller. Decreasing the scale causes the waveform to be displayed larger. Group Vertical Syntax CH:SCAle CH:SCAle? Related Commands Arguments Examples CH:OFFSet, CH:POSition, REF:VERTical:SCAle, MATH[1]:VERTical:SCAle is a floating point number that specifies the vertical channel scale in units-per-division. The value entered here is truncated to three significant digits. CH4:SCALE 100E-03 sets the channel 4 scale to 100 mV per division. CH2:SCALE? might return :CH2:SCALE 1.0000 indicating that the current scale setting of channel 2 is 1 V per division. CH:TERmination Sets the connected-disconnected status of a 50 Ω resistor (or 75 Ω with MDO3000 models) which may be connected between the specified channel's coupled input and oscilloscope ground. The channel is specified by . There is also a corresponding query that requests the termination parameter and translates this enumeration into one of the two float values. NOTE. 75 Ω termination is not available on the MDO3104 or MDO3102 models. 2-226 Group Vertical Syntax CH:TERmination {FIFty|MEG|} CH:TERmination? MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Arguments FIFty sets the channel input resistance to 50 Ω. MEG sets the channel input resistance to 1 MΩ. is a floating point number that specifies the channel input resistance numerically. Examples CH4:TERMINATION 50.0E+0 establishes 50 Ω impedance on channel 1. CH2:TERMINATION? might return :CH2:TERMINATION 50.0E+0 indicating that channel 2 is set to 50 Ω impedance. CH:YUNits This command specifies the vertical units for the channel specified by , where x is the channel number. String arguments are case insensitive and any unsupported units will generate an error. Supported units are: %, /Hz, A, A/A, A/V, A/W, A/dB, A/s, AA, AW, AdB, As, B, Hz, IRE, S/s, V, V/A, V/V, V/W, V/dB, V/s, VV, VW, VdB, volts, Vs, W, W/A, W/V, W/W, W/dB, W/s, WA, WV, WW, WdB, Ws, dB, dB/A, dB/V, dB/W, dB/dB, dBA, dBV, dBW, dBdB, day, degrees, div, hr, min, ohms, percent, s The vertical units affect the “Probe Type” that is shown in the “Probe Setup” menu: Setting CH:YUNits to “V” causes the probe type to be displayed as “Voltage”. When CH1:AMSVIAVOLTs:ENAble is set to OFF, setting CH:YUNits to “A” causes the probe type to be displayed as “Current”. Setting CH:YUNits to anything else causes the probe type not to be displayed (neither “Voltage” nor “Current” are highlighted). Group Vertical Syntax CH:YUNits CH:YUNits? Arguments Examples QString is a string of text surrounded by quotes, specifying the supported units. CH4:YUN “V” causes the probe type to be displayed as “Voltage”. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-227 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order CLEARMenu (No Query Form) Clears the current menu from the display. This command is equivalent to pressing the front panel Menu off. Group Miscellaneous Syntax CLEARMenu *CLS (No Query Form) Clears the following: Event Queue Standard Event Status Register Status Byte Register (except the MAV bit) If the *CLS command immediately follows an , the Output Queue and MAV bit (Status Byte Register bit 4) are also cleared. The MAV bit indicates that information is in the output queue. The device clear (DCL) control message will clear the output queue and thus MAV. *CLS does not clear the output queue or MAV. *CLS can suppress a Service Request that is to be generated by an *OPC. This will happen if a single sequence acquisition operation is still being processed when the *CLS command is executed. Group Status and Error Syntax *CLS Related Commands Examples DESE, *ESE, *ESR?, EVENT?, EVMsg?, *SRE, *STB? *CLS clears the oscilloscope status data structures. CONFIGuration:ADVMATH? (Query Only) This query returns a boolean value to indicate whether the advanced math feature is present. 2-228 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Group Configuration Syntax CONFIGuration:ADVMATH? Related Commands Returns MATH[1]:TYPe ADVanced = 1 if the advanced math feature is present. = 0 if the advanced math feature is not present. CONFIGuration:AFG? (Query Only) Indicates whether or not the arbitrary function generator hardware is present, and the arbitrary function generation feature is enabled. Conditions Available for MDO3000 series models only. Group Configuration Syntax CONFIGuration:AFG? Returns 1 indicates that the arbitrary function generator hardware is present and the AFG feature is enabled. 0 indicates that either the arbitrary function generator hardware is not present, or the feature is not enabled. Examples CONFIG:AFG? might return 1, indicating that the hardware is present and the feature is enabled. CONFIGuration:ANALOg:BANDWidth? (Query Only) This query returns the bandwidth, in Hz, for the analog channels. Group Configuration Syntax CONFIGuration:ANALOg:BANDWidth? MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-229 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Related Commands Returns (See page 2-29, Horizontal Command Group.) , which is a floating point number that represents the bandwidth, in hertz, for the analog channels. CONFIGuration:ANALOg:GNDCPLG? (Query Only) This query returns a boolean value to indicate whether the ground coupling feature for analog channels is present. As this feature is not supported on MSO/DPO4000B, MDO4000/B or MDO3000 models, this query always returns 0. Group Configuration Syntax CONFIGuration:ANALOg:GNDCPLG? Related Commands Returns (See page 2-90, Vertical Command Group.) 0 CONFIGuration:ANALOg:MAXBANDWidth? (Query Only) This query returns the maximum bandwidth for analog channels. Group Configuration Syntax CONFIGuration:ANALOg:MAXBANDWidth? Related Commands Returns (See page 2-29, Horizontal Command Group.) , which is a floating point number that represents the maximum bandwidth, in hertz, for the analog channels. CONFIGuration:ANALOg:MAXSAMPLERate? (Query Only) This query returns the maximum sample rate for analog channels. Group 2-230 Configuration MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Syntax CONFIGuration:ANALOg:MAXSAMPLERate? Related Commands (See page 2-29, Horizontal Command Group.) Returns , which is a floating point number that represents the maximum sample rate, in samples per second, for the analog channels. CONFIGuration:ANALOg:NUMCHANnels? (Query Only) This query returns the number of analog channels. Group Configuration Syntax CONFIGuration:ANALOg:NUMCHANnels? Returns CONFIGuration:ANALOg:RECLENS? (Query Only) This query returns a comma-separated list of supported record lengths for the analog channels. Group Configuration Syntax CONFIGuration:ANALOg:RECLENS? Related Commands Returns (See page 2-29, Horizontal Command Group.) List of values. CONFIGuration:ANALOg:VERTINVert? (Query Only) This query returns a boolean value to indicate whether the vertical invert feature for analog channels is present. Group Configuration MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-231 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Syntax CONFIGuration:ANALOg:VERTINVert? Related Commands (See page 2-90, Vertical Command Group.) Returns = 1 if the vertical invert feature is present. = 0 if the vertical invert feature is not present. CONFIGuration:APPLications:CUSTOMMask? (Query Only) Indicates whether the Custom Mask test feature is present and enabled. Conditions Requires installation of a DPO4LMT application module, or an MDO3LMT for MDO3000 models. Group Configuration Syntax CONFIGuration:APPLications:CUSTOMMask? Returns 1 indicates that the Custom Mask test feature is present and enabled. 0 indicates that either the Custom Mask test feature is not present, or it is not enabled. Examples CONFIG:APPL:CUSTOMM? might return 1, indicating that the feature is present and enabled. CONFIGuration:APPLications:LIMITMask? (Query Only) This query returns a boolean value to indicate whether the optional mask/limit test feature is present. Conditions 2-232 Requires installation of a DPO4LMT application module, or MDO3LMT for MDO3000 models) Group Configuration Syntax CONFIGuration:APPLications:LIMITMask? MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Related Commands Returns (See page 2-31, Mask Command Group.) 1 indicates the mask/limit test feature is present. 0 indicates the mask/limit test feature is not present. CONFIGuration:APPLications:POWer? (Query Only) This query returns a boolean value to indicate whether the optional power application feature is present. Conditions This feature requires installation of a DPO4PWR application module, or MDO3PWR for MDO3000 models. Group Configuration Syntax CONFIGuration:APPLications:POWer? Related Commands Returns (See page 2-41, Power Command Group.) 1 indicates the power application feature is present. 0 indicates the power application feature is not present. CONFIGuration:APPLications:STANDARDMask? (Query Only) Indicates whether the Standard Mask test feature is present and enabled. Conditions Available for DPO/MSO4000B and MDO4000/B series models only when the DPO4LMT option is present. Not available for MDO3000 models. Group Configuration Syntax CONFIGuration:APPLications:STANDARDMask? Returns 1 indicates that the Standard Mask test feature is present and enabled. 0 indicates that either the Standard Mask test feature is not present, or it is not enabled. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-233 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Examples CONFIG:APPL:STANDARDM? might return 1, indicating that the hardware is present and the feature is enabled. CONFIGuration:APPLications:VIDPIC? (Query Only) Indicates whether the Video Picture feature is present and enabled. Conditions Available for MDO3000 series models. Requires the DPO4VID application module for use with MSO/DPO4000B, MDO4000 and MDO4000B models. Group Configuration Syntax CONFIGuration:APPLications:VIDPIC? Returns 1 indicates that the Video Picture feature is present and is enabled. 0 indicates either the Video Picture feature is not present or the feature is not enabled. Examples CONFIG:APPL:VIDPIC? might return 1, indicating that the hardware is present and the feature is enabled. CONFIGuration:ARB? (Query Only) Indicates whether or not the arbitrary function generator hardware is present, and the user-defined arbitrary waveform generation feature is enabled. Note that this is different than the CONFIGuration:AFG? query. The ability to generate arbitrary waveforms is an extension of the standard AFG features. Conditions Group Configuration Syntax CONFIGuration:ARB? Returns 2-234 Available for MDO3000 series models only. 1 indicates that the arbitrary function generator hardware is present and the arbitrary function generation feature is enabled. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order 0 indicates that either the arbitrary function generator hardware is not present, or the user-defined arbitrary waveform generation feature is not enabled. Examples CONFIG:ARB? might return 1, indicating that the hardware is present and the feature is enabled. CONFIGuration:AUXIN? (Query Only) This query returns a boolean value to indicate whether the instrument has an Aux Input connector. NOTE. The MSO/DPO4000B series and 2-channel MDO3000 series models contain an Aux Input connector. Group Configuration Syntax CONFIGuration:AUXIN? Related Commands Returns (See page 2-90, Vertical Command Group.) = 1 if the instrument has an Aux Input connector. = 0 if the instrument does not have an Aux Input connector. CONFIGuration:BUSWAVEFORMS:AUDIO? (Query Only) This query returns a boolean value to indicate whether the optional audio bus triggering and analysis feature is present. Conditions This feature requires installation of a DPO4AUDIO application module, or MDO3AUDIO for MDO3000 models. Group Configuration Syntax CONFIGuration:BUSWAVEFORMS:AUDIO? Related Commands (See page 2-15, Bus Command Group.) (See page 2-75, Trigger Command Group.) MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-235 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order (See page 2-61, Search Command Group.) Returns = 1 if the audio bus feature is present. = 0 if the audio bus feature is not present. CONFIGuration:BUSWAVEFORMS:CAN? (Query Only) This query returns a boolean value to indicate whether the optional CAN bus triggering and analysis feature is present. Conditions This feature requires installation of a DPO4AUTO application module, or MDO3AUTO for MDO3000 models. Group Configuration Syntax CONFIGuration:BUSWAVEFORMS:CAN? Related Commands (See page 2-15, Bus Command Group.) (See page 2-75, Trigger Command Group.) (See page 2-61, Search Command Group.) Returns = 1 if the CAN bus feature is present. = 0 if the CAN bus feature is not present. CONFIGuration:BUSWAVEFORMS:ETHERNET? (Query Only) This query returns a boolean value to indicate whether the optional Ethernet triggering and analysis feature is present. (Enabling this feature on MDO4000/B and MSO/DPO4000B requires installation of a DPO4ENET application module.) Group Configuration Syntax CONFIGuration:BUSWAVEFORMS:ETHERNET? Related Commands (See page 2-15, Bus Command Group.) (See page 2-75, Trigger Command Group.) 2-236 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order (See page 2-61, Search Command Group.) Returns = 1 if the Ethernet feature is present. = 0 if the Ethernet feature is not present. CONFIGuration:BUSWAVEFORMS:FLEXRAY? (Query Only) This query returns a boolean value to indicate whether the optional FlexRay bus triggering and analysis feature is present. Conditions This command requires a DPO4AUTOMAX application module for DPO/MSO4000B and MDO4000/B models or an MDO3FLEX application module for MDO3000 models. Group Configuration Syntax CONFIGuration:BUSWAVEFORMS:FLEXRAY? Related Commands (See page 2-15, Bus Command Group.) (See page 2-75, Trigger Command Group.) (See page 2-61, Search Command Group.) Returns = 1 if the FlexRay bus feature is present. = 0 if the FlexRay bus feature is not present. CONFIGuration:BUSWAVEFORMS:I2C? (Query Only) This query returns a boolean value to indicate whether the optional I2C bus triggering and analysis feature is present. Conditions This feature requires installation of a DPO4EMBD application module, or MDO3EMBD for MDO3000 models. Group Configuration Syntax CONFIGuration:BUSWAVEFORMS:I2C? MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-237 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Related Commands (See page 2-15, Bus Command Group.) (See page 2-75, Trigger Command Group.) (See page 2-61, Search Command Group.) Returns = 1 if the I2C bus feature is present. = 0 if the I2C bus feature is not present. CONFIGuration:BUSWAVEFORMS:LIN? (Query Only) This query returns a boolean value to indicate whether the optional LIN bus triggering and analysis feature is present. Conditions This feature requires installation of a DPO4AUTO application module, or MDO3AUTO for MDO3000 models. Group Configuration Syntax CONFIGuration:BUSWAVEFORMS:LIN? Related Commands (See page 2-15, Bus Command Group.) (See page 2-75, Trigger Command Group.) (See page 2-61, Search Command Group.) Returns = 1 if the LIN bus feature is present. = 0 if the LIN bus feature is not present. CONFIGuration:BUSWAVEFORMS:MIL1553B? (Query Only) This query returns a boolean value to indicate whether the optional MIL-STD-1553 bus triggering and analysis feature is present. Conditions Group 2-238 This feature requires installation of a DPO4AERO application module, or MDO3AERO for MDO3000 models. Configuration MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Syntax Related Commands CONFIGuration:BUSWAVEFORMS:MIL1553B? (See page 2-15, Bus Command Group.) (See page 2-75, Trigger Command Group.) (See page 2-61, Search Command Group.) Returns = 1 if the MIL-STD-1553 bus feature is present. = 0 if the MIL-STD-1553 bus feature is not present. CONFIGuration:BUSWAVEFORMS:NUMBUS? (Query Only) This query returns the number of bus waveforms. Group Configuration Syntax CONFIGuration:BUSWAVEFORMS:NUMBUS? Returns CONFIGuration:BUSWAVEFORMS:PARallel? (Query Only) This query returns a boolean value to indicate whether the parallel bus triggering and analysis feature is present. Group Configuration Syntax CONFIGuration:BUSWAVEFORMS:PARallel? Related Commands (See page 2-15, Bus Command Group.) (See page 2-75, Trigger Command Group.) (See page 2-61, Search Command Group.) Returns = 1 if the parallel bus feature is present. = 0 if the parallel bus feature is not present. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-239 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order CONFIGuration:BUSWAVEFORMS:RS232C? (Query Only) This query returns a boolean value to indicate whether the optional RS232 bus triggering and analysis feature is present. Conditions This feature requires installation of a DPO4COMP application module, or MDO3COMP for MDO3000 models. Group Configuration Syntax CONFIGuration:BUSWAVEFORMS:RS232C? Related Commands (See page 2-15, Bus Command Group.) (See page 2-75, Trigger Command Group.) (See page 2-61, Search Command Group.) Returns = 1 if the RS232 bus feature is present. = 0 if the RS232 bus feature is not present. CONFIGuration:BUSWAVEFORMS:SPI? (Query Only) This query returns a boolean value to indicate whether the optional SPI bus triggering and analysis feature is present. Conditions This feature requires installation of a DPO4EMBD application module, or MDO3EMBD for MDO3000 models. Group Configuration Syntax CONFIGuration:BUSWAVEFORMS:SPI? Related Commands (See page 2-15, Bus Command Group.) (See page 2-75, Trigger Command Group.) (See page 2-61, Search Command Group.) Returns 2-240 = 1 if the SPI bus feature is present. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order = 0 if the SPI bus feature is not present. CONFIGuration:BUSWAVEFORMS:USB? (Query Only) This query returns a boolean value to indicate whether the USB bus triggering and analysis feature is present. Conditions This feature requires installation of a DPO4USB application module, or MDO3USB for MDO3000 models. Group Configuration Syntax CONFIGuration:BUSWAVEFORMS:USB? Related Commands (See page 2-15, Bus Command Group.) (See page 2-75, Trigger Command Group.) (See page 2-61, Search Command Group.) Returns = 1 if the USB bus feature is present. = 0 if the USB bus feature is not present. CONFIGuration:BUSWAVEFORMS:USB:HS? (Query Only) This query returns a boolean value to indicate whether the high-speed USB bus triggering and analysis feature is present. Depending upon the bandwidth of the instrument, USB bus triggering and analysis features may be limited to USB low-speed or full-speed. If the instrument bandwidth is sufficient, USB high-speed (HS) triggering and analysis is supported as long as the DPO4USB or MDO3USB application module is installed. Group Configuration Syntax CONFIGuration:BUSWAVEFORMS:USB:HS? Related Commands (See page 2-15, Bus Command Group.) (See page 2-75, Trigger Command Group.) MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-241 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order (See page 2-61, Search Command Group.) Returns = 1 if the high-speed USB bus feature is present. = 0 if the high-speed USB bus feature is not present. CONFIGuration:DIGITAl:MAGnivu? (Query Only) This query returns a boolean value to indicate whether the instrument supports the MagniVu feature for digital channels. If there are no digital channels, the value returned is 0. Group Configuration Syntax CONFIGuration:DIGITAl:MAGnivu? Related Commands Returns (See page 2-29, Horizontal Command Group.) = 1 if MagniVu is present. = 0 if MagniVu is not present. CONFIGuration:DIGITAl:MAXSAMPLERate? (Query Only) This query returns the maximum sample rate for digital channels, in samples per second. If there are no digital channels, the value returned is 0. Group Configuration Syntax CONFIGuration:DIGITAl:MAXSAMPLERate? Related Commands Returns (See page 2-29, Horizontal Command Group.) , which is a floating point number. CONFIGuration:DIGITAl:NUMCHANnels? (Query Only) This query returns the number of digital channels. 2-242 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Group Configuration Syntax CONFIGuration:DIGITAl:NUMCHANnels? Returns CONFIGuration:DVM? (Query Only) Indicates whether the Digital Voltmeter hardware is present. and the DVM feature is enabled. Conditions Available for MDO3000 series models only. Group Configuration Syntax CONFIGuration:DVM? Returns 1 indicates that the Digital Voltmeter hardware is present and the DMV feature is enabled. 0 indicates that either the digital volt meter hardware is not present, or the feature is not enabled. Examples CONFIG:DVM? might return 1, indicating that the hardware is present and the feature is enabled. CONFIGuration:EXTVIDEO? (Query Only) This query returns a boolean value to indicate whether the extended video trigger features are present. Conditions This feature requires installation of a DPO4VID application module for all except the MDO3000 series. Group Configuration Syntax CONFIGuration:EXTVIDEO? MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-243 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Related Commands Returns (See page 2-75, Trigger Command Group.) = 1 if the extended video trigger features are present. = 0 if the extended video trigger features are not present. CONFIGuration:HISTOGRAM? (Query Only) This query returns a boolean value to indicate whether the waveform histogram feature is present. Group Configuration Syntax CONFIGuration:HISTOGRAM? Related Commands Returns (See page 2-29, Histogram Command Group.) = 1 if the histogram feature is present. = 0 if the histogram feature is not present. CONFIGuration:NETWORKDRIVES? (Query Only) This query returns a boolean value to indicate whether network drives are supported. Group Configuration Syntax CONFIGuration:NETWORKDRIVES? Related Commands Returns (See page 2-27, File System Command Group.) = 1 if network drives are supported. = 0 if network drives are not supported. CONFIGuration:NUMMEAS? (Query Only) This query returns the maximum number of periodic measurements. 2-244 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Group Configuration Syntax CONFIGuration:NUMMEAS? Related Commands Returns (See page 2-36, Measurement Command Group.) CONFIGuration:REFS:NUMREFS? (Query Only) This query returns the number of reference waveforms. Group Configuration Syntax CONFIGuration:REFS:NUMREFS? Related Commands Returns (See page 2-90, Vertical Command Group.) CONFIGuration:RF:ADVTRIG? (Query Only) This query returns a boolean value to indicate whether the advanced RF trigger and analysis feature is present. (Enabling this feature requires an MDO4000/B Series oscilloscope and installation of a MDO4TRIG application module.) Group Configuration Syntax CONFIGuration:RF:ADVTRIG? Related Commands Returns (See page 2-47, RF Command Group .) = 1 if the advanced RF feature is present. = 0 if the advanced RF feature is not present. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-245 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order CONFIGuration:RF:BANDWidth? (Query Only) This query returns the bandwidth, in Hz, for the RF channel(s). If there are no RF channels, the value returned is 0. Group Configuration Syntax CONFIGuration:RF:BANDWidth? Returns Floating point number that represents the bandwidth, in Hz, for the RF channel. CONFIGuration:RF:MAXBANDWidth? (Query Only) This query returns the maximum bandwidth, in hertz, for RF channels. If no RF channels are present, the query returns 0. Enabling this feature requires an MDO4000/B Series oscilloscope and installation of a MDO4TRIG application module. Group Configuration Syntax CONFIGuration:RF:MAXBANDWidth? Related Commands Returns (See page 2-47, RF Command Group .) , which is a floating point number that represents the maximum RF bandwidth, in hertz. CONFIGuration:RF:NUMCHANnels? (Query Only) This query returns the number of RF channels present. If no RF channels are present, the query returns 0. ) 2-246 Group Configuration Syntax CONFIGuration:RF:NUMCHANnels? Related Commands (See page 2-47, RF Command Group .) MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Returns CONFIGuration:ROSC? (Query Only) This query returns a boolean value to indicate whether the instrument has an external reference oscillator (ROSC) input. Group Configuration Syntax CONFIGuration:ROSC? Returns = 1 if a ROSC input is present. = 0 if a ROSC input is not present. CURSor? Returns all of the current cursor settings. Group Cursor Syntax CURSor? Examples CURSOR? might return the following as the current cursor settings: :CURSOR:FUNCTION SCREEN;HBARS:POSITION1 0.0000;POSITION2 0.0000;UNITS BASE;:CURSOR:MODE INDEPENDENT;VBARS:POSITION1 -19.0006E-6;POSITION2 -18.9994E-6;UNITS SECONDS CURSor:DDT? (Query Only) Returns the cursor deltaY/deltaT (dY/dT) readout. Conditions This command requires a DPO4PWR application module. Group Cursor Syntax CURSor:DDT? MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-247 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Examples CURSOR:DDT? might return :CURSOR:DDT -166.6670 indicating that the cursor dV/dt read out is -166.6670 CURSor:FUNCtion This command selects the cursor mode. In Waveform mode, the cursors are attached to the selected waveform; in Screen mode, cursors are attached to the display area . Group Cursor Syntax CURSor:FUNCtion {SCREEN|WAVEform|OFF} CURSor:FUNCtion? Related Commands CURSor:SOUrce, CURSor:MODe Arguments SCREEN specifies to display both horizontal and vertical bar cursors, which measure the selected waveform in horizontal and vertical units. Use these cursors to measure anywhere in the waveform display area. WAVEform specifies to display the paired cursors in YT display format for measuring waveform amplitude and time. In XY and XYZ format, these cursors indicate the amplitude positions of an XY pair (Ch1 vs Ch2 voltage, where Ch1 is the X axis and Ch2 is the Y axis) relative to the trigger. OFF removes the cursors from the display. Examples CURSOR:FUNCTION WAVEFORM selects the paired cursors for measuring waveform amplitude and time. CURSOR:FUNCTION? might return :CURSor:FUNCtion SCREEN indicating that the screen cursors are currently selected. CURSor:HBArs? (Query Only) Returns the current settings for the horizontal bar cursors. 2-248 Group Cursor Syntax CURSor:HBArs? MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Examples CURSOR:HBARS? might return the horizontal bar setting as :CURSOR:HBARS:POSITION1 320.0000E-03;POSITION2-320.0000E-03;UNITS BASE CURSor:HBArs:DELTa? (Query Only) Returns the vertical difference between the two horizontal bar cursors. Group Cursor Syntax CURSor:HBArs:DELTa? Related Commands Returns Examples CURSor:HBArs:UNIts A floating point value with an exponent. CURSOR:HBARS:DELTA? might return :CURSOR:HBARS:DELTA 5.0800E+00 indicating that the difference between the two cursors is 5.08. CURSor:HBArs:POSITION This command specifies the horizontal bar cursor position relative to ground, which is expressed in vertical units (usually volts). The cursor is specified by x, which can be 1 or 2. Group Cursor Syntax CURSor:HBArs:POSITION CURSor:HBArs:POSITION? Related Commands CURSor:FUNCtion Arguments is a floating point number that specifies the cursor position relative to ground. Examples CURSOR:HBARS:POSITION1 25.0E-3 positions Cursor 1 of the horizontal cursors at 25 mV. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-249 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order CURSOR:HBARS:POSITION2? might return :CURSOR:HBARS:POSITION2 -64.0000E-03 indicating that Cursor 2 of the horizontal bar cursors is at -64 mV. CURSor:HBArs:UNIts This command specifies the units for the horizontal bar cursors. Group Cursor Syntax CURSor:HBArs:UNIts {BASE|PERcent} CURSor:HBArs:UNIts? Arguments BASE selects the vertical units for the selected waveform. PERcent selects ratio cursors. Examples CURSOR:HBARS:UNITS might return :CURSOR:HBARS:UNITS BASE indicating that the units for the horizontal bar cursors are base. CURSor:HBArs:USE (No Query Form) This command specifies the horizontal bar cursor measurement scale. This command is only applicable when the ratio cursors are turned on. Group Cursor Syntax CURSor:HBArs:USE {CURrent|HALFgrat} Related Commands Arguments CURSor:HBArs:UNIts CURrent sets the H Bar measurement scale so that 0% is the current position of the lowest H Bar cursor and 100% is the current position of the highest H Bar cursor. HALFgrat sets H Bar measurement scale so that half the screen major divisions (five on the MSO/DPO4000B and MDO4000/B, four on the MDO3000) is 100%, where 0% is -2.5 divisions and 100% is +2.5 divisions from the center horizontal graticule. Examples 2-250 CURSOR:HBARS:USE HALFGRAT sets the H Bar measurement scale so that five screen major divisions equals 100%. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order CURSor:MODe This command specifies whether the two cursors move linked together in unison or separately. This command is equivalent to setting Linked to On or Off in the Cursor menu. Group Cursor Syntax CURSor:MODe {TRACk|INDependent} CURSor:MODe? Arguments TRACk ties the navigational functionality of the two cursors together. For cursor 1 adjustments, this ties the movement of the two cursors together; however, cursor 2 continues to move independently of cursor 1. This mode only applies when the DISplay:XY:WITHYT is set to OFF. INDependent allows independent adjustment of the two cursors. Examples CURSOR:MODE TRACK specifies that the cursor positions move in unison. CURSOR:MODE? might return :CURSOR:MODE TRACK indicating that the two cursors move in unison. CURSor:SOUrce This command specifies the cursor source waveform, which can be one of channels 1-4, reference waveforms 1-4, math waveform, bus 1-4, digital channels 0-15 (MSO /MDO4000/B models only as well as MDO3000 models with option MDO3MSO installed), the RF time domain traces (MDO4000/B models), or AUTO. When the cursor source is set to AUTO, cursor readouts apply to the currently selected waveform. Group Cursor Syntax CURSor:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4|REF1|REF2|REF3|REF4|MATH |BUS1|BUS2|BUS3|BUS4|D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10 |D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|RF_AMPlitude|RF_FREQuency|RF_PHASe|AUTO} CURSor:SOUrce? Related Commands SELect:CONTROl, CURSor:MODe, MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-251 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order CURSor:FUNCtion Arguments CH1-4 – specifies one of the analog waveforms as the cursor source. REF1-4 – specifies one of the reference waveforms as the cursor source. MATH – specifies the cursor source as the math waveform. BUS1-4 – specifies the cursor source as one of the bus waveforms. D0–D15 – specifies the cursor source as one of the digital waveforms. (MSO/MDO4000/B models only as well as MDO3000 models with option MDO3MSO installed.) RF_AMPlitude|RF_FREQuency|RF_PHASe – specifies the cursor source as one of the RF time domain traces (Amplitude vs. Time, Frequency vs. Time or Phase vs. Time). (MDO4000/B series models only.) AUTO – specifies the currently selected waveform. The selected waveform can be determined by querying SELect:CONTROl Examples CURSor:SOUrce CH3 sets the cursor source to Channel 3. CURSor:SOUrce? might return AUTO, indicating that the cursor source has been set to the currently selected waveform. CURSor:VBArs? (Query Only) Returns the current settings for the vertical bar cursors. Group Cursor Syntax CURSor:VBArs? Examples CURSOR:VBARS? might return the following vertical bar settings :CURSOR:VBARS:UNITS SECONDS;POSITION1 1.0000E-06;POSITION2 9.0000E-06 CURSor:VBArs:ALTERNATE? (Query Only) Returns the alternate readout for the waveform (Vbar) cursors specified by . This alternate readout is in effect when the selected waveform is a bus or digital channel. 2-252 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Group Cursor Syntax CURSor:VBArs:ALTERNATE? Arguments X = 1 specifies vertical bar cursor1. X = 2 specifies vertical bar cursor2. CURSor:VBArs:DELTa? (Query Only) Returns the horizontal difference between the two vertical bar cursors. The units are specified by the CURSor:VBArs:UNIts command. Group Cursor Syntax CURSor:VBArs:DELTa? Related Commands Returns Examples CURSor:VBArs:UNIts CURSOR:VBARS:DELTA? might return :CURSOR:VBARS:DELTa 1.0640E+00 indicating that the time between the vertical bar cursors is 1.064 s. CURSor:VBArs:HPOS? (Query Only) Returns the vertical value of the specified vertical bar ticks for cursor . Group Cursor Syntax CURSor:VBArs:HPOS? Related Commands Arguments CURSor:VBArs:UNIts specifies the cursor. Valid values are 1 and 2. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-253 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Returns Examples is a floating point number that indicates the value of one of the ticks. The units are the same as the selected waveform. CURSor:VBArs:HPOS2? might return CURSOR:VBARS:HPOS2 100E-3, indicating the waveform value where the cursor intersects it is 0.100. CURSor:VBArs:POSITION This command specifies the horizontal position for the specified vertical bar cursor. The cursor is specified by , which can be 1 or 2. Values are with respect to trigger position or the zero reference point for the designated waveform (if horizontal units are not set to time). Use the CURSor:VBArs:UNIts command to specify units. Group Cursor Syntax CURSor:VBArs:POSITION CURSor:VBArs:POSITION? Related Commands Arguments Returns Examples CURSor:VBArs:UNIts is a floating point number that specifies the cursor position. A floating point value with an exponent. CURSor:VBArs:POSITION2 9.00E-6 positions the cursor2 vertical bar cursor at 9 ms. CURSor:VBArs:POSITION1? this command might return :CURSOR:VBARS:POSITION1 1.0000E-06 indicating that the cursor1 vertical bar is positioned at 1 μs. CURSor:VBArs:UNIts This command specifies the units for the vertical bar cursors. Group 2-254 Cursor MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Syntax Arguments CURSor:VBArs:UNIts {SEConds|HERtz|DEGrees|PERcent} CURSor:VBArs:UNIts? SEConds sets the units of the vertical bar cursors for the time domain (seconds). HERtz sets the units of the vertical bar cursors for the frequency domain (hertz). DEGrees sets the units to degrees for measuring phase. PERcent sets the units to percent for use with ratio cursors. Returns Examples SECONDS, HERTZ, DEGREES, or PERCENT, depending on the current vertical bar cursor units. CURSOR:VBARS:UNITS HERtz sets the units of the VBArs cursors to 1/seconds. CURSOR:VBARS:UNITS? might return :CURSOR:VBARS:UNITS SECONDS indicating that the units for the vertical bar cursor are currently set to seconds. CURSor:VBArs:USE (No Query Form) Sets the vertical bar cursor measurement scale. Conditions This command is only applicable when ratio cursors are on. Group Cursor Syntax CURSor:VBArs:USE {CURrent|HALFgrat|FIVEdivs} Related Commands Arguments CURSor:VBArs:UNIts CURrent sets the V Bar measurement scale so that 0% is the current position of the left-most V Bar cursor and 100% is the current position of the right-most V Bar cursor. HALFgrat resets the ratio range to the default positions on the screen, half of the number of horizontal divisions (five on the MSO/DPO4000B and MDO4000/B), from 25% to 75% of the screen. FIVEdivs sets V Bar measurement scale so that 5 screen major divisions is 100%, where 0% is -2.5 divisions and 100% is +2.5 divisions from the center vertical graticule. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-255 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Examples CURSOR:VBARS:USE CURRENT sets the V Bar measurement scale to use the current cursor positions as 0% and 100% of scale if units are set to %. CURSor:VBArs:VDELTa? (Query Only) Returns the vertical difference between the two vertical bar cursor ticks. Group Cursor Syntax CURSor:VBArs:VDELTa? Related Commands Returns Examples CURSor:HBArs:UNIts indicates the vertical difference between the two vertical bar cursors' ticks. CURSOR:VBARS:VDELTA? might return CURSOR:VBARS:VDELTA 1.064E+0, indicating that the vertical difference between the vertical bar cursors ticks is 1.064 units. CURSor:XY:POLar:RADIUS:DELta? (Query Only) Returns the difference between the cursors X radius and the cursor Y radius (ΔY¸ ΔX). The ratio is calculated as (cursor 2 Y - cursor 1 Y) ÷ (cursor 2 X - cursor 1 X). Group Cursor Syntax CURSor:XY:POLar:RADIUS:DELta? CURSor:XY:POLar:RADIUS:POSITION? (Query Only) Returns the polar radius for the specified cursor, where x can be either 1 or 2. 2-256 Group Cursor Syntax CURSor:XY:POLar:RADIUS:POSITION? MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order CURSor:XY:POLar:RADIUS:UNIts? (Query Only) Returns the polar radius units. Group Cursor Syntax CURSor:XY:POLar:RADIUS:UNIts? CURSor:XY:POLar:THETA:DELta? (Query Only) Returns the XY cursor polar angle delta. Group Cursor Syntax CURSor:XY:POLar:THETA:DELta? CURSor:XY:POLar:THETA:POSITION? (Query Only) Returns the cursor X or cursor Y polar coordinate, where x is either 1 or 2. Group Cursor Syntax CURSor:XY:POLar:THETA:POSITION? CURSor:XY:POLar:THETA:UNIts? (Query Only) Returns the cursor coordinate units. Group Cursor Syntax CURSor:XY:POLar:THETA:UNIts? CURSor:XY:PRODUCT:DELta? (Query Only) Returns the difference between the cursors X position and cursor Y position. The ΔX × ΔY value is calculated as (X2 - X1) × (Y2 - Y1). MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-257 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Group Cursor Syntax CURSor:XY:PRODUCT:DELta? CURSor:XY:PRODUCT:POSITION? (Query Only) Returns the position of the X or Y cursor used to calculate the X × Y cursor measurement, Position 1 = (X1 × Y1); Position 2 = (X2 × Y2). The cursor is specified by x, which can be 1 or 2. Group Cursor Syntax CURSor:XY:PRODUCT:POSITION? CURSor:XY:PRODUCT:UNIts? (Query Only) Returns the XY cursor product units. Group Cursor Syntax CURSor:XY:PRODUCT:UNIts? CURSor:XY:RATIO:DELta? (Query Only) Returns the ratio of the difference between the cursors X position and cursor Y position (ΔY¸ ΔX). The ratio is calculated as (Y2 - Y1) / (X2 - X1). Group Cursor Syntax CURSor:XY:RATIO:DELta? CURSor:XY:RATIO:POSITION? (Query Only) Returns the X (horizontal) or Y (vertical) position for the specified cursor, which can be 1 (X) or 2 (Y). The ratio is calculated as Position 1 = (Y1/X1); Position 2 = (Y2/X2). 2-258 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Group Cursor Syntax CURSor:XY:RATIO:POSITION? CURSor:XY:RATIO:UNIts? (Query Only) Returns the cursor X and cursor Y units for the ratio measurement. Group Cursor Syntax CURSor:XY:RATIO:UNIts? CURSor:XY:READOUT This command specifies the XY cursor readout selection. Group Cursor Syntax CURSor:XY:READOUT {RECTangular|POLARCord|PRODuct|RATio} CURSor:XY:READOUT? Arguments RECTangular specifies the XY readout as rectangular coordinates. POLARCord specifies the XY readout as polar coordinates. PRODuct specifies the XY readout in X*Y format. RATio specifies the XY readout in X:Y format. CURSor:XY:RECTangular:X:DELta? (Query Only) Returns the cursor X delta value in rectangular coordinates. Group Cursor Syntax CURSor:XY:RECTangular:X:DELta? MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-259 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order CURSor:XY:RECTangular:X:POSITION This command specifies the X rectangular coordinate for cursor 1 or cursor 2. The cursor is specified by x and can be either 1 or 2. Group Cursor Syntax CURSor:XY:RECTangular:X:POSITION CURSor:XY:RECTangular:X:POSITION? Arguments is a floating point number that specifies the coordinate in volts. CURSor:XY:RECTangular:X:UNIts? (Query Only) Returns the cursor X rectangular units. Group Cursor Syntax CURSor:XY:RECTangular:X:UNIts? CURSor:XY:RECTangular:Y:DELta? (Query Only) Returns The cursor Y delta value in rectangular coordinates. Group Cursor Syntax CURSor:XY:RECTangular:Y:DELta? CURSor:XY:RECTangular:Y:POSITION This command specifies the Y rectangular coordinate for cursor 1 or cursor 2. The cursor is specified by x and can be either 1 or 2. 2-260 Group Cursor Syntax CURSor:XY:RECTangular:Y:POSITION CURSor:XY:RECTangular:Y:POSITION? MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Arguments is a floating point number that specifies the coordinate in volts. CURSor:XY:RECTangular:Y:UNIts? (Query Only) Returns the cursor Y rectangular units. Group Cursor Syntax CURSor:XY:RECTangular:Y:UNIts? CURVe The CURVe command transfers the waveform data points to the oscilloscope’s internal reference memory location (REF1–4), which is specified by the DATa:DESTination command. The CURVe? query transfers data from the oscilloscope; the source waveform is specified by the DATa:SOUrce command. The first and last data points are specified by the DATa:STARt and DATa:STOP commands. Associated with each waveform transferred using the CURVe command or query is a waveform preamble that provides the data format, scale and associated information needed to interpret the waveform data points. The preamble information for waveforms sent to the oscilloscope is specified using the WFMInpre commands. The preamble information for waveforms transferred from the oscilloscope is specified or queried using the WFMOutpre commands. If the waveform is not displayed, the query form generates an error. The CURVe command and CURVe? query transfer waveform data in ASCII or binary format. ASCII data is sent as a comma-separated list of decimal values. Binary data is sent with the IEEE488.2 binary block header immediately followed by the binary data. The IEEE488.2 binary block header is defined as follows: #N where: N is a single decimal or hexadecimal digit indicating the number of digits to follow. are the decimal digits representing the number of bytes in the data that immediately follows this binary block header. The Waveform Transfer command group text contains more comprehensive information. (See page 2-93, Waveform Transfer Command Group.) (See page D-1, Waveform Transfer (WFMOutpre and CURVe Query) Examples.) MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-261 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order NOTE. In order to guarantee that the waveform data returned from CURVE? queries of multiple waveforms are correlated to the same acquisition, you should use single sequence acquisition mode to acquire the waveform data from a single acquisition. Single sequence acquisition mode is enabled using ACQuire:STOPAfter SEQuence. NOTE. A series of examples of waveform transfer command sequences is included as an appendix. (See page D-1, Waveform Transfer (WFMOutpre and CURVe Query) Examples.) Example 1: Analog Waveform (channel 1 - 4) Example 2: Digital Waveform (channel DO-D15) Example 3: The Digital Collection with 4 Bytes Per Point with MagniVu Off Example 4: The Digital Collection with 8 Bytes Per Point with MagniVu Off Example 5: The Digital Collection with 4 Bytes Per Point with MagniVu On Example 6: The Digital Collection with 8 Bytes Per Point with MagniVu On Example 7: RF Frequency Domain Waveform Group Waveform Transfer Syntax CURVe {|} CURVe? Related Commands DATa:DESTination DATa:ENCdg DATa:SOUrce DATa:STARt DATa:STOP WFMInpre? WFMOutpre? ACQuire:MODe Arguments is the waveform data in binary format. The waveform is formatted as follows: 2-262 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order is the header, which is defined as #N N is a single decimal or hexadecimal digit indicating the number of digits to follow. are the decimal digits representing the number of bytes in the data that immediately follows this binary block header. (Use the WFMInpre:BYT_Nr command to set the width for waveforms transferred into the oscilloscope. Use WFMOutpre:BYT_Nr to set the width for waveforms transferred out from the oscilloscope.) is the curve data. is a single byte new line character at the end of the data. is the waveform data in ASCII format. The format for ASCII data is [,..], where each represents a data point. For RF frequency domain waveforms, the data is transmitted as 4-byte floating point values (NR2 or NR3). Examples CURVe 0,1,4,32,-120 … — This command sends ASCII data values to the specified destination reference waveform (DATa:DESTination). CURVe #510000<10000 binary bytes> — This command sends 10,000 binary data bytes to the specified destination reference waveform (DATa:DESTination). CURVE? with ASCII encoding, START and STOP of 1 and 10 respectively, and a width set to 1 might return :CURVe 61,62,61,60,60,-59,-59,-58,-58,-59 CURVe? with ASCII encoding, START and STOP of 1 and 5 respectively, and DATa:SOUrce set to RF_NORMal might return :CURVE 1.20635E-11,6.30522E-12,1.46334E-11,8.97143E-12,4.87173E-12. CURVe? with ASCII encoding, START and STOP of 1 and 5 respectively, and DATa:SOUrce set to RF_NORMal might return :CURVE 1.20635E-11,6.30522E-12,1.46334E-11,8.97143E-12,4.87173E-12. NOTE. Curve data is transferred from the oscilloscope asynchronously, depending on the length of the curve record. Such transfers may require several seconds to complete. During this period, the oscilloscope will not respond to the user controls. You can interrupt these asynchronous data transfers by sending a device clear message to the oscilloscope or by interrupting the query with another command or query. In order to verify that curve data has been completely transferred, it is recommended that you follow such queries with an *ESR? query to verify there are no error bits set. You can also check the event queue to determine the cause of the error, if any. If the error was caused by an interrupted query, then the asynchronous data transfer was not complete when the *ESR? query was sent. In such cases, it may be necessary to increase the program's time-out value to ensure that all data is transferred and read. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-263 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order DATa These commands specify the format and location of waveform data that is transferred using the CURVe command, or return the format and location of the waveform data that is transferred with the CURVe? query. You can use the INIT argument to reset all of the DATa parameters to default values. (Note that the *RST and FACtory commands do not reset the DATa parameters.) You can use the SNap argument to automatically set the DATa:STARt and DATa:STOP values to the starting and stopping point of the waveform cursors (if on). Note that setting DATa:STARt and DATa:STOP automatically sets WFMOutpre:NR_Pt. (See page 2-93, Waveform Transfer Command Group.) Group Waveform Transfer Syntax DATa {INIT|SNAp} DATa? Related Commands CURVe, DATa:STARt, DATa:STOP, DATa:ENCdg, WFMInpre:NR_Pt, WFMOutpre:NR_Pt? Arguments INIT initializes the waveform data parameters to their factory defaults except for DATa:STOP, which is set to the current acquisition record length. The data waveform preamble parameters are initialized to the following values: :DATa:SOUrce CH1 :DATa:DESTination REF1 :WFMInpre:BYT_NR 1 :WFMInpre:BIT_NR 8 :WFMInpre:ENCDG BINARY :WFMInpre:BN_FMT RI :WFMInpre:BYT_OR MSB :WFMInpre:PT_FMT Y 2-264 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order :WFMOutpre:BYT_NR 1 :WFMOutpre:BIT_NR 8 :WFMOutpre:ENCDG BINARY :WFMOutpre:BN_FMT RI :WFMOutpre:BYT_OR MSB :WFMOutpre:NR_PT :WFMOutpre:PT_FMT Y SNAp sets DATa:STARt and DATa:STOP to match the current waveform cursor positions. Examples DATA? might return :DATA:DESTINATION REF1:ENCDG RIBINARY;SOURCE CH1;START 1;STOP 500;WIDTH 1 DATA INIT initializes the waveform data parameters to their factory defaults. DATa:DESTination This command specifies the reference memory location (REF1–4) for storing waveform data transferred into the oscilloscope using the CURVe command. (See page 2-93, Waveform Transfer Command Group.) Group Waveform Transfer Syntax DATa:DESTination REF DATa:DESTination? Related Commands Arguments Examples CURVe REF is the reference location where the waveform will be stored. DATA:DESTINATION? might return :DATA:DESTINATION REF3 indicating that reference 3 is the currently selected reference memory location for incoming waveform data. DATA:DESTINATION REF1 indicates that incoming waveform data be stored in reference 1. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-265 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order DATa:ENCdg This command specifies the encoding format for outgoing waveform data. This command is equivalent to setting WFMOutpre:ENCdg, WFMOutpre:BN_Fmt, and WFMOutpre:BYT_Or. Setting the DATa:ENGdg value causes the corresponding WFMOutpre values to be updated. NOTE. This command and query does not apply to incoming waveform data. (See page 2-93, Waveform Transfer Command Group.) (See page D-1, Waveform Transfer (WFMOutpre and CURVe Query) Examples.) Group Waveform Transfer Syntax DATa:ENCdg {ASCIi|FAStest|RIBinary|RPBinary|SRIbinary|SRPbinary|FPbinary| SFPbinary} DATa:ENCdg? Related Commands WFMOutpre:ENCdg, WFMOutpre:BN_Fmt, WFMOutpre:BYT_Or Arguments ASCIi specifies to use ASCII encoding for the waveform data queried using the CURVe? query. Data values are returned as signed decimal integers for analog channel and RF time domain data, 4-byte floating point values for RF frequency domain data, or hexadecimal values for Digital Collection data with 4 or 8 bytes per point. The maximum number of ASCII data points that can be queried using the CURVe? query is 1 million points. If more than 1 million points are desired, you must use one of the binary encodings. If ASCII is the value, then BN_Fmt and BYT_Or are ignored. FAStest specifies the encoding which results in the fastest waveform data transfer rate. This sets the following: WFMOutpre:ENCdg BINary, WFMOutpre:BIN_Fmt RI and WFMOutpre:BYT_Or MSB. RIBinary specifies the signed integer data point format, with the most significant byte transferred first. When DATa:WIDTH is set to 1, the range is from -128 through 127. When DATa:WIDTH is 2, the range is from -32,768 through 32,768. Center screen is 0 (zero). The upper limit is the top of the screen and the lower limit is 2-266 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order the bottom of the screen. The default encoding is RIBINARY. This sets the following: WFMOutpre:ENCdg BINary, WFMOutpre:BN_Fmt RI and WFMOutpre:BYT_Or MSB. RPBinary specifies the positive integer data-point representation, with the most significant byte transferred first. When BYT_Nr is 1, the range of data values is 0 through 255. When BYT_Nr is 2, the range of data values is 0 to 65,535. The center of the screen is 127 for 1-byte data and is 32768 for 2-byte data. The upper limit is the top of the screen and the lower limit is the bottom of the screen. This sets the following: :WFMOutpre:ENCdg BINary,:WFMOutpre:BN_Fmt RP and WFMOutpre:BYT_Or MSB. SRIbinary specifies the signed integer format. It is the same as RIBinary except that the byte order is swapped, meaning that the least significant byte is transferred first. This sets the following: WFMOutpre:ENCdg BINary, WFMOutpre:BIN_Fmt RI and WFMOutpre:BYT_Or LSB. SRPbinary specifies the positive integer format. It is the same as RPBinary except that the byte order is swapped, meaning that the least significant byte is transferred first. This sets the following: WFMOutpre:ENCdg BINary, WFMOutpre:BN_Fmt RP and WFMOutpre:BYT_Or LSB. FPbinary specifies floating point binary. It automatically forces DATa:WIDTH to 4 and BYT_OR to MSB (most significant byte transmitted first). This argument only applies to the frequency domain waveforms (MDO4000/B models only). SFPbinary specifies floating point binary. It automatically forces DATa:WIDTH to 4 and BYT_OR to LSB (least significant byte transmitted first). This argument only applies to the frequency domain waveforms (MDO4000/B models only). Table 2-52: DATa and WFMOutpre Parameter Settings Examples DATa:ENCdg Setting WFMOutpre Settings :ENCdg :BN_Fmt :BYT_Or :BYT_NR ASCii ASC N/A N/A 1,2,4,8 FAStest BIN RI MSB 1,2 RIBinary BIN RI MSB 1,2 RPBinary BIN RP MSB 1,2 SRIbinary BIN RI LSB 1,2 SRPbinary BIN RP LSB 1,2 FPbinary BIN FP MSB 4 SFPbinary BIN FP LSB 4 DATA:ENCDG? might return :DATa:ENCDG SRPBINARY for the format of the outgoing waveform data. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-267 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order DATA:ENCDG RPBinary sets the data encoding format to be a positive integer where the most significant byte is transferred first. DATa:SOUrce This command specifies the source waveform to be transferred from the oscilloscope using the CURVe? query. The valid waveform sources are CH1-CH4, MATH, REF1-REF4, D0-D15, DIGital, RF_AMPlitude, RF_FREQuency, RF_PHASe, RF_NORMal, RF_AVErage, RF_MAXHold, and RF_MINHold. Setting DATa:SOUrce automatically constrains the following to valid values for the specified source waveform: WFMOutpre:BYT_Nr, WFMOutpre:BIT_Nr and WFMOutpre:BN_Fmt. (See page 2-93, Waveform Transfer Command Group.) Group Waveform Transfer Syntax DATa:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4|MATH|REF1|REF2|REF3|REF4|D0|D1|D2|D3 |D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|DIGital |RF_AMPlitude|RF_FREQuency|RF_PHASe|RF_NORMal|RF_AVErage| RF_MAXHold|RF_MINHold} DATa:SOUrce? Related Commands Arguments CURVe CH1–CH4 specifies which analog channel waveform data will be transferred from the oscilloscope to the controller, channels 1 through 4. MATH specifies that the Math waveform data will be transferred from the oscilloscope to the controller. REF1–REF4 specifies which Reference waveform data will be transferred from the oscilloscope to the controller. D0–D15 specifies which digital channel waveform data will be transferred from the oscilloscope to the controller. (MSO/MDO4000/B models only as well as MDO3000 models with option MDO3MSO installed.) DIGital specifies that the Digital Collection waveform data will be transferred from the oscilloscope to the controller. (MSO/MDO4000/B models only as well as MDO3000 models with option MDO3MSO installed.) RF_AMPlitude|RF_FREQuency|RF_PHASe (MDO4000/B models only) 2-268 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order and RF_NORMal|RF_AVErage| RF_MAXHold|RF_MINHold specify that the RF data will be transferred from the oscilloscope to the controller (MDO models only). Examples DATA:SOURCE? might return :DATA:SOURCE REF3 indicating that Reference location 3 is the source for the waveform data that is transferred using a CURVe? query. DATA:SOURCE CH1 specifies that the CH1 waveform will be transferred in the next CURVe? query. DATa:STARt This command specifies the starting data point for incoming or outgoing waveform transfer using the CURVe command or query. (Use DATa:STOP to specify the ending data point.) You can set the DATa:STARt and DATa:STOP values automatically to the starting and stopping points of the waveform cursors, if on, using DATa SNap. Note that setting DATa:STARt and DATa:STOP automatically sets WFMOutpre:NR_Pt. (See page 2-93, Waveform Transfer Command Group.) Group Waveform Transfer Syntax DATa:STARt DATa:STARt? Related Commands CURVe, DATa, DATa:STOP, WFMInpre:NR_Pt, WFMOutpre:NR_Pt? Arguments is the first data point that will be transferred, which ranges from 1 to the record length. Data will be transferred from to DATa:STOP or the record length, whichever is less. If is greater than the record length, the last data point in the record is transferred. DATa:STARt and DATa:STOP are order independent. When DATa:STOP is greater than DATa:STARt, the values will be swapped internally for the CURVe? query. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-269 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Examples DATA:START? might return :DATA:START 214 indicating that data point 214 is the first waveform data point that will be transferred. DATA:START 10 specifies that the waveform transfer will begin with data point 10. DATa:STOP This command specifies the final data point that will be transferred when using the CURVe command or query for incoming or outgoing waveform transfer. (UseDATa:STARt to specify the starting data point.) NOTE. The oscilloscope automatically adjusts the DATa:START and DATa:STOP values for CURVe queries when the DATa:STOP value is less than the DATa:START value, and also when the DATa:START and/or DATa:STOP values are greater than the record length of the source waveform. The adjusted DATa:START and DATa:STOP values determineWFMOutpre:NR_Pt. You can set the DATa:STARt and DATa:STOP values to automatically to the starting and stopping points of the waveform cursors, if on, using the DATa command with the SNap argument. Note that setting DATa:STARt and DATa:STOP automatically sets WFMOutpre:NR_Pt. Changes to the record length value are not automatically reflected in the DATa:STOP value. As record length is varied, the DATa:STOP value must be explicitly changed to ensure the entire record is transmitted. In other words, curve results will not automatically and correctly reflect increases in record length if the difference of DATa:STARt and DATa:STOP remains smaller than the increased record length. Note that DATa:STOP can be larger than the record length. (Use WFMOutpre:NR_Pt? to find how many samples are available.) (See page 2-93, Waveform Transfer Command Group.) Group Waveform Transfer Syntax DATa:STOP DATa:STOP? Related Commands CURVe, DATa, DATa:STARt, WFMInpre:NR_Pt, WFMOutpre:NR_Pt? 2-270 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Arguments is the last data point that will be transferred, which ranges from 1 to the record length. If is greater than the record length, then data will be transferred up to the record length. If both DATa:STARt and DATa:STOP are greater than the record length, the last data point in the record is returned. DATa:STARt and DATa:STOP are order independent. When DATa:STOP is less than DATa:STARt, the values will be swapped internally for the CURVe? query. If you always want to transfer complete waveforms, set DATa:STARt to 1 and DATa:STOP to the record length of the source waveform, or larger. Examples DATA:STOP? might return DATA:STOP 14900 indicating that 14900 is the last waveform data point that will be transferred. DATA:STOP 15000 specifies that the waveform transfer will stop at data point 15000. DATa:WIDth This command specifies the width, in bytes per point, for waveform data transferred from the scope via the CURVe? query. (This command is synonymous with WFMOutpre:BYT_Nr .) When the source is CH1-CH4, REF1-REF4, MATH, D0-D15, RF_AMPlitude, RF_FREQuency and RF_PHASe, the default width is 1 byte. When the source is RF_NORMal, RF_AVERage, RF_MAXHold, RF_MINHold or DIGital, the default width is 4 bytes. NOTE. The RF time domain traces, RF_AMPlitude, RF_FREQuency and RF_PHASe, are only available on the MDO4000/B series models. NOTE. This command is equivalent to the WFMOutpre:BYT_Nr command. (See page 2-93, Waveform Transfer Command Group.) Group Waveform Transfer Syntax DATa:WIDth DATa:WIDth? Related Commands CURVe?, DATa:SOUrce, DATa:DESTination, WFMOutpre:BYT_Nr MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-271 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Arguments is an integer that indicates the number of bytes per point for the outgoing waveform data when queried using the CURVe? command. For analog channel and RF_FREQuency, RF_PHASe and RF_AMPlitude traces (MDO4000/B only), the values can be 1 or 2. For digital channels (D0 through D15), the values can be 1 or 2. For the digital collection (DATa:SOUrce DIGital), the values can be 4 or 8. For RF_NORMal, RF_AVERage, RF_MAXHold, or RF_MINHold, the value can only be 4 as this is 32-bit floating point data. Examples DATa:WIDth 2 sets the width of waveform data to be read from the scope to 2 bytes. DATa:WIDth? might return 1, indicating that a width of 1 byte has been set. DATE This command specifies the date the oscilloscope displays. Group Miscellaneous Syntax DATE DATE? Related Commands Arguments Examples TIMe is a date in the form "yyyy-mm-dd" where yyyy refers to a four-digit year number, mm refers to a two-digit month number from 01 to 12, and dd refers to a two-digit day number in the month. DATE "2006-01-24" specifies that the date is set to January 24, 2006. DATE? might return :DATE 2006-01-24 indicating the current date is set to January 24, 2014. *DDT Allows you to specify a command or a list of commands that execute when the oscilloscope receives a *TRG command or the GET IEEE488.2 interface message. Define Device Trigger (*DDT) is a special alias that the *TRG command uses. Group 2-272 Miscellaneous MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Syntax Related Commands Arguments *DDT {|} *DDT? *TRG is a complete sequence of program messages. The messages can contain only valid commands that must be separated by semicolons and must follow all rules for concatenating commands. The sequence must be less than or equal to 80 characters. The format of this argument is always returned as a query. is a complete sequence of program messages. The messages can contain only valid commands that must be separated by semicolons and must follow all rules for concatenating commands. The sequence must be less than or equal to 80 characters. Examples *DDT #OACQUIRE:STATE RUN specifies that the acquisition system will be started each time a *TRG command is sent. DESE This command specifies the bits in the Device Event Status Enable Register (DESER). The DESER is the mask that determines whether events are reported to the Standard Event Status Register (SESR), and entered into the Event Queue. For a detailed discussion of the use of these registers, see Registers. (See page 3-1, Registers.) Group Status and Error Syntax DESE DESE? Related Commands Arguments *CLS, *ESE, *ESR?, EVENT?, EVMsg?, *SRE, *STB? sets the binary bits of the DESER according to this value, which ranges from 1 through 255. For example, DESE 209 sets the DESER to the binary value 11010001 (that is, the most significant bit in the register is set to 1, the next most significant bit to 1, the next bit to 0, etc.). The power-on default for DESER is all bits set if *PSC is 1. If *PSC is 0, the DESER maintains the previous power cycle value through the current power cycle. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-273 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order NOTE. Setting the DESER and ESER to the same value allows only those codes to be entered into the Event Queue and summarized on the ESB bit (bit 5) of the Status Byte Register. Use the *ESE command to set the ESER. Examples DESE 209 sets the DESER to binary 11010001, which enables the PON, URQ, EXE and OPC bits. DESE? might return:DESE 186, showing that the DESER contains the binary value 10111010. DESkew (No Query Form) Causes the deskew values for all channels to be set to the recommended values. Equivalent to pressing the "Set all deskews to recommended values" button in the application UI. NOTE. The actual deskew values for each channel can be set or queried using the CH:DESKew command. Group Vertical Syntax DESkew {SETALLtorec} Arguments sets the deskew for all channels to the recommended values. DESkew:DISPlay This command specifies the state of the deskew table display. Group Vertical Syntax DESkew:DISPlay {OFF|ON|0|1} DESkew:DISPlay? Arguments OFF or 0 turns off the deskew table display. ON or 1 turns on the deskew table display. 2-274 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order DIAg:LOOP:OPTion Sets the self-test loop option. Group Calibration and Diagnostic Syntax DIAg:LOOP:OPTion {ALWAYS|FAIL|ONFAIL|ONCE|NTIMES} Arguments ALWAYS continues looping until the self tests (diagnostics) are stopped via the front panel or by an oscilloscope command. FAIL causes looping until the first self test (diagnostic) failure or until self tests (diagnostics) are stopped. ONFAIL causes looping on a specific test group as long as a FAIL status is returned from the test. ONCE executes self test (diagnostics test) sequence once. NTIMES runs “n” number of loops. Examples DIAG:LOOP:OPTION ONCE runs one loop of self tests. DIAg:LOOP:OPTion:NTIMes Sets the self-test loop option to run N times. Group Calibration and Diagnostic Syntax DIAg:LOOP:OPTion:NTIMes DIAg:LOOP:OPTion:NTIMes? Arguments is the number of self-test loops. Examples DIAG:LOOP:OPTION:NTIMES 3 sets the self-test loop to run three times. DIAG:LOOP:OPTION:NTIMES? might return :DIAG:LOOP:OPTION:NTIMES 5, indicating the self-test loop is set to run five times. DIAg:LOOP:STOP (No Query Form) Stops the self-test at the end of the current loop. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-275 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Group Calibration and Diagnostic Syntax DIAg:LOOP:STOP Examples DIAG:LOOP:STOP stops the self test at the end of the current loop. DIAg:RESUlt:FLAg? (Query Only) Returns the pass/fail status from the last self-test sequence execution. Use this query to determine which test(s) has failed. Group Calibration and Diagnostic Syntax DIAg:RESUlt:FLAg? Related Commands Returns DIAg:RESUlt:LOG? PASS indicates that all of the selected self (diagnostic) tests have passed. FAIL indicates that at least one of the selected self (diagnostic) tests has failed. IN PROGRESS indicates that at least one of the selected self (diagnostic) tests is ongoing. NOT RUN indicates that the selected diagnostic test suite has not been run since the instrument was powered on. Examples DIAG:RESULT:FLAG? might return DIAG:RESULT:FLAG PASS. DIAg:RESUlt:LOG? (Query Only) Returns the internal results log from the last self-test sequence execution. The list contains all modules and module interfaces that were tested along with the pass/fail status of each. 2-276 Group Calibration and Diagnostic Syntax DIAg:RESUlt:LOG? MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Related Commands Returns DIAg:RESUlt:FLAg? in the following format: --[,--..] Examples DIAG:RESULT:LOG? might return :DIAG:RESULT:LOG "NOT RUN--CPU,PASS--DISPLAY,NOT RUN--FPANEL,NOT RUN--IO,NOT RUN--ACQ,NOT RUN--RO M,NOT RUN--APPKEY" DIAg:SELect (No Query Form) This command specifies which of the diagnostic groups will be tested when the DIAg:STATE EXECute command is run. Group Calibration and Diagnostic Syntax DIAg:SELect {ALL|APPKey|CPU|DISplay|FPAnel|IO|ROM|ACQ|RF|AFG} Arguments ALL runs all diagnostic groups. APPKey runs just the application key diagnostic group. CPU runs just the CPU diagnostic group. DISplay runs just the display circuit diagnostic group. FPAnel runs just the front panel diagnostic group. IO runs just the IO board diagnostic group. ROM runs just the ROM board diagnostic group. ACQ runs just the acquisition system diagnostic group. RF runs just the RF system diagnostic group (MDO models only). AFG runs just the AFG system diagnostic group (models with AFG hardware). DIAg:SELect: (No Query Form) This command specifies which of the subsystems will be tested when the DIAg:STATE EXECute command is run. Group Calibration and Diagnostic MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-277 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Syntax Related Commands Arguments DIAg:SELect: DIAg:STATE EXECute specifies a single oscilloscope subsystem on which to run self tests (diagnostics). Valid values are: ACQ tests the acquisition system. APPKey tests the application keys. CPU tests the CPU. DISplay tests the display. FPAnel tests the front panel controls. IO tests the IO ports. ROM tests the system read only memory. Examples DIAG:SELECT:CPU specifies that the oscilloscope will test the CPU when the diagnostic test is run. DIAG:STATE EXECute will actually run the test. DIAg:STATE (No Query Form) This command starts or stops the oscilloscope diagnostic self-tests. Which self-test is run is specified by the DIAg:SELect: orDIAg:SELect: commands. Group Calibration and Diagnostic Syntax DIAg:STATE {EXECute|ABORt} Arguments EXECute starts diagnostics. ABORt stops diagnostics at the end of the current loop. Examples 2-278 DIAG:STATE EXECute starts diagnostics. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order DISplay? (Query Only) Returns the current display settings. Group Display Syntax DISplay? DISplay:CLOCk This command specifies whether the oscilloscope displays the date and time. The query form of this command returns an ON (1) or an OFF (0). Group Display Syntax DISplay:CLOCk {ON|OFF|} DISplay:CLOCk? Related Commands DATE, TIMe Arguments ON enables the display of date and time. OFF disables the display of date and time. = 0 disables the display of date and time; any other value enables the display of date and time. Examples DISPLAY:CLOCK ON enables display of date and time. DISPLAY:CLOCK? might return :DISPLAY:CLOCK 1 indicating that the display of date and time is currently enabled. DISplay:DIGital:ACTIVity Sets or returns the state of the digital channel monitor display. When enabled, the digital channel monitor is displayed when one or more of D0-D15 are turned on. The data that is summarized in that display can be obtained by querying CURVe with the DATa:SOUrce set to DIGital and one or more digital channels D0-D15 turned on. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-279 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order For more information, refer to the description of DIGital in the section entitled “Transferring a Waveform From an Oscilloscope to a Computer”. (See page 2-94, Transferring a Waveform from an Oscilloscope to a Computer.) Conditions Available only for MSO/MDO4000/B models and MDO3000 models with option MDO3MSO enabled. Group Display Syntax DISplay:DIGital:ACTIVity {0|1|OFF|ON} DISplay:DIGital:ACTIVity? Arguments 1 or ON turns on the digital channel activity monitor display. 0 or OFF turns it off. Examples DIS:DIG:ACTIV ON turns on the digital channel activity monitor. DISplay:DIGital:HEIght This command specifies the number of available digital waveform position slots. NOTE. If the number of live digital channels exceeds the number of slots, their height is reduced to a smaller size, allowing all digital channels to be displayed. Group Display Syntax DISplay:DIGital:HEIght {SMAll|MEDium|LARge} DISplay:DIGital:HEIght? Arguments SMAll sets the height to display 4 digital waveforms per division. MEDium sets the height to display 2 digital waveforms per division. LARge sets the height to display 1 digital waveform per division. DISplay:GRAticule This command specifies the type of graticule the oscilloscope displays. 2-280 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Group Display Syntax DISplay:GRAticule {CROSSHair|FRAme|FULl|GRId|SOLid} DISplay:GRAticule? Arguments CROSSHair specifies a frame and cross hairs. FRAme specifies a frame only. FULl specifies a frame, a grid and cross hairs. GRId specifies a frame and grid only. SOLid specifies a solid graticule. Examples DISPLAY:GRATICULE FRAme sets the graticule type to display the frame only. DISPLAY:GRATICULE? might return :DISPLAY:GRATICULE FULL indicating that all graticule elements are selected. DISplay:INTENSITy? (Query Only) Returns the display intensity settings. Group Display Syntax DISplay:INTENSITy? Examples DISPLAY:INTENSITY? might return: :DISPLAY:INTEnsITY:WAVEFORM 30;GRATICULE 75;BACKLIGHT HIGH DISplay:INTENSITy:BACKLight Sets and returns the waveform backlight intensity settings. Group Display Syntax DISplay:INTENSITy:BACKLight {LOW|MEDium|HIGH} DISplay:INTENSITy:BACKLight? MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-281 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Examples DISPLAY:INTENSITY:BACKLIGHT? might return DISPLAY:INTEnsITY:BACKLIGHT HIGH DISplay:INTENSITy:BACKLight:AUTODim:ENAble Sets or returns the state of the display auto-dim feature. The default is enabled. Once the backlight has dimmed, any button push or knob turn returns the backlight value to the value set by DISplay:INTENSITy:BACKLight. Group Display Syntax DISplay:INTENSITy:BACKLight:AUTODim:ENAble {OFF|ON|0|1} DISplay:INTENSITy:BACKLight:AUTODim:ENAble? Arguments OFF or 0 turns off the display auto-dim feature. ON or 1 turns it on. DISplay:INTENSITy:BACKLight:AUTODim:TIMe Sets or returns the amount of time, in minutes, to wait for no UI activity before automatically dimming the display. The time can range from a minimum of 10 minutes to a maximum of 1440 minutes (24 hours). The default is 60 minutes. Group Display Syntax DISplay:INTENSITy:BACKLight:AUTODim:TIMe DISplay:INTENSITy:BACKLight:AUTODim:TIMe? Arguments An integer that represents the amount of time, in minutes, to wait for no UI activity before automatically dimming the display. DISplay:INTENSITy:GRAticule Sets and returns the display graticule intensity settings. Group 2-282 Display MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Syntax Arguments Examples DISplay:INTENSITy:GRAticule DISplay:INTENSITy:GRAticule? is the graticule intensity and ranges from 0 to 100 percent. DISPLAY:INTENSITY:GRATICULE? might return DISPLAY:INTEnsITY:GRATICULE 30 DISplay:INTENSITy:WAVEform Sets and returns the display waveform intensity settings. Group Display Syntax DISplay:INTENSITy:WAVEform DISplay:INTENSITy:WAVEform? Arguments Examples is the waveform intensity and ranges from 1 to 100 percent. DISPLAY:INTENSITY:WAVEFORM? might return DISPLAY:INTEnsITY:WAVEFORM 60 as the intensity of the waveforms. DISplay:PERSistence This command specifies the display persistence for analog waveforms. This affects the display only. Group Display Syntax DISplay:PERSistence {|CLEAR|AUTO|INFInite|OFF} DISplay:PERSistence? Arguments is a floating point number that specifies the time of the persistence. CLEAR resets the persist time count down and clears the display of acquired points. INFInite displays waveform points until a control change resets the acquisition system. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-283 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order NOTE. When persistence is set to infinite, it does not mean that the brightness of any pixel should never decrease. The brightness of a pixel is proportionally dependent on the ratio between its intensity, which does NOT decrease at infinite persistence, and the maximum value of intensity of any pixel on the screen. Thus, if a particular pixel gets hit less often than others, its brightness will decrease over time. It will become less bright relative to the pixels that get hit more often. AUTO specifies that the oscilloscope automatically determines the best waveform persistence based on the value of waveform intensity (DISplay:INTENSITy:WAVEform) OFF turns off DPO mode (0 seconds of persistence). Examples DISPLAY:PERSISTENCE 3 specifies that the waveform points are displayed fading for 3 seconds before they completely disappear. DISplay:STYle:DOTsonly This command turns on or off the dots-only mode for the waveforms displayed in the time domain. Group Display Syntax DISplay:STYle:DOTsonly {ON|OFF|} DISplay:STYle:DOTsonly? Arguments ON or ≠ 0 turns on the dots-only display. OFF or = 0 turns off the dots-only display. DISplay:TRIGFrequency This command switches the trigger frequency readout on or off. Group Display Syntax DISplay:TRIGFrequency {OFF|ON|0|1} DISplay:TRIGFrequency? Related Commands 2-284 TRIGger:FREQuency? MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Examples DISplay:TRIGFrequency ON turns the trigger frequency read out on. DISplay:TRIGFrequency? might return 0, indicating that the trigger frequency readout is turned off. DISplay:XY This command turns on or off the XY display mode. Group Display Syntax DISplay:XY {OFF|TRIGgered} DISplay:XY? Related Commands Arguments All CURSOR:XY commands. OFF – The channels are displayed individually as a function of time. TRIGgered – The channels are displayed in “X-Y” pairs with CH1 being displayed as a function of CH2, and so on. Examples DISplay:XY TRIG specifies to use the XY display mode. DISPLAY:XY? might return OFF, indicating that the XY display mode is not currently on. DISplay:XY:WITHYT Sets or returns the state of simultaneous display of the XY and YT waveforms when in TRIGgered XY display mode. (To set the mode to TRIGgered XY display, first use the command :DISplay:XY TRIGgered.) When both the XY and YT waveforms are displayed, the YT waveform is displayed in the upper graticule, and the XY waveform is displayed in the lower graticule. This command applies to the MDO3000 series only. For this platform, the default state is 0 (XY display only). For the DPO/MSO4000B and MDO4000/B platforms, this command is ignored and the state is always 1 (to display both the XY and YT waveforms when in XY display mode). MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-285 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order NOTE. For models with the DVM feature, such as the MDO3000, this command does not take effect if the :DVM:DISPLAYSTYle is set to FULl, but will take effect once the :DVM:DISPLAYSTYle is set to MINimum or if the DVM is turned off. Group Display Syntax DISplay:XY:WITHYT {0|1|OFF|ON} DISplay:XY:WITHYT? Related Commands All CURSOR:XY commands. DVM:DISPLAYSTYle Arguments 1 or ON turns on simultaneous display of the XY and YT waveforms when in TRIGgered XY display mode. 0 or OFF turns simultaneous display off. Examples DISplay:XY:WITHYT turns simultaneous display of the XY and YT waveforms when in TRIGgered XY display mode DVM (No Query Form) Resets the Digital Voltmeter measurements and history. Conditions MDO3000 only; requires DVM option key to be installed. Group DVM Syntax DVM {RESET} Arguments Examples None DVM:RESET resets the DVM measurement and history. DVM:AUTORange Sets (or queries) the auto range state for the Digital Voltmeter. 2-286 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Conditions MDO3000 only; requires DVM option key to be installed. Group DVM Syntax DVM:AUTORange {0|1|OFF|ON} DVM:AUTORange? Arguments 1 or ON turns on the auto range state for the Digital Voltmeter. 0 or OFF turns it off. Examples DVM:AUTOR ON turns on the auto range state for the Digital Voltmeter. DVM:DISPLAYSTYle Sets (or queries) the display style for the Digital Voltmeter. Conditions MDO3000 only; requires DVM option key to be installed. Group DVM Syntax DVM:DISPLAYSTYle {FULl|MINimum} DVM:DISPLAYSTYle? Arguments FULl sets the display style for the DVM to Full. MINimum sets the display style for the DVM to Minimum. Examples DVM:DISPLAYSTYLE MIN sets the display style for the DVM to Minimum. DVM:MEASUrement:FREQuency? (Query Only) Returns the current frequency value for the Digital Voltmeter. Any qualifier, such as "Measurement warning, Clipping positive", is automatically set as an error event. Conditions MDO3000 only; requires DVM option key to be installed. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-287 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Group DVM Syntax DVM:MEASUrement:FREQuency? Examples DVM:MEASU:FREQ? might return 100.0000E+3, which represents 100 KHz as the current frequency value for the DVM. DVM:MEASUrement:HIStory:AVErage? (Query Only) Returns the average readout value for the Digital Voltmeter function over the history period. Any qualifier, such as "Measurement warning, Clipping positive", is automatically set as an error event. Conditions MDO3000 only; requires DVM option key to be installed. Group DVM Syntax DVM:MEASUrement:HIStory:AVErage? Examples DVM:MEASU:HIS:AVE? might return 100.0000E+3, which represents the average DVM readout value over the history period. DVM:MEASUrement:HIStory:MAXimum? (Query Only) Returns the maximum readout value for the DVM function over the history period. Any qualifier, such as "Measurement warning, Clipping positive", is automatically set as an error event. Conditions 2-288 MDO3000 only; requires DVM option key to be installed. Group DVM Syntax DVM:MEASUrement:HIStory:MAXimum? MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Examples DVM:MEASU:HIS:MAX? might return 100.0000E+3, which represents the maximum readout value for the DVM function over the history period. DVM:MEASUrement:HIStory:MINImum? (Query Only) Returns the minimum readout value for the DVM function over the history period. Any qualifier, such as "Measurement warning, Clipping positive", is automatically set as an error event. Conditions MDO3000 only; requires DVM option key to be installed. Group DVM Syntax DVM:MEASUrement:HIStory:MINImum? Examples DVM:MEASU:HIS:MINI? might return 100.0000E+3, which represents the minimum readout value for the DVM function over the history period. DVM:MEASUrement:INFMAXimum? (Query Only) Returns the maximum DVM readout value over the entire time that the DVM has been on since the last change using the DVM:MODe or DVM:SOUrce commands or DVM RESET. Any qualifier, such as "Measurement warning, Clipping positive", is automatically set as an error event. Conditions MDO3000 only; requires DVM option key to be installed. Group DVM Syntax DVM:MEASUrement:INFMAXimum? Examples DVM:MEASU:INFMAX? might return 100.0000E+3, which represents the maximum readout value of the DVM function over the entire time that the DVM has been on since the last change using the DVM:MODe or DVM:SOUrce commands or DVM RESET. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-289 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order DVM:MEASUrement:INFMINimum? (Query Only) Returns the minimum readout value of the DVM function over the entire time that the DVM has been on since the last change using the DVM:MODe or DVM:SOUrce commands or DVM RESET. Any qualifier, such as "Measurement warning, Clipping positive", is automatically set as an error event. Conditions MDO3000 only; requires DVM option key to be installed. Group DVM Syntax DVM:MEASUrement:INFMINimum? Examples DVM:MEASU:INMIN? might return 100.0000E+3, which represents the minimum readout value of the DVM function over the entire time that the DVM has been on since the last change using the DVM:MODe or DVM:SOUrce commands or DVM RESET. DVM:MEASUrement:VALue? (Query Only) Returns the Digital Voltmeter value. Any qualifier, such as "Measurement warning, Clipping positive", is automatically set as an error event. Conditions MDO3000 only; requires DVM option key to be installed. Group DVM Syntax DVM:MEASUrement:VALue? Examples DVM:MEASU:VAL? might return 100.0000E+3, which represents the DVM value. DVM:MODe Specifies (or queries) the mode to use for the Digital Voltmeter (ACRMS, ACDCRMS, DC, Frequency, or OFF). 2-290 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Conditions MDO3000 only; requires DVM option key to be installed. Group DVM Syntax DVM:MODe {ACRMS|ACDCRMS|DC|FREQuency|OFF} DVM:MODe? Arguments ACRMS – displays the root-mean-square value of the acquired data, with the DC component removed. ACDCRMS – displays the RMS value of the acquired data. DC – displays the DC value of the acquired data. FREQuency – displays the frequency counter measurement. OFF Examples DVM:MODE DC sets the mode for the DVM to DC, which displays the DC value of the acquired data. DVM:MOD? might return ACRMS, which indicates the mode is currently set to ACRMS. DVM:SOUrce Sets (or queries) the source for the Digital Voltmeter: Channel 1 - 4. Conditions MDO3000 only; requires DVM option key to be installed. Group DVM Syntax DVM:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4} DVM:SOUrce? Arguments Examples CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4 specify which channel to use as the source for the DVM. DVM:SOURCE CH4 sets the DVM source to Channel 4. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-291 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order D This command specifies parameters for digital channel , where x is the channel number. Conditions Requires an MSO or MDO4000/B model, or MDO3000 with option MDO3MSO installed. Group Vertical Syntax D D:LABel This command specifies the waveform label for digital channel , where x is the channel number. Conditions Requires an MSO or MDO4000/B model, or MDO3000 with option MDO3MSO installed. Group Vertical Syntax D:LABel D:LABel? Arguments Examples is an alphanumeric string of text, enclosed in quotes, that contains the text label information for the digital channel waveform. The text string is limited to 30 characters. D4:LABEL? might return :D4:LABEL “Clk Wfm 4”. D:POSition This command specifies the vertical position for digital channel , where x is the channel number. 2-292 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order NOTE. Unlike analog channels, which use the center baseline as the zero point, digital channels use the bottom logic level as the zero point. Because of the slot model used to describe digital channel position, the oscilloscope rounds off divisions to the nearest slot. Conditions Requires an MSO or MDO4000/B model, or MDO3000 with option MDO3MSO installed. Group Vertical Syntax D:POSition D:POSition? Arguments is a floating point number that specifies the position of the digital channel, in slot units. Use the oscilloscope front-panel controls to place the channel; then query the channel to obtain an exact value for the position. D:THReshold This command specifies the logical threshold for the digital channel , where x is the digital channel number D0 – D15. NOTE. MDO3000 models only have two digital threshold controls: one for digital channels D0 - D7, and the other for D8 - D15. Changing one digital channel’s threshold level changes all of the channels’ levels in the same set. Conditions Requires an MSO or MDO4000/B model, or MDO3000 with option MDO3MSO installed. Group Vertical Syntax D:THReshold {ECL|TTL|} D:THReshold? Arguments ECL sets the digital threshold for channel to a preset ECL high level of -1.3V. TTL sets the digital threshold for channel to a preset TTL high level of 1.4V. is a floating point number that specifies the digital threshold for channel , in volts. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-293 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Examples D5:THRESHOLD ECL sets the threshold for D5 digital channel to ECL levels. D14:threshold? might return :D14:THRESHOLD 1.2500 indicating that the threshold level for the D14 digital channel is 1.25 volts. *ESE Sets and queries the bits in the Event Status Enable Register (ESER). The ESER prevents events from being reported to the Status Byte Register (STB). For a detailed discussion on how to use registers, see Registers. (See page 3-1, Registers.) Group Status and Error Syntax *ESE *ESE? Related Commands Arguments *CLS, DESE, *ESR?, EVENT?, EVMsg?, *SRE, *STB? specifies the binary bits of the ESER according to this value, which ranges from 0 through 255. The power-on default for the ESER is 0 if *PSC is 1. If *PSC is 0, the ESER maintains the previous power cycle value through the current power cycle. NOTE. Setting the DESER and the ESER to the same values allows only those codes to be entered into the Event Queue and summarized on the ESB bit (bit 5) of the Status Byte Register. Use the DESE command to set the DESER. Examples *ESE 209 sets the ESER to binary 11010001, which enables the PON, URQ, EXE, and OPC bits. *ESE? might return 186, showing that the ESER contains the binary value 10111010. *ESR? (Query Only) Returns the contents of the Standard Event Status Register (SESR). *ESR? also clears the SESR (reading the SESR clears it). For a detailed discussion on how to use registers, see Registers. (See page 3-1, Registers.) Group 2-294 Status and Error MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Syntax Related Commands Examples *ESR? ALLEv?, *CLS, DESE, *ESE, EVENT?, EVMsg?, *SRE, *STB? *ESR? might return 213, showing that the SESR contains the binary value 11010101. EMAIL:SETUp:FROMADDRess Sets (or queries) the sender’s email address for the common server setup information that is shared between the Act on Event commands and the Hardcopy Email commands. Note: to set the email recipient address for Act on Event commands, use ACTONEVent:ACTION:EMAIL:SETUp:TOADDRess. Group Email Syntax EMAIL:SETUp:FROMADDRess EMAIL:SETUp:FROMADDRess? Arguments Examples Quoted string that represents the sender’s email address. The maximum number of characters allowed is 128. EMAIL:SETUP:FROMADDRESS “george.wilcox@tektronix.com” sets the sender’s email address to george.wilcox@tektronix.com. EMAIL:SETUp:HOSTALIASNAMe Sets (or queries) the email host alias name for the common server setup information that is shared between the Act on Event commands and the Hardcopy Email commands. If this is an empty string, the DNS name of the instrument is used. This string is included in the email message. Group Email Syntax EMAIL:SETUp:HOSTALIASNAMe EMAIL:SETUp:HOSTALIASNAMe? MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-295 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Arguments Quoted string that represents the email host alias name. The maximum number of characters allowed is 128. Examples EMAIL:SETUP:HOSTALIASNAME “pop2.mail.com” sets the email host alias name to pop2.mail.com. EMAIL:SETUp:SMTPLOGIn Sets or returns the email SMTP server login ID for the common server setup information that is shared between the Act on Event commands and the Hardcopy Email commands. Group Email Syntax EMAIL:SETUp:SMTPLOGIn EMAIL:SETUp:SMTPLOGIn? Arguments Examples Quoted string that represents the email SMTP server login ID. The maximum number of characters allowed is 128. EMAIL:SETUP:SMTPLOGIN “johnnysmith” sets the email SMTP server login ID to johnnysmith. EMAIL:SETUp:SMTPPASSWord (No Query Form) Sets the email SMTP server login password for the common server setup information that is shared between the Act on Event commands and the Hardcopy Email commands. For security reasons, no query form is provided. Group Email Syntax EMAIL:SETUp:SMTPPASSWord Arguments Examples 2-296 Quoted string that represents the email SMTP server login password. The maximum number of characters allowed is 128. EMAIL:SETUP:SMTPPASSWORD “foo7acme” sets the email SMTP server login ID to foo7acme. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order EMAIL:SETUp:SMTPPort Sets or returns the email SMTP server port number for the common server setup information that is shared between the Act on Event commands and the Hardcopy Email commands. The default port number is 25. Group Email Syntax EMAIL:SETUp:SMTPPort EMAIL:SETUp:SMTPPort? Arguments Examples Integer that represents the email SMTP server port number. EMAIL:SETUP:SMTPPORT 19 sets the email SMTP server port number to 19. EMAIL:SETUp:SMTPServer Sets or returns the email SMTP server DNS name for the common server setup information that is shared between the Act on Event commands and the Hardcopy Email commands. Group Email Syntax EMAIL:SETUp:SMTPServer EMAIL:SETUp:SMTPServer? Arguments Examples Integer that represents the email SMTP server DNS name. EMAIL:SETUP:SMTPSERVER“SMTP1.mail.com” sets the email SMTP server to SMTP1.mail.com. ETHERnet:DHCPbootp This command specifies the network initialization search for a DHCP/BOOTP server. Group Ethernet MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-297 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Syntax Arguments ETHERnet:DHCPbootp {ON|OFF} ETHERnet:DHCPbootp? ON enables the oscilloscope to search the network for a DHCP or BOOTP server in order to automatically assign a dynamic IP address to the oscilloscope. NOTE. Do not use DHCP/BOOTP searching if your oscilloscope has been assigned a static address on a network. If you set this command to ON, the DHCP/BOOTP search will delete or change your static IP address information. OFF disables the oscilloscope to search the network for a DHCP or BOOTP server. Examples ETHERNET:DHCPBOOTP ON sets the oscilloscope to search for a DHCP or BOOTP server and assign a dynamic IP address to the oscilloscope. ETHERnet:DNS:IPADDress This command specifies the network Domain Name Server (Dns) IP address. Group Ethernet Syntax ETHERnet:DNS:IPADDress ETHERnet:DNS:IPADDress? Arguments Examples is a standard IP address value, enclosed in quotes. ETHERNET:DNS:IPADDRESS “128.196.13.352” sets the Dns IP address that the oscilloscope uses to communicate with the network. ETHERnet:DOMAINname This command specifies the network domain name. 2-298 Group Ethernet Syntax ETHERnet:DOMAINname ETHERnet:DOMAINname? MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Arguments Examples is the network domain name, enclosed in quotes. ETHERNET:DOMAINNAME “Alpha1.Mycorp.com” sets the domain name that the oscilloscope uses to communicate with the network. ETHERnet:ENET:ADDress? (Query Only) Returns the Ethernet address value assigned to the oscilloscope. This is assigned at the factory and can not be changed. Group Ethernet Syntax ETHERnet:ENET:ADDress? Examples ETHERNET:ENET:ADDRESS? returns an Ethernet address such as 08:00:11:01:02:03 ETHERnet:GATEWay:IPADDress This command specifies the remote interface gateway IP address. Group Ethernet Syntax ETHERnet:GATEWay:IPADDress ETHERnet:GATEWay:IPADDress? Related Commands Arguments Examples ETHERnet:NETWORKCONFig, ETHERnet:IPADDress, ETHERnet: SUBNETMask is a standard IP address value, enclosed in quotes. ETHERNET:GATEWAY:IPADDRESS “128.143.16.1” sets the gateway IP address. ETHERnet:HTTPPort This command specifies the remote interface HTTP port value. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-299 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Group Ethernet Syntax ETHERnet:HTTPPort ETHERnet:HTTPPort? Arguments is an integer port number, enclosed in quotes. NOTE. Consider the following if you are using the e*Scope™ control software. If you don't enter a port address in the URL, then the ETHERnet:HTTPPort value must be set to "80", which is the default port for HTTP protocol. If you use a URL with a port address (for example: http://DPO4104B-04WKL4:1234), the port number is specified by the number after the colon. Set the ETHERnet:HTTPPort value to this same number. Examples ETHERNET:HTTPPORT “80” sets the HTTP port value to 80. ETHERnet:IPADDress This command specifies the IP address assigned to the oscilloscope. Group Ethernet Syntax ETHERnet:IPADDress ETHERnet:IPADDress? Related Commands ETHERnet:NETWORKCONFig, ETHERnet:SUBNETMask, ETHERnet:GATEWay:IPADDress Arguments Examples is a standard IP address value, enclosed in quotes. ETHERNET:IPADDRESS “123.121.13.214” sets the oscilloscope's IP address. ETHERnet:LXI:LAN:PASSWord:ENABle This command controls whether LXI (LAN eXtensions for Instrumentation) is password protected. 2-300 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Group Miscellaneous Syntax ETHERnet:LXI:LAN:PASSWord:ENABle {0|1|ON|OFF} ETHERnet:LXI:LAN:PASSWord:ENABle? Related Commands Arguments ETHERnet:LXI:LAN:PASSWord:ESCOPEENABle, ETHERnet:PASSWord 0, OFF — turns off the LXI password feature. This is the default. 1, ON — turns on the LXI password feature. Examples ETHERnet:LXI:LAN:PASSWord:ENABle ON turns on the LXI password feature. ETHERnet:LXI:LAN:PASSWord:ENABle? might return 1, indicating that this feature is turned on. ETHERnet:LXI:LAN:PASSWord:ESCOPEENABle This command controls whether to use the LXI password for e*Scope (effectively equal to enabling password protection for e*Scope). With e*Scope, you can access any Internet-connected MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B or MDO3000 Series Oscilloscope from a web browser. Group Miscellaneous Syntax ETHERnet:LXI:LAN:PASSWord:ESCOPEENABle {0|1|ON|OFF} ETHERnet:LXI:LAN:PASSWord:ESCOPEENABle? Related Commands ETHERnet:PASSWord, ETHERnet:LXI:LAN:PASSWord:ENABle Arguments 0, OFF turns off the LXI password feature for e*Scope. This is the default. 1, ON turns on the LXI password feature for e*Scope. Examples ETHERnet:LXI:LAN:PASSWord:ESCOPEENABle ON turns on the LXI password feature for e*Scope. ETHERnet:LXI:LAN:PASSWord:ESCOPEENABle? might return 1, indicating that this feature is turned on. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-301 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order ETHERnet:LXI:LAN:RESET (No Query Form) This command resets the LXI local area network. The items which this command reset include: DHCP/BOOTP, mDNS and DNS-SD, e*Scope password protection, LXI password protection, and e*Scope and LXI password. Group Miscellaneous Syntax ETHERnet:LXI:LAN:RESET Examples ETHERnet:LXI:LAN:RESET resets the LXI local area network. ETHERnet:LXI:LAN:SERVICENAMe This command specifies the mDNS service name used for the LXI interface. Group Miscellaneous Syntax ETHERnet:LXI:LAN:SERVICENAMe QString ETHERnet:LXI:LAN:SERVICENAMe? Arguments Examples QString is a quoted string of up to 64 characters that specifies the mDNS service name used for the LXI interface. ETHERnet:LXI:LAN:SERVICENAMe? might return "Tektronix Oscilloscope MSO4104B 053CVV" ETHERnet:LXI:LAN:STATus? (Query Only) This query returns the LXI network status. Group Miscellaneous Syntax ETHERnet:LXI:LAN:STATus? Related Commands ETHERnet:PING, ETHERnet:PING:STATus? 2-302 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Returns OK — indicates the network is running and the oscilloscope can “see” the network. FAULT — indicates the network is not visible, or the network settings are incorrect. IDENTIFY indicates that a message is being displayed on the oscilloscope’s front panel indicating which scope the user is currently accessing. Examples ETHER:LXI:LAN:STAT? might return FAULT, indicating the network is not visible, or the network settings are incorrect. ETHERnet:NAME This command specifies the network name assigned to the oscilloscope. Group Ethernet Syntax ETHERnet:NAME ETHERnet:NAME? Arguments Examples is the network name assigned to the oscilloscope, enclosed in quotes. ETHERNET:NAME “labscope1” sets the oscilloscope's network name. ETHERnet:NETWORKCONFig This command specifies the Ethernet network configuration setting. The default is automatic. Group Miscellaneous Syntax ETHERnet:NETWORKCONFig {AUTOmatic|MANual} ETHERnet:NETWORKCONFig? Related Commands ETHERnet:NAME, ETHERnet:IPADDress, ETHERnet:SUBNETMask, ETHERnet:GATEWay:IPADDress, ETHERnet:DHCPbootp MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-303 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Arguments AUTOmatic specifies that the oscilloscope’s IP address, subnet mask and gateway settings will be received from a DHCP server on the local network. MANual specifies that the Ethernet settings will be configured manually, using ETHERnet:IPADDress, ETHERnet:SUBNETMask, and ETHERnet:GATEWay:IPADDress. Examples ETHERnet:NETWORKCONFig MANual specifies to configure the Ethernet settings manually. ETHERnet:NETWORKCONFig? might return AUTOMATIC, indicating the settings are being configured automatically. ETHERnet:PASSWord This command specifies the HTTP Ethernet access password. If a password is set, the user must enter the password before the user's Web browser can access the oscilloscope. Group Ethernet Syntax ETHERnet:PASSWord ETHERnet:PASSWord? Related Commands ETHERnet:LXI:LAN:PASSWord:ENABle, ETHERnet:LXI:LAN:PASSWord:ESCOPEENABle Arguments Examples is a new password, enclosed in quotes. ETHERNET:PASSWORD ”ZEN53” replaces the current Ethernet password with the new password ZEN53. ETHERNET:PASSWORD? might return :ETHERNET:PASSWORD “ZEN53”. ETHERnet:PING (No Query Form) Causes the oscilloscope to ping the gateway IP address. Group 2-304 Ethernet MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Syntax Examples ETHERnet:PING EXECute ETHERNET:PING EXECUTE causes the oscilloscope to ping the gateway IP address. ETHERnet:PING:STATus? (Query Only) Returns the results from sending the ETHERnet:PING command to ping the gateway IP address. Group Ethernet Syntax ETHERnet:PING:STATus? Returns OK is returned if the computer at the gateway IP address answers. NORESPOnsE is returned if the computer at the gateway IP address does not answer. INPROGRESS is returned if the ping operation is still executing. NEVER is returned if ETHERnet:PING EXECute has not been previously sent, indicating that no ping response has ever been received in response to an ETHERnet:PING EXECute command since the instrument was powered on. ETHERnet:SUBNETMask This command specifies the remote interface subnet mask value. Group Ethernet Syntax ETHERnet:SUBNETMask ETHERnet:SUBNETMask? Related Commands ETHERnet:NETWORKCONFig, ETHERnet:IPADDress, ETHERnet:GATEWay:IPADDress Arguments is the subnet mask value, enclosed in quotes. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-305 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Examples ETHERNET:SUBNETMASK “255.255.255.0” sets the subnet mask value using standard IP address notation format. EVENT? (Query Only) Returns an event code from the Event Queue that provides information about the results of the last *ESR? read. EVENT? also removes the returned value from the Event Queue. Group Status and Error Syntax EVENT? Related Commands Examples ALLEv?, *CLS, DESE, *ESE, *ESR?, EVMsg?, *SRE, *STB? EVENT? might return:EVENT 110, showing that there was an error in a command header. (See page 3-13, Messages.) EVMsg? (Query Only) Removes a single event code from the Event Queue that is associated with the results of the last *ESR? read and returns the event code along with an explanatory message. For information, see Event Handling. Group Status and Error Syntax EVMsg? Related Commands ALLEv? *CLS, DESE, *ESE, *ESR?, EVENT?, *SRE, *STB? Returns The event code and message in the following format: [..]::= ;[] where is the command that caused the error and may be returned when a command error is detected by the oscilloscope. As much of the command will be returned as possible without exceeding the 60 character limit of the and string combined. The command string is right-justified. 2-306 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Examples EVMSG? might return:EVMSG 110,"Command header error". EVQty? (Query Only) Returns the number of event codes in the Event Queue. This is useful when using the ALLEv? query, which returns the exact number of events. Group Status and Error Syntax EVQty? Related Commands Examples ALLEv?, EVENT?, EVMsg? EVQTY? might return :EVQTY 3, indicating the number of event codes in the Event Queue. FACtory (No Query Form) Resets the oscilloscope to its factory default settings. This command does the following: Clears the Event Status Enable Register Clears the Service Request Enable Register Sets the Device Event Status Enable Register to 255 Purges all defined aliases Enables all Command Headers Sets the macro defined by *DDT to a "zero-length field" Clears the pending operation flag and associated operations MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-307 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order This command does not reset the following: Communication settings Selected GPIB address. Sate of the VXI-11 (Ethernet IEEE Std 488.2) interface. Calibration data that affects device specifications Protected user data Stored settings Power On Status Clear Flag Oscilloscope password Group Save and Recall Syntax FACtory Related Commands Arguments Examples *PSC, *RCL, RECAll:SETUp, *RST, *SAV, SAVe:SETUp None FACTORY resets the oscilloscope to its factory default settings. FILESystem? (Query Only) Returns the directory listing of the current working directory and the number of bytes of free space available. This query is the same as the FILESystem:DIR? query and the FILESystem:FREESpace? query. Group File System Syntax FILESystem? Related Commands FILESystem:CWD, FILESystem:DELEte, FILESystem:DIR?, FILESystem:REName 2-308 MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Arguments Examples None. FILESYSTEM? might return :FILESYSTEM:DIR "tek00000.bmp","elusiveGlitch1.png","TEMP.TMP", "file1.wfm","file2.wfm", "MATH1.wfm"," REF1.wfm","REF2.wfm";FREESPACE 30212096 FILESystem:COPy (No Query Form) This command copies a named file to a new file. The new file may be in a totally separate directory than the old file. You can only copy one file at a time using this command. Wild card characters are not allowed. Group File System Syntax FILESystem:COPy {,} Related Commands FILESystem:CWD, FILESystem:DELEte Arguments QString is a quoted string that defines the file name and path. If the file path is Examples FILESYSTEM:COPY “E:/myTestData/tek00001.isf”,”I:/archive/tek00001.isf” copies within the current working directory, you need only specify the file name. the file named TEK00001.SET, located in the /myTestData/ directory on the E: drive to a file named TEK00001.SET in the /archive/ directory on the I: drive. Note that I: is a mounted drive. FILESystem:CWD This command specifies the current working directory (CWD) for FILESystem commands. The default working directory is "E:/". Anytime you use this command to change the directory, the directory that you specify is retained as the current working directory until you either change the directory or you delete the directory. If you delete the current working directory, the oscilloscope resets current working directory to the default directory the next time the oscilloscope is powered on or the next time you execute a file system command. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-309 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order This command supports the permutations of file and directory names supported by Microsoft Windows: Relative path names; for example, "./Temp" Absolute path names; for example, "E:/MyWaveform" Implied relative path names; for example "newfile.txt" becomes "E:/TekScope/newfile.txt" if the current working directory is "E:/TekScope" Group File System Syntax FILESystem:CWD {} Arguments Examples is a quoted string that defines the current working; a directory name can be up to 128 characters. FILESYSTEM:CWD "E:/TekScope/images" sets the current working directory to images. FILESYSTEM:CWD? might return :FILESYSTEM:CWD "E:/TekScope/Waveforms" indicating that the current working directory is set to Waveforms. FILESystem:DELEte (No Query Form) This command deletes a named file. If you specify a directory name, it will delete the directory and all of its contents, the same as the RMDir command. You can also specify the filename as *.* to delete all of the files in the current or specified directory. Group File System Syntax FILESystem:DELEte Related Commands FILESystem:CWD FILESystem:RMDir Arguments 2-310 is a quoted string that defines the file name and path. If the file path is within the current working directory, you need only specify the file name. MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order The argument *.* will delete all files and subdirectories within the current working directory. Examples FILESYSTEM:DELETE "NOT_MINE.SET" deletes the file named NOT_MINE.SET from the current working directory. FILESystem:DIR? (Query Only) Returns a list of quoted strings. Each string contains the name of a file or directory in the current working directory. Group File System Syntax FILESystem:DIR? Related Commands FILESystem:CWD, FILESystem:MKDir Arguments Returns Examples None FILESystem:DIR? returns a list of files and directories in the current working directory. FILESYSTEM:DIR? might return :FILESYSTEM:DIR "tek00000.png","my_CAN_setup.set","savedWfm1.isf","myImages" FILESystem:FORMat (No Query Form) Formats a mass storage device. This command should be used with extreme caution as it causes all data on the specified mass storage device to be lost. Drive letters (e.g., E:) are case sensitive and must be upper case. For all other FILESYSTEM commands, drives letters are not case sensitive. Example: FILES:FORMAT "E:/" Formats the USB flash drive installed in the oscilloscope's front panel USB port. Group File System MDO4000/B, MSO/DPO4000B and MDO3000 Series Oscilloscopes Programmer Manual 2-311 Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order Syntax Arguments Examples FILESystem:FORMat is a quoted string that defines the disk drive to format. FILESYSTEM:FORMAT "E:/" formats the USB flash drive installed in the oscilloscope's front panel USB port. FILESystem:FREESpace? (Query Only) Returns the number of bytes of free space on the current drive. Group File System Syntax FILESystem:FREESpace? Related Commands FILESystem:FREESpace?, FILESystem:CWD FILESystem:LDIR? (Query Only) Returns a semicolon separated list of every file and directory in the folder referred to by the FILESystem:CWD command. This is different than the FILESystem:DIR? query in that it provides a long output format with the file size, type, and modification date/time. Each entry is a semicolon separated list: ;;;;